A Phase I/II, Randomized, Open-label Platform Study Utilizing a Master Protocol to Study Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) as Monotherapy and in Combination With Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants With Relapsed/Refractory Multiple Myeloma (RRMM) - DREAMM 5
Phase: PHASE2
Conditions: Multiple Myeloma
Sponsor: GlaxoSmithKline

Protocol Amendment 6
Study ID:  208887 Master Protocol
Official Title of Study: A Phase I/II, Randomized, Open-label Platform 
Study 
Utilizing a Master Protocol to Study Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) 
as Monotherapy and in Combination With Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants 
With Relapsed/Refractory Multiple Myeloma (RRMM) - DREAMM 5
NCT ID: NCT04126200
Date of Document: 12 Feb 2024

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
GSK group of companies 
 
Protocol Amendment 06 
1 
TITLE PAGE 
Protocol Title: A Phase I/II, Randomized, Open-label Platform Study Utilizing a Master 
Protocol to Study Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) as Monotherapy and in 
Combination with Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants with Relapsed/Refractory 
Multiple Myeloma (RRMM)–DREAMM5 
Protocol Number: 208887 / Amendment 06 for Master Protocol 
Compound 
Number or Name: 
Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) 
Study Phase: 1/2 
Short Title: Platform Study of Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) as Monotherapy 
and in Combination with Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants with RRMM 
Acronym: DREAMM-5 
Sponsor Name and Legal Registered Address: 
GSK Research & Development Limited 
980 Great West Road 
Brentford 
Middlesex, TW8 9GS 
UK 
Medical Director Name and Contact Information: 
, MD, PhD 
 GSK, Oncology R&D 
1000 Winter Street 
Waltham, MA, 02451 
Tel: 
 
Email:
 
Sponsor Signatory:  Brandon Kremer, MD, PhD 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical Development Lead 
 
Approval Date: 12 Feb 2024 
Regulatory Agency Identifying Number(s): 
IND number: 136133 
EudraCT number: 2019-001138-32 
Copyright 2023 the GSK group of companies. All rights reserved. Unauthorized copying 
or use of this information is prohibited. 
PPD
PPD
PPD
PPD

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
2 
INVESTIGATOR PROTOCOL AMENDMENT AGREEMENT PAGE 
PROTOCOL NUMBER: 208887 
AMENDMENT NUMBER: Protocol Amendment 06 for Master Protocol 
PROTOCOL TITLE: A Phase I/II, Randomized, Open-label Platform Study Utilizing a 
Master Protocol to Study Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) as Monotherapy and in 
Combination with Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants with Relapsed/Refractory 
Multiple Myeloma (RRMM)–DREAMM5 
• 
I confirm agreement to conduct the study in compliance with the protocol. 
• 
I acknowledge that I am responsible for overall study conduct. I agree to personally 
conduct or supervise the described study. 
• 
I agree to ensure that all associates, colleagues and employees assisting in the 
conduct of the study are informed about their obligations. Mechanisms are in place 
to ensure that site staff receive the appropriate information throughout the study. 
 
 
 
Investigator Name: 
______________________________ 
Investigator Address: 
______________________________ 
 
______________________________ 
 
 
 
 
 
Investigator Signature 
 
Date 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
3 
PROTOCOL AMENDMENT SUMMARY OF CHANGES TABLE 
DOCUMENT HISTORY 
Document 
Date 
DNG Number 
Amendment 6 
12 Feb 2024 
TMF-15016807 
Amendment 5 
21 January 2022 
TMF-13841939 
Amendment 4 
14 December 2020 
2017N352487_07 
Amendment 3 
08 July 2020 
2017N352487_03 
Amendment 2  
16 December 2019 
2017N352487_02 
Amendment 1 
24 June 2019 
2017N352487_01 
Original Protocol 
12 March 2019 
2017N352487_00 
 
Amendment 06: 12 Feb 2024 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol has been amended to make corrections to typographical errors and 
inconsistencies, to add clarifications in line with program level changes, and to add 
administrative and safety updates, which are summarized in the table below. 
Changes listed in the table below are for the MP only. Changes for Protocol 
Amendment 6 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the beginning of 
each relevant sub-study protocol. 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Throughout document 
Changed all instances of Medical 
Monitor to consistently refer to the 
Medical Director, and updated 
medical director contact information 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Throughout document 
Updated reference to GSK2857916/ 
belantamab mafodotin Investigator’s 
Brochure. 
To refer to the most recent version 
of the IB. 
Throughout document 
Minor editorial and document 
formatting revisions; applied GSK 
style guide for abbreviations, date 
format, etc. 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency errors 
Throughout document 
The term GSK’916 (used for 
laboratory samples) was replaced 
by belantamab mafodotin 
Clarification of wording 
Throughout document 
Updated reference of RAP to SAP 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency errors 
Throughout document 
Throughout the document and in 
mTPI table (Table 13) updates 
made to extend the number of 
Clarification of study conduct 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
4 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
participants in the DE phase to 
include up to 15 participants. 
Throughout document  
Removed specification on how 
many CEs will be done for each 
sub-study. The decision of opening 
a CE is made by iDRC and DEC 
based on observed data during DE. 
Clarification of study conduct 
Title page 
Update of medical monitor and 
contact information 
Administrative change 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments 
Removed extraneous text from 
Table 2 footnote 1 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Table 3, footnote 6, clarified the 
Hep C RNA testing will be 
performed to determine participant 
eligibility if Hep C antibody is 
positive 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 4, modified footnote 9 for 
urine and serum immunofixation to 
include "not quantifiable" 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 4 (footnote 8) and Table 6 
(footnote 21), decreased frequency 
of UPEP assessments 
Program level updates 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 4, deleted incorrect 
footnote associated with calcium 
corrected for albumin (serum) 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Clarified guidance regarding 
realignment of scheduled weekly 
visits and dosing visits in Table 4 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments 
Revision of footnote 4 in Table 4 to 
clarify that these assessments are 
not related to dosing 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Revised language related to 
imaging for Skeletal surveys in 
Table 4 footnote 12 and Table 6 
footnote 13 and for participants with 
extramedullary disease in Table 4 
footnote 13 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Clarified that on PK sampling visits, 
if vital signs assessments are 
conducted, they should be assessed 
prior to PK samples being drawn in 
Table 5, footnote 1 
Clarification for study conduct 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
5 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Revised to indicate change in timing 
of EOT to within 30 days from when 
decision to discontinue treatment in 
Table 6, footnote 1 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Updated guidance on pregnancy 
testing and collection of pregnancy 
information Table 6, footnote 8 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments 
In Table 6, removal of footnote 12 
from disease assessments 
associated with the EOT visit 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Revised to clarify timing of follow-up 
OSDI questionnaires following the 
end of treatment in Table 6, 
footnote 19 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Corrected the term in the Schedule 
of Activities to refer to the ‘end of 
treatment’ instead of ‘end of study’ 
in Table 6, footnote 20 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Update of timing of BM aspirate to 
occur between C3D1 and C5D1 
(predose belantamab mafodotin) 
from Cycle 1 Day 1 in Table 7 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 7, clarified that BM 
aspirate/biopsy collection between 
C3D1 and C5D1 is predose of 
belantamab mafodotin 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 7, the term “suspected 
VGPR, CR/sCR” was corrected to 
“VGPR or suspected CR/sCR”. 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Details regarding FISH testing were 
removed from Table 7 footnote 3 
and reference to Table 31 has been 
provided. 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 7, created separate rows 
PD and Suspected PD and added 
timing of corresponding 
assessments. 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Clarified the timing of HBV-DNA 
testing to allow for grouping with the 
closest study visit in Table 8 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments 
Clarified in Tables 3, 4, and 6 that 
urine immunofixation should be 
Clarification for study conduct 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
6 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
done on 24 hr urine collection 
sample 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 3 and Table 5, clarified that 
anytime C1D1 Hem/Chem results 
are outside of eligibility 
requirements, MD should be 
contacted prior to dosing. Removed 
"at Screening" for clarity. 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments, Section 8.2.7 
Ophthalmic Assessments 
Added ocular exam to Table 4 
(footnote 3) and Table 5 
(footnote 2), clarified timing of ocular 
exams in relation to dosing of 
belantamab mafodotin  
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments 
Revised footnote text in Table 4 
(footnote 4) and Table 5 (footnote 5) 
to clarify that chemistry panel can 
be done more frequently as clinically 
indicated 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
In Table 5 footnote 7, removed 
C18D1 EOI PK sample 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 2.3 Benefit/Risk 
Assessment 
Revised risk assessment and 
aligned with updated risks in 
belantamab mafodotin Investigator’s 
Brochure Version 11 
Program level updates 
Synopsis, Section 3 Objectives and 
Endpoints 
Added clarification that the 
incidence of adverse events of 
special interest (AESIs) will be 
collected 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Synopsis, Section 4.1 Overall 
Design 
Revision of language connected 
with the decision regarding 
progression from the DE Phase to 
the CE Phase and clarification that it 
will be based on the totality of 
available date 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 4.1.1.1 Dose Limiting 
Toxicities, Table 12 
Reorganization of content to 
improve clarity regarding 
hematologic toxicities and non-
hematologic excluding corneal 
toxicity 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 4.1.1.1 Dose Limiting 
Toxicities 
Added clarification that AEs may be 
considered as DLT depending on 
decision of dose escalation meeting 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 4.3 Justification for Starting 
Dose of Belantamab Mafodotin 
Corrected the cutoff date for study 
BMA117159 from June to 26 July 
2017 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
7 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 5 Study Population 
Section 5.1 Inclusion Criteria for All 
Participants 
Section 10 References 
Correction of cited reference to 
Blood. 2011;117(18):4691-4695 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 5.1 Inclusion Criteria 
Added note that use of legally 
authorized representative is not 
applicable for Germany 
Alignment with the German 
Addendum 
Section 5.2 Exclusion Criteria 
Added reference to 2021 IMWG 
guidelines for consultation for 
participants who have had prior or 
current diagnosis of plasma cell 
leukemia 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 5.4 Screen Failures 
Added a reference to Section 1.3 for 
applicable windows for Screening 
procedures 
Clarification for study conduct. 
Section 6.5.1 Permitted 
Concomitant Medications and 
Therapies 
Added statement regarding the use 
of monoclonal antibody therapies for 
the treatment of serious conditions 
not related to multiple myeloma may 
be permitted after consultation with 
the Medical Director 
Program level update 
Section 6.3 
Preparation/Handling/Storage/Acco
untability 
Updated reference from SRM to 
Pharmacy manual 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 6.6.1 Belantamab Mafodotin 
Dose Adjustments Due to Body 
Weight 
Clarification on calculation of 
belantamab mafodotin dosage 
based on body weight 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 6.6.4 Belantamab Mafodotin 
Dose Reductions or Delays 
Revised language to refer to safety 
language as “associated (with)” drug 
in place of “related (to)” 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 6.6.4 Belantamab Mafodotin 
Dose Reductions or Delays, 
Table 18 
Dose modification guidelines for 
belantamab mafodotin updated to 
align with NCI-CTCAE guidelines 
Alignment with program level 
updates 
Section 6.6.4 Belantamab Mafodotin 
Dose Reductions or Delays, 
Table 19  
Clarified definition of severe 
superficial keratopathy to focus on 
diffuse microcyst-like deposits that 
involved the central cornea 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities, 
and Section 8.1 Efficacy 
Assessments 
Clarified that for participants who 
are discontinuing IP due to PD, the 
confirmation of laboratory 
parameters must be performed from 
a different blood and/or urine 
collection either on the same day, or 
preferably within 14 days of the 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
8 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
original date of suspected disease 
progression, and before initiation of 
any new anti-myeloma therapy 
Section 8 Study Assessments and 
Procedures 
Clarified when a participant was 
considered enrolled in the study 
Program level change 
Section 8.2.1 Physical Examinations 
Added statement to ensure 
participant weight is recorded up to 
1 decimal point; updates made to 
the description of a complete 
physical exam 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 8.2.3 Vital Signs 
Removed the mention of respiratory 
rate from the lists of measurements 
when vital signs are assessed 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 8.5.1 Blood Sample 
Collection for Pharmacokinetics 
Added optionally to the blood 
sample collection for total antibody 
Added reference to the laboratory 
manual 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 8.5.2 Pharmacokinetic 
Sample Analysis 
Removed reference to the SRM  
Removed “sBCMA and ADA” 
sample collection information 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 8.7 Immunogenicity 
Assessments 
Removed collection of serum 
samples from participants who have 
discontinued study intervention or 
were withdrawn from the study 
Clarification for study conduct 
Synopsis, Section 4.1.2 Cohort 
Expansion Phase, Section 4.3 
Justification for Starting Dose of 
Belantamab Mafodotin, Section 10 
References 
Revised statement regarding 
regulatory approval of belantamab 
mafodotin 
Program level update 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities 
Tables 6, 7 
Section 8.1 Efficacy Assessments 
Removed the need for BM 
aspiration at end of study visit for 
MRD assessment in Table 6. 
Clarified conditions for MRD testing 
at screen and during study. Added a 
±1 month window for follow-up MRD 
testing in Table 7 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 7.1 Discontinuation of Study 
Treatment 
Added details related to participant 
discontinuation of study treatment 
Program level update 
Section 7.3 Lost to Follow-Up 
Added details related to confirming 
a participant is lost to follow-up 
Program level update 
Synopsis, Section 1.2 Schema, 
Section 4.1.2 Cohort Expansion 
Phase, Section 6.4 Measures to 
Revised language concerning 
randomization to clarify that it is 
2-factor will occur between 
Clarification for study conduct 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
9 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Minimize Bias: Randomization and 
Blinding, Section 9.2 Sample Size 
Determination 
sub-studies and between 
combination treatment and 
monotherapy within a sub-study with 
prior lines of therapy as stratification 
factor 
Synopsis, Section 4.1 Overall 
Design, Section 4.1.2 Cohort 
Expansion Phase, Section 9 
Statistical Consideration, 
Section 9.5.1 Dose Exploration 
Phase, Section 9.5.2.1 Interim 
Analysis for Futility 
Revised language to clarify how 
many assessments are required to 
make a participant evaluable for 
defined analyses 
Clarification for study contact 
Section 1.3 Schedule of Activities, 
Section 12.2 
Revised Screening requirement of 
twice pregnancy testing 
Program level update 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments; Section 5.2 Exclusion 
Criteria; Section 6.5.2 Prohibited 
Concomitant Medications and Non-
Drug Therapies; Appendix 2 
Added HIV testing at screening to 
conform with FDA guideline for 
inclusion of patients previously 
exposed to HIV. Updated 
nirogacestat dose modifications 
when HIV drugs are co-
administered.  
Program level update 
Section 1.3 Schedule of 
Assessments, Section 8.8 
Biomarkers, Section 8.8.2 
Cytokine/Chemokine Analysis 
Samples for cytokine/chemokines 
and cryopreserved PBMC analyses 
will no longer be collected 
Update of study conduct 
Section 4.1.1.2 mTPI in Dose 
Exploration, throughout Section 9 
Statistical Considerations 
Revision of language for clarity and 
alignment with the SAP 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 4.4 Participant Completion 
and End of Study Definitions  
Alignment of language for 
participant completion of the study 
and sub-studies and clarified, in the 
MP, the definition of sub-study 
completion 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 6.6.4 Belantamab Mafodotin 
Dose Reductions or Delays 
Added a footnote to Table 20 to 
clarify the procedure for restarting 
belantamab mafodotin after Grade 4 
events 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 6.6.6 Treatment after the 
End of the Study 
Added text to clarify data collection 
after EOT while participants are in 
follow-up 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 7.1.3 Infusion-Related 
Reaction Management and 
Stopping Criteria, Section 7.1.4 
Allergic and Anaphylactic Reaction 
Stopping Criteria 
Clarified that following a Grade 4 
IRR or a severe allergic response a 
participant should permanently 
discontinue study treatment 
Clarification for study conduct 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
10 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 8.3.1.1 Cohort Expansion 
Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy 
Control Arm 
Revision to time period for which 
SAEs will be assessed 
Program level updates 
Section 8.8 Biomarkers 
Updates to RNA expression studies 
and addition of section on immune 
cell phenotyping 
Program level updates 
Section 8.8.3 Circulating Multiple 
Myeloma Cells 
Section 10 References 
Added reference to Fernández de 
Larrea, 2021  
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9 Statistical Consideration, 
Section 9.5.1 Dose Exploration 
Phase 
Revised language related to RP2D 
of combination therapy for clarity 
and to state that the goal of the DE 
Phase is to determine RP2D 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.2.1 Statistical Operating 
Characteristics 
Changed references to "end of CE" 
and "final analysis" to "primary 
analysis" 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.3 Populations for Analysis 
Revised the definition of DLT 
Evaluable Population to include 
missed intravenous doses to the 
criteria used to replace participants 
who have not received at least 80% 
of planned doses within Cycle 1 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.3 Populations for Analysis 
In Section 9.3, revised language to 
clarify that a patient receiving <80% 
IP due to a non-DLT drug tox would 
be considered not evaluable 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.4.2 
Updated the likelihood function for 
the observed data 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.4.5.2 mTPI Method 
Revised language to clarify that 
decision to escalate may be 
executed if overdosing interval has 
the largest UPM 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.5.2.2. Rolling Safety 
Evaluation 
Revised the number of G4+ events 
in the combo arm that triggers 
stopping for safety 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 9.6.1 Impact of the Timing 
When New Sub-Study Starts 
Clarification regarding the timing 
when a new sub-study starts 
Clarification for study conduct. 
Section 11.1.3 Supplemental 
Testing for Sub-Studies with 
Immuno-oncology Agents 
In Table 28, changed “plasma 
cytokine panel” to “serum cytokine 
panel” 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
11 
Section # and Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 12.1.3 
Added details that personally 
identifiable information will be 
collected if there is an unexpected 
pregnancy for any study participant  
Company-level change 
Section 12.1.5 
Removed section heading 
Committees Structure 
Correction of typographical or 
consistency error 
Section 12.1.9 
Clarification of language regarding 
site and study termination 
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 12.2 – Appendix 2 
Removed Coombs and 
cytokines/chemokines from 
Table 31  
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 12.7.3 Collection of 
Pregnancy Information 
Updated guidance on collection of 
pregnancy information  
Clarification for study conduct 
Section 12.12 - Appendix 12  
Listing of all third parties and 
subcontractors who are supporting 
this study 
Program level update 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
12 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
PROTOCOL AMENDMENT SUMMARY OF CHANGES TABLE ..................................... 3 
1. 
PROTOCOL SUMMARY ........................................................................................ 17 
1.1. 
Synopsis ..................................................................................................... 17 
1.2. 
Schema ...................................................................................................... 23 
1.3. 
Schedule of Activities .................................................................................. 24 
2. 
INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................... 38 
2.1. 
Study Rationale .......................................................................................... 38 
2.2. 
Background ................................................................................................ 39 
2.2.1. 
Current Treatment of Multiple Myeloma ....................................... 39 
2.2.2. 
Role of B-Cell Maturation Antigen in Multiple Myeloma. ............... 40 
2.2.3. 
Antibody-Drug Conjugate Belantamab Mafodotin ........................ 40 
2.2.4. 
Human Experience with Belantamab Mafodotin ........................... 41 
2.2.4.1. 
Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics in 
Humans ...................................................................... 44 
2.2.4.2. 
Combination with Belantamab Mafodotin .................... 45 
2.3. 
Benefit/Risk Assessment ............................................................................ 45 
2.3.1. 
Summary of Risk Assessment ..................................................... 46 
2.3.2. 
Benefit Assessment ..................................................................... 48 
2.3.3. 
Overall Benefit: Risk Conclusion .................................................. 48 
3. 
OBJECTIVES AND ENDPOINTS ........................................................................... 48 
4. 
STUDY DESIGN .................................................................................................... 52 
4.1. 
Overall Design ............................................................................................ 52 
4.1.1. 
Dose Exploration Phase .............................................................. 53 
4.1.1.1. 
Dose-Limiting-Toxicity ................................................ 54 
4.1.1.2. 
mTPI in Dose Exploration ........................................... 55 
4.1.2. 
Cohort Expansion Phase ............................................................. 57 
4.1.3. 
Number of Participants per Sub-Study ......................................... 58 
4.2. 
Scientific Rationale for Study Design .......................................................... 58 
4.3. 
Justification for Starting Dose of Belantamab Mafodotin ............................. 58 
4.4. 
Participant Completion and End of Study Definitions .................................. 59 
5. 
STUDY POPULATION ........................................................................................... 59 
5.1. 
Inclusion Criteria for All Participants ............................................................ 59 
5.2. 
Exclusion Criteria ........................................................................................ 62 
5.3. 
Lifestyle Considerations .............................................................................. 65 
5.3.1. 
Meals and Dietary Restrictions .................................................... 65 
5.3.2. 
Caffeine, Alcohol, and Tobacco ................................................... 65 
5.3.3. 
Activity ......................................................................................... 65 
5.4. 
Screen Failures........................................................................................... 65 
6. 
STUDY TREATMENT ............................................................................................ 66 
6.1. 
Study Treatment(s) Administered ............................................................... 66 
6.2. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Administration ............................................... 66 
6.3. 
Preparation/Handling/Storage/Accountability .............................................. 67 
6.4. 
Measures to Minimize Bias: Randomization and Blinding ........................... 68 
6.5. 
Concomitant Therapy.................................................................................. 68 
6.5.1. 
Permitted Concomitant Medications and Therapies ..................... 69 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
13 
6.5.2. 
Prohibited Concomitant Medications and Non-Drug 
Therapies..................................................................................... 69 
6.6. 
Dose Modification ....................................................................................... 70 
6.6.1. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Adjustments Due to Body 
Weight ......................................................................................... 71 
6.6.2. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Modification in DE........................... 71 
6.6.3. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Modification in CE 
Monotherapy Control Arm ............................................................ 71 
6.6.4. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Reductions or Delays ..................... 71 
6.6.5. 
Management of Positive Hepatitis B Core Antibody 
Participants .................................................................................. 76 
6.6.6. 
Treatment after the End of the Study ........................................... 77 
7. 
DISCONTINUATION OF STUDY TREATMENT AND PARTICIPANT 
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE STUDY ...................................................................... 77 
7.1. 
Discontinuation of Study Treatment ............................................................ 77 
7.1.1. 
Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria ................................................ 78 
7.1.1.1. 
Study Treatment Restart or Rechallenge .................... 79 
7.1.2. 
Corneal Event Stopping Criteria ................................................... 79 
7.1.3. 
Infusion-Related Reaction Management and Stopping 
Criteria ......................................................................................... 80 
7.1.4. 
Allergic and Anaphylactic Reaction Stopping Criteria ................... 80 
7.2. 
Participant Withdrawal from the Study ........................................................ 80 
7.3. 
Lost to Follow-Up ........................................................................................ 81 
8. 
STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES ..................................................... 81 
8.1. 
Efficacy Assessments ................................................................................. 82 
8.2. 
Safety Assessments ................................................................................... 83 
8.2.1. 
Physical Examinations ................................................................. 83 
8.2.2. 
ECOG Performance Status .......................................................... 83 
8.2.3. 
Vital Signs .................................................................................... 83 
8.2.4. 
New York Heart Association Functional Scale ............................. 84 
8.2.5. 
Electrocardiogram ........................................................................ 84 
8.2.6. 
Echocardiogram or MUGA Scan for LVEF ................................... 84 
8.2.7. 
Ophthalmic Assessments ............................................................ 84 
8.2.8. 
Clinical Safety Laboratory Assessments ...................................... 86 
8.3. 
Adverse Events and Serious Adverse Events ............................................. 86 
8.3.1. 
Time Period and Frequency for Collecting AE and SAE 
Information ................................................................................... 86 
8.3.1.1. 
Cohort Expansion Belantamab Mafodotin 
Monotherapy Control Arm ........................................... 86 
8.3.1.2. 
Combination Sub-Studies in the DE and CE 
Phases ....................................................................... 87 
8.3.2. 
Method of recording AE and SAE information .............................. 87 
8.3.3. 
Method of Detecting AEs and SAEs ............................................. 87 
8.3.4. 
Follow-up of AEs and SAEs ......................................................... 87 
8.3.5. 
Reporting of Potentially Life-Threatening AEs to the 
Medical Director ........................................................................... 88 
8.3.6. 
Regulatory Reporting Requirements for SAEs ............................. 88 
8.3.7. 
Pregnancy ................................................................................... 88 
8.3.8. 
Cardiovascular and Death Events ................................................ 89 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
14 
8.3.9. 
Disease-Related Events and/or Disease-Related 
Outcomes Not Qualifying as SAEs............................................... 89 
8.3.10. 
Adverse Events of Special Interest .............................................. 89 
8.3.10.1. Adverse Events of Special Interest for 
Belantamab Mafodotin ................................................ 89 
8.3.10.2. Adverse Events of Special Interest for Partners 
and Combinations ...................................................... 89 
8.4. 
Treatment of Overdose of Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK285916) ................ 90 
8.5. 
Pharmacokinetics ....................................................................................... 90 
8.5.1. 
Blood Sample Collection for Pharmacokinetics ............................ 90 
8.5.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Sample Analysis ............................................... 91 
8.6. 
Genetics ..................................................................................................... 91 
8.7. 
Immunogenicity Assessments ..................................................................... 91 
8.8. 
Biomarkers ................................................................................................. 92 
8.8.1. 
sBCMA Sample Analysis ............................................................. 93 
8.8.2. 
Tumor Related Biomarker Analysis .............................................. 93 
8.8.3. 
Circulating Multiple Myeloma Cells .............................................. 93 
8.8.4. 
RNA Transcriptome Research ..................................................... 94 
8.8.5. 
Immune Cell Phenotyping ............................................................ 94 
8.9. 
Health-Related Quality of Life ..................................................................... 94 
8.9.1. 
Patient Reported Outcome Version of the Common 
Toxicity Criteria for Adverse Events ............................................. 94 
8.9.2. 
Visual Function Safety Assessment ............................................. 95 
8.9.3. 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of 
Cancer Quality of Life Questionnaires .......................................... 95 
8.9.3.1. 
European Organisation for Research and 
Treatment of Cancer Quality of Life 
Questionnaire 30-item Core Module ........................... 95 
8.9.3.2. 
European Organisation for Research and 
Treatment of Cancer Item Library 52 (Disease 
Symptoms Domain of the EORTC QLQ-MY20) .......... 96 
8.9.4. 
Qualitative Telephone Interviews ................................................. 96 
9. 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................ 96 
9.1. 
Statistical Hypotheses................................................................................. 96 
9.2. 
Sample Size Determination ........................................................................ 97 
9.2.1. 
Statistical Operating Characteristics ............................................ 97 
9.3. 
Populations for Analyses ............................................................................ 98 
9.4. 
Statistical Analyses ..................................................................................... 99 
9.4.1. 
Participant Population Analyses ................................................... 99 
9.4.2. 
Efficacy Analyses ......................................................................... 99 
9.4.3. 
Secondary Efficacy Endpoint Analyses ...................................... 101 
9.4.4. 
Exploratory Efficacy Endpoint Analyses ..................................... 102 
9.4.5. 
Safety Analyses ......................................................................... 102 
9.4.5.1. 
Dose-Limiting Toxicities ............................................ 102 
9.4.5.2. 
mTPI Method ............................................................ 102 
9.4.5.3. 
Adverse Events ........................................................ 103 
9.4.5.4. 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations ................................ 103 
9.4.5.5. 
Other Safety Measures ............................................. 103 
9.4.6. 
Analyses of Health-Related Quality of Life Data......................... 104 
9.4.7. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses ......................................................... 104 
9.4.8. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses ........................... 104 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
15 
9.4.9. 
Translational Research Analyses ............................................... 104 
9.4.9.1. 
Analysis of Novel Biomarker Data ............................ 105 
9.4.9.2. 
Analysis of Genetic Data .......................................... 105 
9.4.9.3. 
Exploratory Analyses of DNA and Protein Data ........ 105 
9.4.10. 
Analyses of Immunogenicity Data .............................................. 105 
9.5. 
Interim Analyses ....................................................................................... 105 
9.5.1. 
Dose Exploration Phase ............................................................ 105 
9.5.2. 
Cohort Expansion Phase ........................................................... 106 
9.5.2.1. 
Interim Analysis for Futility ........................................ 106 
9.5.2.2. 
Rolling Safety Evaluation .......................................... 107 
9.5.2.3. 
Ongoing Exploratory Analysis ................................... 107 
9.6. 
Sample Size Sensitivity ............................................................................. 107 
9.6.1. 
Impact of the Timing When New Sub-Study Starts .................... 108 
9.6.2. 
Impact of Initial Weight Given to the Historical Data ................... 109 
10. REFERENCES ..................................................................................................... 110 
11. GUIDELINES FOR DOSE MODIFICATION AND OTHER PARTNER 
COMBINATION TREATMENTS FOR ALL SUB-STUDIES ................................... 116 
11.1. 
Management of Infusion-Related Reactions/Cytokine Release 
Syndrome ................................................................................................. 116 
11.1.1. 
Infusion-Related Reactions ........................................................ 116 
11.1.2. 
Cytokine Release Syndrome ...................................................... 118 
11.1.3. 
Supplemental Testing for Sub-Studies with Immuno-
oncology Agents ........................................................................ 118 
11.2. 
Immune-Related AEs for Sub-Studies with Immuno-Oncology 
Agents Only .............................................................................................. 119 
11.2.1. 
Management of Gastrointestinal Events (Diarrhea or 
Colitis) ....................................................................................... 125 
11.2.2. 
Management of Pneumonitis ..................................................... 125 
11.2.3. 
Management of Uveitis/Iritis ....................................................... 125 
11.2.4. 
Management of Endocrine Events ............................................. 125 
11.2.5. 
Management of Skin Toxicity ..................................................... 126 
11.3. 
Other Dose Modification and Management Guidelines ............................. 126 
12. APPENDICES: SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION AND OPERATIONAL 
CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................. 127 
12.1. 
Appendix 1: Regulatory, Ethical, and Study Oversight 
Considerations .......................................................................................... 127 
12.1.1. 
Regulatory and Ethical Considerations ...................................... 127 
12.1.2. 
Financial Disclosure ................................................................... 127 
12.1.3. 
Informed Consent Process ........................................................ 128 
12.1.4. 
Data Protection .......................................................................... 129 
12.1.5. 
Publication Policy ....................................................................... 129 
12.1.6. 
Dissemination of Clinical Study Data ......................................... 129 
12.1.7. 
Data Quality Assurance ............................................................. 130 
12.1.8. 
Source Documents .................................................................... 131 
12.1.9. 
Study and Site Closure .............................................................. 131 
12.2. 
Appendix 2: Clinical Laboratory Tests ....................................................... 133 
12.3. 
Appendix 3: Adverse Events: Definitions and Procedures for 
Recording, Evaluating, Follow-Up, and Reporting ..................................... 136 
12.3.1. 
Definition of AE .......................................................................... 136 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
16 
12.3.2. 
Definition of SAE ........................................................................ 137 
12.3.3. 
Definition of Cardiovascular Events ........................................... 138 
12.3.4. 
Recording and Follow-Up of AE and SAE .................................. 138 
12.3.5. 
Reporting of SAE to GSK ........................................................... 140 
12.4. 
Appendix 4: ECOG Performance Status ................................................... 141 
12.5. 
Appendix 5: NYHA Functional Classification System ................................ 142 
12.5.1. 
NYHA Functional Classification System ..................................... 142 
12.5.2. 
References ................................................................................ 142 
12.6. 
Appendix 6: Modified Diet in Renal Disease ............................................. 143 
12.7. 
Appendix 7: Contraceptive Guidance and Collection of Pregnancy 
Information ................................................................................................ 144 
12.7.1. 
Definitions .................................................................................. 144 
12.7.2. 
Contraception Guidance: ........................................................... 145 
12.7.3. 
Collection of Pregnancy Information .......................................... 145 
12.8. 
Appendix 8: Genetics ................................................................................ 147 
12.8.1. 
Use/Analysis Of DNA ................................................................. 147 
12.9. 
Appendix 9: Liver Safety: Required Actions and Follow-up 
Assessments and Study Treatment Rechallenge Guidelines .................... 148 
12.9.1. 
Liver Safety Drug Restart or Rechallenge Guidelines ................ 149 
12.9.1.1. Rechallenge Following Liver Stopping Events 
that are Possibly Related to Study Treatment ........... 150 
12.9.1.2. Rechallenge Following Transient Liver 
Stopping Events Not Related to Study 
Treatment ................................................................. 151 
12.10. Appendix 10: Eye Care Specialist- Qualifications and Requirements ........ 153 
12.11. Appendix 11: Decentralized and Remote Assessment Approaches .......... 154 
12.12. Appendix 12: Third Parties and Subcontractors ........................................ 155 
12.13. Appendix 13: Abbreviations and Trademarks ............................................ 156 
12.14. Appendix 14: Country Specific Requirements ........................................... 161 
12.15. Appendix 15: Protocol Amendment History ............................................... 164 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
17 
1. 
PROTOCOL SUMMARY 
1.1. 
Synopsis 
Protocol Title: A Phase I/II, Randomized, Open-label Platform Study Utilizing a Master 
Protocol to Study Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) as Monotherapy and in 
Combination with Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants with Relapsed/Refractory 
Multiple Myeloma (RRMM)–DREAMM5 
Short Title: Platform Study of Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) in Combination 
with Anti-Cancer Treatments in Participants with RRMM 
Rationale: 
Multiple myeloma (MM) is an incurable malignancy and accounts for 1% of all cancers 
and for 10% of all hematologic malignancies. Worldwide, approximately 139 000 new 
cases are diagnosed annually, and an estimated 30 770 new cases and 12 770 deaths will 
occur in the U.S. in 2018. Despite significant advances, current novel therapies and 
hematopoietic stem cell transplant (HSCT) cannot achieve cure, and most MM 
participants will die of disease progression or complications of myeloma. Thus, new 
treatments are urgently needed. 
B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA) is a target present on mature B-cells and on tumor 
cells in patients with MM. GSK2857916 is an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) consisting 
of a humanized anti-BCMA monoclonal antibody (mAb) that is conjugated to the 
microtubule inhibitor monomethyl auristatin F (MMAF) with a cysteine linker (cys-
mcMMAF; also, known as 
). Upon binding to the cell surface, belantamab 
mafodotin is rapidly internalized and active cytotoxic drug (cys-mcMMAF) is released 
inside the cell resulting in cell killing through disruption of the microtubule network, 
leading to cell cycle arrest and apoptosis. Additionally, the antibody is afucosylated, 
which increases binding to FcɣRIIIa receptors and enhances recruitment and activation of 
immune effector cells, which can kill tumor cells by antibody-dependent cellular 
cytotoxicity (ADCC) or antibody-dependent cellular-mediated phagocytosis (ADCP). 
Belantamab mafodotin employs distinct mechanisms of action (MoAs) including ADC 
and antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). Moreover, ADC-induced cell 
death by belantamab mafodotin was recently shown to be immunogenic as measured by 
cell surface externalization of calreticulin (CRT) and secretion of high mobility group 
box 1 (HMGB1) and adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Immunogenic cell death (ICD) 
induced by GSK2857916 resulted in activation of dendritic cells in vitro and is believed 
to contribute to T cell-mediated anti-tumor responses and durable immunity. 
Of the proposed mechanisms of action (MoA) for GSK2857916, the ADC and ADCC 
MoAs have been linked to efficacy in nonclinical models: in vitro and in vivo against 
multiple myeloma cell lines, and ex vivo against primary patient myeloma samples. 
Inhibition of BCMA signaling has been demonstrated biochemically; however, functional 
effects on myeloma cells have not been demonstrated. ICD markers on cells are induced 
by belantamab mafodotin both in vivo and in vitro. In vivo, induction of ICD correlates 
with an adaptive immune response and long-term tumor regression in murine allograft 
CCI

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
18 
models. None of the currently approved therapies for MM have the same MoA as 
belantamab mafodotin. Several assets targeting BCMA by different mechanisms are in 
clinical development for MM, including BCMA CAR-T cell therapies and anti-BCMA 
bispecific antibodies. 
Despite new medicines in a relapsed refractory population providing clinical benefit, 
multiple myeloma is not currently curable, and an unmet need remains. Belantamab 
mafodotin has shown strong single-agent activity in participants with heavily pre-treated 
RRMM in both the first time in human (FTIH) (BMA117159/DREAMM-1) and the 
Phase 2 205678/DREAMM-2 studies. 
Due to the novel MoA of belantamab mafodotin, it is possible that belantamab mafodotin 
may be able to overcome resistance to existing therapies. 
Overall, in the FTIH BMA117159 and Phase 2 205678 studies, in addition to strong 
single-agent activity shown in participants with heavily pre-treated RRMM, belantamab 
mafodotin was well tolerated and adverse events (AEs) were manageable. 
Given this previous experience, the combination therapy of belantamab mafodotin with 
other treatments with different and complementary MoA is an attractive option to explore 
for participants with MM who have relapsed or become refractory to standard of care 
(SoC). The combination with other treatments may result in additive, or potentially 
enhanced effects, which could translate into deep and long-lasting responses. 
The platform design is an efficient tool, incorporating a single master protocol (MP), 
wherein, multiple treatment combinations will be evaluated in separate sub-studies. There 
will be a dose exploration (DE) Phase which will evaluate the safety and tolerability 
profile of belantamab mafodotin when administered in combination with other anti-
cancer treatments. The number of dose levels explored will vary per sub-study, and up to 
15 participants per dose level will be evaluated for safety and preliminary efficacy. One 
or more potential recommended Phase 2 doses (RP2Ds) for each combination treatment 
could be identified based on the safety and preliminary efficacy in DE. Where 
appropriate, These will be followed by a cohort expansion (CE) Phase which will 
evaluate the clinical activity of the combination treatment in comparison to monotherapy 
belantamab mafodotin in additional participants with RRMM at each possible RP2D in 
sub-studies. 
The platform design allows for the introduction of new sub-studies, with either a shared 
control or potentially different control arms, as treatment paradigms evolve. The 
combination agents for each sub-study of this platform design will be chosen based on 
scientific rationale and/or available preclinical data. This will lead to generation of robust 
statistical data in the CE Phase to inform future studies. Detailed information for each 
sub-study is provided in the respective sub-study protocol sections. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
19 
Objectives and Endpoints: 
The purpose of this Phase 1/2 study is to determine whether GSK2857916 (belantamab 
mafodotin) can be safely administered in combination with other anti-cancer treatments 
that could improve the clinical benefit of belantamab mafodotin in participants with 
RRMM. 
The primary, key secondary, and secondary objectives, along with the corresponding 
endpoints for DE are listed in Table 1; while the primary, and secondary objectives and 
endpoints for CE are listed in Table 2. 
Table 1 
Dose Exploration 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
Primary 
To determine the safety and tolerability of belantamab 
mafodotin in combination with other anti-cancer treatments 
(in each sub-study), and to establish the recommended 
Phase 2 dose for each sub-study investigational 
combination treatment to explore in the CE Phase in 
participants with RRMM 
• Percentage (number) of participants with dose-
limiting toxicities (DLTs) 
• Percentage of participants with AEs, changes in 
clinical signs and laboratory parameters 
Key Secondary 
To evaluate the clinical measures of efficacy of belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments in each sub-study in 
participants with RRMM 
1. Clinical activity measured as Overall Response 
Rate (ORR) according to the International 
Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) Response 
Criteria 
Secondary 
To further evaluate the clinical measures of efficacy of 
belantamab mafodotin and combination treatments in each 
sub-study in participants with RRMM 
Rates of 
• Partial Response (PR) 
• Very Good Partial Response (VGPR) 
• Complete Response (CR) 
• Stringent Complete Response (sCR) 
To describe the exposure of belantamab mafodotin when 
administered in combination with each combination 
treatment within each sub-study in participants with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin observed concentrations 
To describe the exposure of the partner anti-cancer 
treatment when administered in combination with 
belantamab mafodotin in each sub-study 
• Anti-cancer combination treatment’s observed 
concentration 
To assess anti-drug antibodies (ADAs) against belantamab 
mafodotin and against combination treatments (biologics) 
that are administered by IV infusion within each sub-study 
• Incidence and titers of ADAs against 
belantamab mafodotin and combination 
treatments, when measured 
To further determine the safety and tolerability of 
belantamab mafodotin in combination with other anti-cancer 
treatments (in each sub-study) 
• Incidence of AEs of special interest (AESIs) for 
belantamab mafodotin 
• Incidence of AESIs for combination treatments 
• Incidence of ocular findings on ophthalmic exam 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
20 
Table 2 
Cohort Expansion 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
Primary 
To assess the clinical activity of belantamab mafodotin 
at each potential RP2D in combination with anti-cancer 
treatments compared to belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy within each sub-study in participants with 
RRMM 
• Overall Response Rate (ORR), according to the 
International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) 
Response Criteria 
Secondary 
To further assess clinical activity of combination 
treatments with belantamab mafodotin within each sub-
study at each potential RP2D compared with 
monotherapy in participants with RRMM 
• Clinical Benefit Rate (CBR) according to the IMWG 
Response Criteria 
• Progression-Free Survival (PFS) 
• Duration of Response (DoR) 
• Time to Response (TTR) 
• Rates of: Partial Response (PR); Very Good Partial 
Response (VGPR); Complete Response (CR) 
stringent Complete Response (sCR) 
• Overall Survival (OS) 
To further characterize the safety of belantamab 
mafodotin in combination with anti-cancer treatments 
within each sub-study in participants with RRMM 
• Incidence of AEs, Serious Adverse Events (SAEs), 
AEs leading to discontinuation or dose 
reduction/delay, changes in clinical signs, and 
laboratory parameters 
• Incidence of AESIs for belantamab mafodotin 
• Incidence of AESIs for the individual partner for 
each sub-study 
• Incidence of ocular findings on ophthalmic exam for 
belantamab mafodotin 
To evaluate plasma concentrations of belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments in participants 
within each sub-study with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin and combination treatments’ 
plasma concentrations 
To assess anti-drug antibodies (ADAs) against 
belantamab mafodotin and against combination 
treatments (biologics) that are administered by IV 
infusion within each sub-study 
• Incidence and titers of ADAs against belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments, when 
measured  
 
Overall Design: 
This is a platform study, which consists of a MP and separate sub-studies. Each sub-study 
is defined as the data collected in DE and CE for each combination treatment arm and its 
associated control arm within Study 208887. Information about the combination 
treatment partner for each sub-study is contained in the respective sub-study protocol 
section. A sub-study combination treatment will be individually assessed for safety and 
dose in DE Phase and for safety and efficacy in CE Phase. In CE, each participant will be 
randomized to combination treatment or the control arm. The control arm will consist of 
belantamab mafodotin monotherapy. 
This is a randomized Phase 1/2, open-label, platform design study of belantamab 
mafodotin in combination with various anti-cancer combination treatments compared to 
belantamab mafodotin monotherapy in participants with RRMM. As per the platform 
design, new sub-studies may be added via future protocol amendment(s) and sub-studies 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
21 
may be closed by sponsor decision for reasons such as, but not limited to, lack of efficacy 
and/or undesirable toxicity. Each sub-study investigational treatment combination is 
evaluated in the DE Phase and, if it passes the interim analysis and progresses, the CE 
Phase. 
As different sub-studies may be added to the platform, at any one time, both DE and CE 
may be open for different sub-studies. In DE, a participant will be assigned to a sub-study 
dependent on available treatment slots and eligibility. In CE, participants will be 
randomized to an available CE sub-study for which they are eligible. Within a CE 
sub-study, they will be randomized to the combination treatment or the monotherapy 
control arm. Randomization to combination or monotherapy within a sub-study will be 
stratified by the number of prior lines of therapy (3-4 vs >4 prior lines). A subset of the 
sites used in this study will be involved in both DE and CE. Other sites will only be open 
for CE. 
The DE Phase is designed to evaluate safety, tolerability, clinical activity and to select 
one or more RP2Ds of each sub-study combination treatment. An interim analysis will be 
performed for each sub-study at the end of DE Phase. A minimum of 2 responders and 
≥20% response rate overall as well as acceptable overall safety and other supportive data 
are needed to move forward into the CE Phase of each sub-study (Figure 1). However, 
the decision to move to the CE Phase is based on the totality of the data. Dose exploration 
schemas will be described in the appendix for the respective sub-studies. 
CE Phase – Once a combination(s) passes through the DE Phase based on the totality of 
the data including, but not limited to, safety, PK, and efficacy, participants may be 
enrolled in the CE Phase of the combination treatment of the sub-study to further assess 
the clinical benefit and safety of that combination. In the CE Phase, randomization will 
be utilized to assign participants first to an open CE; and then within a CE to either the 
investigational or belantamab mafodotin control arm (Figure 1). The dose of belantamab 
mafodotin used in the control arm will be 2.5 mg/kg Q3W. This is based on results from 
DREAMM-2. Two interim analyses may be performed for futility evaluation in the CE 
Phase. Participants are considered evaluable if they have progressed/died, discontinued 
study treatment, or have had 3 post-baseline efficacy assessments or at least 2 planned 
doses. Combination therapies will be considered for further development if the posterior 
probability that ORR with combination treatment is greater than with monotherapy is at 
least 90%. 
Detailed information for each individual combination will be provided in the respective 
sub-study protocol. 
Disclosure Statement: 
This is a randomized, open-label Phase 1/2 dose-finding and clinical expansion study 
utilizing a MP with sub-studies to evaluate belantamab mafodotin in combination with 
anti-cancer agents in participants with Relapsed/Refractory Multiple Myeloma (RRMM). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
22 
Number of Participants: 
The study will enroll adult participants with RRMM, who have been previously treated 
with at least 3 prior lines that include the following: an immunomodulatory drug, 
proteasome inhibitor (PI) and anti-CD38 treatment (e.g., daratumumab). Lines of therapy 
are defined by consensus panel of the International Myeloma Workshop (IMWG). 
Approximately 85 participants per sub-study will be enrolled across the DE and CE 
Phases of a sub-study. At least 35 participants will be enrolled into belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy control group. 
Per sub-study the number of participants in each phase is described below: 
• 
DE Phase: up to 15 participants per combination treatment dose level in each 
sub-study. More than 1 dose level will be evaluated. 
• 
CE Phase: Once the dose for each combination has been identified, the CE 
Phase may open for enrolment (multiple CEs may be opened per sub-study, see 
details in specific sub-studies). Participants in a sub-study at each RP2D will be 
randomized to either the combination arm in the sub-study (approximately 
35 participants) or to the belantamab mafodotin monotherapy shared control 
arm. Randomization to monotherapy arm may be minimized further depending 
on when the combination arm starts in the sub-study. Contemporaneous and 
non-contemporaneous control arm data may be used for the assessment of each 
combination therapy. 
• 
In this platform study, based on scientific and clinical rationale, more 
combination treatments (ie, different regimens or new control arms) may be 
added at any time by protocol amendment. 
Treatment Duration: 
For each sub-study, refer to the respective sub-study protocol section for further 
information. 
In general, all participants in each sub-study will be treated until disease progression 
(PD), unless unacceptable toxicity, withdrawal of consent, or death occurs. 
Participants who discontinue study treatment for reasons other than confirmed disease 
progression will enter the Follow-up Period for progression-free survival (PFS) 
assessment during which they will be followed until disease progression or start of a new 
anti-myeloma therapy. 
Treatment Administration: 
Belantamab mafodotin will be administered via intravenous (IV) infusion on day 1 of 
each cycle until confirmed disease progression, AE leading to study therapy 
discontinuation, withdrawal of consent or loss to follow-up. Each cycle length may vary 
per sub-study and will be described in each sub-study appendix. 
Data Monitoring Committee: No 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
23 
GSK Safety Review Team (SRT): Yes 
A study specific SRT will be implemented for this study comprised of the GSK study 
team. The SRT may also meet with investigators on a periodic basis. In line with routine 
pharmacovigilance, the SRT will review safety data to assess risk:benefit for each sub-
study. The remit of the SRT will include, but not be limited to, review of safety data and 
analysis of risk:benefit for each dosing cohort in the DE Phase, guidance for the 
transition of each sub-study from dose exploration to cohort expansion and the selection 
of each RP2D, and ongoing safety monitoring of expansion cohorts. Recommendations 
on study modification, halting the study and/or pausing enrolment will be provided by the 
SRT if applicable, as part of its ongoing review of safety data. Membership, roles and 
accountabilities, and the process for safety review and meeting frequency will be 
specified in the Dose Escalation Plan. 
There will be a lead investigator for the entire study. A Steering Committee of the 
selected investigators on study will also be established to provide guidance for key 
decisions such as introduction of new arms as well as being available to meet with the 
SRT or other study team members to discuss any relevant issues as required. 
Data Review Committee (DRC): Yes, if requested 
In addition to the SRT, a DRC will also be implemented. This committee will be 
comprised of senior GSK and/or external personnel; however, all members will be 
external to the GSK208887 study team with relevant areas of expertise, such as clinical 
and safety. The remit of the DRC will be to support the SRT if requested during the 
conduct of the study. Details of committee membership, roles and accountabilities, and 
the process for data review will be specified in the DRC charter. 
1.2. 
Schema 
Figure 1 
General design myeloma platform study 
 
1. 
Each sub-study will start with a DE Phase guided by mTPI principles. 
2. 
N per dose level is up to 15. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
24 
3. 
Assignment to sub-study in DE will be according to treatment slot availability. When more than 1 sub-study or dose level 
is enrolling, allocation will be by predetermined algorithm. 
4. 
Additional sub-studies may be added later by protocol amendment. 
5. 
The number of sub-studies to be investigated and the dose level of combination to be moved forward in CE will be 
determined from safety, tolerability and interim analyses in DE. Each sub-study in the DE Phase will be evaluated 
independently and the number of sub-studies moving to CE will not be limited. Please note: The decision to graduate 
each sub-study from DE to CE will be based on the totality of the data in DE; therefore, some sub-studies may not go 
forward into CE. 
6. 
Randomization to combination or monotherapy treatment within the CE Phase of a sub-study will be stratified by prior 
lines of therapy (3-4 vs >4). 
7. 
Control arm may be >35 participants in order to be contemporaneous with enrolling investigational arms. 
1.3. 
Schedule of Activities 
The SoA are provided in Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6, Table 7 below. The 
following Schedules of Activities applies to all participants in the study. Whenever vital 
signs, 12-lead ECGs and blood draws are scheduled for the same nominal time, the 
assessments should occur in the following order: 12-lead ECG, vital signs, blood draws. 
Whenever vital signs and blood draws are scheduled for the same nominal time, vital 
signs should be performed prior to blood draws. The timing of the assessments should 
allow the blood draw to occur at the exact nominal time. Detailed procedures for 
obtaining each assessment are provided in the SRM. 
Response Assessments 
For participants who are discontinuing investigational product (IP) due to progressive 
disease (PD), the confirmation of PD based on laboratory parameters must be performed 
from a different blood and/or urine collection, either on the same day, or preferably 
within 14 days of the original date of the suspected disease progression, and before 
institution of any new anti-myeloma therapy. This may be performed at EOT. 
For participants with PD due to extramedullary disease, confirmatory scans are not 
required. The laboratory parameters do not need to be repeated if the extramedullary 
disease is the only site of progression. 
Imaging for Extramedullary disease 
Imaging is only required for participants with extramedullary disease (CT, MRI, or 
PET/CT can be applied per local guidance). The same modality should be used 
throughout the study (ie, if CT scan was used as baseline, participant needs to be 
followed by CT scans). Plasmacytoma measurements should be taken from the CT 
portion of the PET/CT, or MRI scans, or dedicated CT scans where applicable. For 
participants with skin only involvement, skin lesions should be measured with a ruler. 
Measurement of tumor size will be determined by the Sum of the Products of the 
maximal perpendicular diameters of measured lesions. 
Imaging of extramedullary disease should be performed every 12 weeks from C1D1, with 
a window of 1 week. 
If the last radiographic assessment occurred ≥8 weeks prior to the participant’s 
withdrawal from study treatment, and PD has NOT been documented, a new assessment 
for extramedullary disease should be obtained at EOT. If the participant continues in PFS 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
25 
follow-up, perform scans for extramedullary disease as clinically indicated. Any 
additional assessments required for the sub-studies will be documented in the relevant 
combination partner sections SoAs within respective sub-study protocol section. The 
timing and number of planned study assessments may be altered during the course of the 
study based on newly available data (e.g., to obtain data closer to the time of peak plasma 
concentrations) to ensure appropriate monitoring. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
26 
Table 3 
SoA – Screening for DE and CE Phases: Belantamab Mafodotin 
Screening Study Assessments 
Screening 
Notes 
Note: All Screening assessments must be performed within 30 days prior to Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) unless otherwise specified. Informed Consent must be signed before any study 
specific assessments are performed. Screening assessments do not need to be repeated at C1D1 unless otherwise specified. All other assessments can be done ≤3 days prior to 
treatment unless otherwise specified. If C1D1 Hem/Chem results are outside of the eligibility requirements, Medical Director to be contacted for review prior to dosing. 
Informed Consent  
X 
1. 
Screening/baseline ocular examination will be performed by a qualified eye care specialist 
(ophthalmologist/optometrist, see Appendix 10) within 30 days prior to C1D1 (see Section 8.2.7 for list 
of ophthalmic exam procedures). 
2. 
Perform only in WOCBP. A pregnancy test must be performed at Screening. If the test is completed 
within 72 hours prior to the first dose, this assessment need not be repeated on C1D1. 
3. 
Refer to Appendix 2 for a comprehensive list of lab tests that must be collected for all participants. 
4. 
eGFR as calculated by MDRD formula (Appendix 6). 
5. 
Urine dipstick for protein may be used to assess for presence of urine protein. Albumin/creatinine ratio 
needs to be done in any participant with urine dipstick result of ≥1+ at Screening, or with positive 
protein if urine dipstick protein quantification is not available. Albumin/creatinine will be performed at a 
local lab (first void). 
6. 
If a participant tested hepatitis B core antibody positive, refer to Table 8 for additional procedures 
throughout the study. Hep C RNA testing is optional, but it will be performed to determine participant 
eligibility if Hep C antibody positive. If negative, participant is eligible (see exclusion criteria 12 for 
details).  
7. 
Complete at Screening or within 12 weeks prior to C1D1. 
8. 
For participants who have been previously exposed to HIV, HIV viral load must be <400 copies/mL and 
CD4+ T-cell (CD4+) counts ≥350 cells/uL. 
9. 
Single ECG at Screening. 
10. ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF may be performed within 30 days prior to C1D1. 
11. SPEP and UPEP will include M-protein levels. 
12. Serum Free Light Chain assay will include kappa/lambda ratio and quantification of involved and 
uninvolved light chains. 
13. IgD/IgE testing is only required for participants with IgD/IgE myeloma. 
14. Skeletal survey: Imaging of bones for lytic lesions by a method aligned with the institutional guidance 
(X-ray, CT, or MRI). X-ray is acceptable for lytic disease, but other methods are needed (CT, MRI, 
PET/CT) for assessment of extramedullary disease. Skeletal survey results within 30 days prior to 
C1D1 may be used for Screening. Same modality used at Screening should be used throughout study. 
15. In participants with known or suspected extramedullary plasmacytoma, a whole body scan (ie, CT, 
MRI, or PET-CT) should be performed within 30 days prior to C1D1. The same method should be used 
throughout the study (ie, if a PET-CT scan was used as baseline scan then the participants need to be 
Demography 
X 
Medical History (includes substance abuse) 
X 
Full Physical Exam 
X 
Throughout the study, participants are 
educated about life style considerations 
(Section 5.3) for the study and the need for 
maintaining adequate urinary output 
(Section 2.3.1) 
X 
Inclusion/Exclusion criteria 
X 
Past and current medical conditions 
X 
Concomitant Medication review  
X 
Screening Safety Assessments 
 
Ocular Exam 
X1 
ECOG Performance Status  
X 
Vital Signs (BP, HR, Body Temperature) 
X 
Weight and Height 
X 
Serum Pregnancy Test (WOCBP only) 
X2 
Hematology (CBC)  
X3 
Clinical chemistry  
X3 
eGFR 
X4 
Urinalysis (dipstick) OR Spot Urine 
(albumin/creatinine ratio) 
X5 
HbsAg, HbcAb6, HCV6 tests 
X7 
HIV viral load and CD4+ count 
X8 
12-lead ECG 
X9 
ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF 
X10 
Screening Disease Evaluation 
 
Beta-2 microglobulin 
X 
UPEP 24 hr urine collection 
X11 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
27 
Screening Study Assessments 
Screening 
Notes 
Note: All Screening assessments must be performed within 30 days prior to Cycle 1 Day 1 (C1D1) unless otherwise specified. Informed Consent must be signed before any study 
specific assessments are performed. Screening assessments do not need to be repeated at C1D1 unless otherwise specified. All other assessments can be done ≤3 days prior to 
treatment unless otherwise specified. If C1D1 Hem/Chem results are outside of the eligibility requirements, Medical Director to be contacted for review prior to dosing. 
Urine immunofixation 24 hr urine collection 
X 
followed by PET-CT scans). Selected target lesions need to be measured and followed over time. 
Whole body MRI is also acceptable, as long as it can be repeated over the duration of the study until 
confirmed disease progression. 
16. Please refer to Table 7 for scheduled BM collection procedures to include aspirate and biopsy. 
17. If FISH testing cannot be performed at a local lab the samples can be sent to the central lab. 
18. MRD testing by NGS method. 
 
 
SPEP 
X11 
Serum immunofixation 
X 
Serum FLC assay 
X12 
IgG, IgM, IgA 
X 
IgD or IgE, if applicable 
X13 
Calcium corrected for albumin (serum) 
X 
Skeletal survey 
X14 
Extramedullary Plasmacytoma Assessment 
(by whole body CT or whole body MRI or 
CT/PET) 
X15 
BM Aspiration/Biopsy 
 
BM aspirate and/or core biopsy for local 
disease assessment  
X16 
BM aspirate for FISH testing  
X16,17 
BM aspirate for BCMA expression and 
biomarker research 
X16 
BM aspirate for MRD testing 
X16,18 
If Applicable 
 
HIV test (if applicable) 
X 
 
 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
28 
Table 4 
SoA – Treatment Period for Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy CE Phase. Study Assessments to be carried out 
regardless of whether participant is dosed. 
Study Assessments 
regardless of whether 
participant is dosed 
Day 1 (Week 1) 
Treatment Period: 
Q3W from Week 4 
until EOT 
Notes 
• All assessments will apply to the CE Phase unless otherwise specified. 
• Assessments scheduled on days of dosing should be done prior to drug administration, unless otherwise specified. 
• Scheduled visit dates during the treatment period can be delayed or brought forward by a maximum of 5 days to be aligned with the next dosing date. If administration of study 
treatment is delayed ≤7 days, assessments indicated to occur at the dosing visit can be scheduled to occur when dosing occurs (every effort should be made to realign 
subsequent weekly visits with dosing visits). If administration of study treatment is delayed >7 days, dosing and weekly assessments may occur on the different days. 
AEs/SAEs 
Ongoing1 
1. 
AEs/SAEs will be collected until at least 70 days after the last dose of study treatment. All SAEs 
related to study participation (e.g., protocol-mandated procedures, tests or change in existing 
therapy) are to be collected from consent through OS follow-up. All AEs/SAEs will be followed 
until the event is resolved, stabilized, otherwise explained or the participant is lost to follow-up. 
For the reporting of ocular events see the guidance provided in Appendix 3. 
2. 
Informed consent for genetic research must be obtained before collecting a sample. The sample 
will be collected on C1D1 prior to infusion. 
3. On-study ocular exams to be performed by a qualified eye care specialist (see Appendix 10) 
every 3 weeks regardless of dosing, up to the sixth dose of belantamab mafodotin (assessment 
window up to 5 days prior to scheduled visit date, but all effort should be made to schedule as 
close to belantamab mafodotin dosing as possible). If there are no significant KVA Grade 2 or 
above treatment-related ocular examination findings, change in participant symptoms or vision 
at the time of the sixth dose exam, participants may have their ophthalmologic exams decreased 
to once every 3 months. See Section 8.2.7 for list of ophthalmic exam procedures and frequency 
of exams. 
4. 
CBC and chemistry panel may be done more frequently as clinically indicated. Refer to 
Appendix 2 for comprehensive list of lab tests. 
5. 
eGFR as calculated by MDRD formula (Appendix 6). 
6. 
Urine dipstick for protein may be used to assess for presence of urine protein. 
Albumin/creatinine ratio needs to be done in any participant with urine dipstick result of ≥2+, or 
with positive protein if urine dipstick protein quantification is not available. Albumin/creatinine will 
be performed at a local lab (first void). 
7. 
ECHOs or MUGA scans for LVEF to be done if clinically indicated. The same procedure used at 
Screening should be used throughout the study. 
Concomitant Medications 
Ongoing 
Throughout the study, 
participants are educated about 
lifestyle considerations 
(Section 5.3) for the study and 
the need for maintaining 
adequate urinary output 
(Section 2.3.1) 
X 
Genetics 
X2 
 
ECOG Performance Status  
 
X 
Safety 
Ocular Exam 
 
X3 
Hematology (CBC) 
X4 
X4 
Clinical chemistry 
X4 
X4 
eGFR 
X5 
X5 
Urinalysis (dipstick) OR Spot 
Urine (albumin/creatine ratio) 
X6 
X6 
ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF 
 
X7 
Disease Evaluation (every 3 weeks even if a dose is delayed) 
UPEP 24 hr urine collection  
 
X8 
Urine immunofixation 24 hr 
urine collection 
 
X9 
SPEP 
 
X8 
Serum immunofixation 
 
X9 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
29 
Study Assessments 
regardless of whether 
participant is dosed 
Day 1 (Week 1) 
Treatment Period: 
Q3W from Week 4 
until EOT 
Notes 
• All assessments will apply to the CE Phase unless otherwise specified. 
• Assessments scheduled on days of dosing should be done prior to drug administration, unless otherwise specified. 
• Scheduled visit dates during the treatment period can be delayed or brought forward by a maximum of 5 days to be aligned with the next dosing date. If administration of study 
treatment is delayed ≤7 days, assessments indicated to occur at the dosing visit can be scheduled to occur when dosing occurs (every effort should be made to realign 
subsequent weekly visits with dosing visits). If administration of study treatment is delayed >7 days, dosing and weekly assessments may occur on the different days. 
Serum FLC assay 
 
X10 
8. 
SPEP must be performed Q3W. UPEP will only be performed Q3W for participants who had 
detectable M-protein only in the urine at screening. For all other participants, if UPEP is 
negative at screening, then UPEP will be performed only after a tumor response based on 
SPEP protein during treatment is observed, where UPEP on 24 hours urine sample is required 
to confirm the response per IMWG criteria. 
9. 
To be performed when SPEP or UPEP are negative or not quantifiable. Also to be performed to 
confirm objective response (PR or better). 
10. Serum Free Light Chain assay will include kappa/lambda ratio and quantification of involved and 
uninvolved light chains, to be done every 3 weeks. 
11. IgD/IgE testing is only required for participants with IgD/IgE myeloma. 
12. Skeletal survey (as clinically indicated): Imaging of bones for lytic lesions by a method aligned 
with the institutional guidance (X-ray, CT, or MRI). X-ray is acceptable for lytic disease, but 
other methods are needed (CT, MRI, PET/CT) for assessment of extramedullary disease. Same 
modality used at Screening should be used throughout study. 
13. Imaging is required for participants with extramedullary disease, as clinically indicated, to 
document disease response PR or better, or to confirm PD. Imaging is also required when there 
is a suspected appearance of a new lesion (for confirmation of PD). To be performed by the 
same method throughout the study as was done at baseline (ie, if CT/PET scan was used as 
baseline, participant needs to be followed by CT/PET scans). Selected target lesions need to be 
measured. 
14. Note: Germany: no PET/CT will be performed until approval by the German Federal Office for 
Radiation Protection. 
15. Please refer to Table 7 for scheduled BM collection procedures to include aspirate and biopsy. 
16. Assessed in CE Phase only. 
17. OSDI will be performed at Day 1 (Week 1), at / or directly after C4D1 and at EOT only. 
Additional assessments may be conducted for those participants who are experiencing a 
worsening in visual function. 
18. Collected predose at Day 1 (Week 1) and then every 6 weeks until EOT. 
 
IgG, IgM, IgA 
 
X 
IgD or IgE 
 
X11 
Calcium corrected for albumin 
(serum) 
 
X 
Skeletal survey 
 
X12 
Extramedullary Plasmacytoma 
Assessment (by whole body 
CT or whole body MRI or 
CT/PET) 
 
X13, 14 
MRI, CT or PET/CT upon 
achieving CR or sCR 
 
Once after CR or 
sCR14 
BM Aspiration/Biopsy 
BM aspirate for BCMA 
expression and biomarker 
research 
 
X15 
BM aspirate for MRD testing  
 
X15 
BM aspirate and/or core biopsy 
for local Disease assessment 
 
X15 
BM core biopsy to assess sCR 
(local)  
 
X15 
Health Outcomes (CE only)16 
PRO-CTCAE 
X 
X 
OSDI  
X17 
X17 
EORTC QLQ-C30 and EORTC 
IL52 
X18 
X18 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
30 
Table 5 
SoA – Treatment Period on Dosing Days or After Dosing Only: Regarding Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy 
CE Phase 
Study Assessments 
Cycle 1 
Day 1 
(Week 1) 
Cycle 1 
Day 8 
Day 15 
Cycle 2 
to EOT 
Notes 
• All assessments will apply to the CE Phase unless otherwise specified. 
• Assessments should be done prior to drug administration, unless otherwise specified. 
• From Cycle 2, assessments can be performed ≤3 days prior to the scheduled date unless otherwise specified. 
• If C1D1 Hem/Chem results are outside of the eligibility requirements, Medical Director to be contacted for review prior to dosing. 
Safety 
1. 
Measured after resting for at least 5 min. For first infusion, vital signs must be monitored at predose 
(within 30 min prior to SOI, and at the EOI [+0-10 min], and 1 h post EOI [+0-10 min]). For subsequent 
infusions, vital signs must be monitored at predose (within 30 min prior to each SOI, and at each EOI 
(+0-10 min), and 30 min post each EOI (+0-10 min) and as clinically indicated. On dosing days with 
PK sampling time points, if vital signs are conducted, they should be assessed prior to PK samples 
being drawn. The timing of the assessments should allow the blood draw to occur at the exact nominal 
time. 
2. 
On-study ocular exams to be performed by a qualified eye care specialist (see Appendix 10) 
regardless of dosing up to the sixth dose of belantamab mafodotin (assessment window up to 5 days 
prior to dosing, but all effort should be made to schedule as close to belantamab mafodotin dosing as 
possible). If there are no significant KVA Grade 2 or above treatment-related ocular examination 
findings, change in participant symptoms or vision at the time of the sixth dose exam, participants may 
have their ophthalmologic exams decreased to once every 3 months. See Section 8.2.7 for list of 
ophthalmic exam procedures and frequency of exams. 
3. 
Perform only in women of childbearing potential. Pregnancy tests may be either predose serum or 
urine and should be performed within 72 hours prior to each dose of belantamab mafodotin. 
4. 
Urine dipstick for protein may be used to assess for presence of urine protein. Albumin/creatinine ratio 
needs to be done in any participant with urine dipstick result of ≥2+, or with positive protein if urine 
dipstick protein quantification is not available. Albumin/creatinine will be performed at a local lab (first 
void). 
5. 
If already completed within 72 hours prior to dosing, this assessment does not need to be repeated on 
Day 1 of the cycle. Refer to Appendix 2 for comprehensive list of lab tests. CBC and chemistry panel 
may be done more frequently as clinically indicated. 
6. 
eGFR as calculated by MDRD formula (Appendix 6). 
Physical Exam (full exam on 
treatment days Day 1 of each 
cycle, and C1D8 only)  
X 
X 
X 
Vital Signs (BP, HR, Body 
Temperature) 
X1 
X1 
X1 
Ocular Exams 
X2 
 
X2 
Weight 
X 
 
X 
Pregnancy Test  
X3 
 
X3 
Urinalysis (dipstick) OR Spot 
Urine (albumin/creatinine ratio) 
X4 
 
X4 
Hematology (CBC) 
X5 
X5 
X5 
Clinical chemistry  
X5 
X5 
X5 
eGFR 
X6 
X6 
X6 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
31 
ECOG Performance Status 
X 
 
X 
7. 
PK samples to be taken for all participants for belantamab mafodotin: C1D1 – predose (within 
30 minutes prior to belantamab mafodotin SOI), EOI (0 – 10 min after belantamab mafodotin); at 2 h 
(±15 min) after belantamab mafodotin SOI; C1D8 – anytime; not required on C1D15. C2D1 – predose 
(within 30 min prior to belantamab mafodotin SOI) (if belantamab mafodotin dosing at C2D1 is 
delayed, belantamab mafodotin PK sample still to be collected per laboratory manual); C2D1 EOI (0 – 
10 min after belantamab mafodotin EOI); C4D1, C6D1, C9D1, and C12D1– predose (within 30 min 
prior to belantamab mafodotin SOI) and EOI (0 – 10 min after belantamab mafodotin EOI), and C18D1 
– predose (within 30 min prior to belantamab mafodotin SOI) or up to the primary cutoff date or 
closure of sub-study by sponsor, whichever comes first. 
8. ADA serum samples will be collected predose (within 30 minutes prior to belantamab mafodotin SOI) 
at: Cycles 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12 and 18 or up to the primary cutoff date or closure of sub-study by sponsor, 
whichever comes first. 
9. 
Collect a sBCMA serum sample every time a belantamab mafodotin PK sample is collected. Also 
collect sBCMA at every MRD assessment and at EOT. 
10. To be collected prior to dosing at C1D1, C2D1, C3D1, and at PD. 
11. Collect prior to belantamab mafodotin infusion at C1D1, C2D1, C3D1, C4D1 and C6D1. Also, at first 
MRD assessment and at EOT. 
12. Please refer to Section 6.6.3 and Section 6.6.4 of the protocol for guidance on dose delays, reduction 
and modification. The next scheduled dose must be administered every 21 days (+3-day window) 
since prior/last dose and cannot be given sooner/more frequently than this. If in the judgment of the 
investigator, treatment needs to be initiated prior to the next planned scheduled dose following a 
dosing delay and where clinical toxicity has resolved, please discuss with the Medical Director. Please 
see Section 6.2. All assessments should remain on schedule with the exception of those associated 
with dosing. Belantamab mafodotin will be administered as an IV infusion (see Section 6.1 for details). 
13. Premedication should be considered in any participant who experienced an infusion-related reaction 
at first or any subsequent infusion with belantamab mafodotin or partner combination see relevant 
sub-study protocol section. 
14. Supportive Care information: 
a. 
Prophylactic preservative-free artificial tears should be administered in each eye at least 4-8 
times daily beginning on C1D1 until end of treatment. In the event of ocular symptoms (e.g., dry 
eyes), the use of artificial tears may be increased up to every 2 hours as needed. Corticosteroid 
eye drops are not required but can be used if clinically indicated per the discretion of a qualified 
eye care specialist (see Appendix 10). Allow at least 5-10 minutes between administration of 
artificial tears and steroid eye drops (if administered). 
b. 
At the start of each infusion, participants may apply cooling eye masks to their eyes for 
approximately 1 hour or as long as tolerated. 
PK and ADA 
Plasma PK for belantamab 
mafodotin  
X7 
X7 
X7 
Serum immunogenicity (ADA) for 
belantamab mafodotin 
X8 
 
X8 
Biomarkers 
Serum soluble BCMA 
X9 
X9 
X9 
Hematology (TBNK and/or 
enhanced TBNK cell activation 
panel) 
X10 
 
X10 
Peripheral blood for CMMC 
analysis 
X11 
 
X11 
Treatment with belantamab mafodotin 
Administration of belantamab 
mafodotin 
X12 
 
Day 1 of 
each 
Cycle12 
Premedication if needed 
X13 
 
X (at the 
start of 
each 
cycle)13 
Treatment prophylaxis and 
management: Preservative-free 
artificial tears and cooling masks  
X14 
 
X14 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
32 
c. 
For participants with history of dry eyes, or participants who develop dry eye during study 
treatment, the eye care specialist should consider use of additional products/treatments as per 
local institutional guidance. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
33 
Table 6 
SoA –EOT and Follow-up: Regarding Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy for all Sub-studies 
Study Assessments 
End of 
Treatment Visit1 
PFS 
Follow-up2 
OS 
Follow-up3 
Notes 
All assessments will apply to both the DE and CE Phases unless otherwise specified. 
Physical Exam 
X 
X 
 
1. 
EOT safety assessments to occur within 30 days from decision to discontinue 
treatment and at least prior to the new anti-MM treatment. 
2. 
PFS follow-up every 21 days (±7 days) for participants who discontinue IP for a 
reason other than PD. Disease evaluations will continue until confirmed PD, 
death, start of a new anti-cancer treatment, withdrawal of consent, or end of the 
study whichever occurs first. Once participant progresses, move to OS 
Follow-up. 
3. 
The survival for MM will be documented in medical charts. No visit necessary. 
Contacts will be made via phone calls, emails or other means of communication 
every 12 weeks (±14 days) until end of study. Participant does not need to come 
in for visit unless they are being followed for corneal signs that are present at the 
end of study treatment. 
4. 
AEs/SAEs will be collected from the start of study treatment until at least 70 days 
after the last dose of study treatment. All SAEs related to study participation 
(e.g., protocol-mandated procedures, tests or change in existing therapy) are to 
be collected from consent through OS follow-up. All AEs/SAEs will be followed 
until the event is resolved, stabilized, otherwise explained or the participant is lost 
to follow-up. Concomitant medications administered after EOT should be 
recorded when given for SAEs/AESIs as defined in Section 8.3. 
5. 
End of treatment ophthalmic exam to be performed by an eye care specialist. 
See Section 8.2.7 for list of exams. 
6. 
Participants with treatment-related corneal exam findings, ocular symptoms 
and/or change in vision at EOT will be followed every 3 months (7 days), or 
more frequently if clinically indicated, until return to baseline, deemed clinically 
stable by the qualified eye care specialist (see Appendix 10), or up to 12 months 
(whichever comes first). Clinically stable is defined as changes ≤Grade 1. See 
Section 8.2.7 for list of exams. 
Vital Signs (BP, HR, Body 
Temperature) 
X 
X 
 
AEs/SAEs 
X4 
Related SAEs 
only4 
Related SAEs 
only4 
Concomitant Medications 
X4 
X4 
 
Safety 
Ocular Exam 
X5,6 
X6 
X6 
ECOG Performance Status  
X 
X 
 
Hematology (CBC) 
X7 
X7 
 
Clinical chemistry  
X7 
X7 
 
Pregnancy Test  
X8 
X8 
X8 
eGFR 
X9 
 
 
Urinalysis (dipstick) OR Spot 
Urine (albumin/creatinine ratio) 
X10 
 
 
ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF 
X11 
 
 
Disease Evaluation  
UPEP 24 hr urine collection  
X21 
X21 
 
Urine immunofixation 24 hr urine 
collection 
X 
X 
 
SPEP 
X 
X 
 
Serum immunofixation 
X 
X 
 
Serum FLC assay 
X 
X 
 
IgG, IgM, IgA 
X 
X 
 
IgD or IgE 
X12 
X12 
 
Calcium corrected for albumin 
(serum) 
X 
X 
 
Skeletal survey 
X13,14 
X13,14 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
34 
Study Assessments 
End of 
Treatment Visit1 
PFS 
Follow-up2 
OS 
Follow-up3 
Notes 
All assessments will apply to both the DE and CE Phases unless otherwise specified. 
Imaging for Extramedullary 
Plasmacytoma Assessment (by 
whole body CT or whole body 
MRI or CT/PET) 
X14,15 
X14,15 
 
7. 
CBC may be done more frequently as clinically indicated. Refer to Appendix 2 for 
a comprehensive list of lab tests that must be collected for all participants. 
8. 
Pregnancy test (serum or urine) must be performed per Appendix 7, 
Section 12.7.3. See specific sub-studies for any additional criteria. 
9. 
eGFR as calculated by MDRD formula (Appendix 6). 
10. Urine dipstick for protein may be used to assess for presence of urine protein. 
Albumin/creatinine ratio needs to be done in any participant with urine dipstick 
result of ≥2+, or with positive protein if urine dipstick protein quantification is not 
available. Albumin/creatinine will be performed at a local lab (first void). 
11. ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF only done as clinically indicated. The same 
procedure used at Screening should be used throughout the study. 
12. IgD/IgE testing is only required for participants with IgD/IgE myeloma. 
13. Imaging of bones for lytic lesions by a method aligned with the institutional 
guidance (X-ray, CT, or MRI). X-ray is acceptable for lytic disease, but other 
methods are needed (CT, MRI, PET/CT) for assessment of extramedullary 
disease. Skeletal survey results within 30 days prior to C1D1 may be used for 
Screening. Same modality used at Screening should be used throughout study. 
14. At the time of suspected disease progression or as clinically indicated. Same 
modality used at Screening should be used throughout study. 
15. In participants with extramedullary MM, if the last radiographic assessment 
occurred ≥8 weeks prior withdrawal from study treatment, and PD has NOT been 
documented otherwise, a new assessment should be obtained at the time the 
participant withdrew from study treatment. To be performed by the same method 
throughout the study as was done at baseline (ie, if CT/PET scan was used as 
baseline, participant needs to be followed by CT/PET scan). 
16. Please refer to Table 7 for scheduled BM collection procedures to include 
aspirate and biopsy. 
PK and ADA 
Plasma PK for belantamab 
mafodotin  
X 
 
 
Serum immunogenicity (ADA) for 
belantamab mafodotin 
X 
 
 
Biomarkers 
Serum soluble BCMA 
X 
 
 
Peripheral blood for CMMC 
analysis 
X 
 
 
BM Aspiration/Biopsy 
BM aspirate for MRD testing 
 
X16 
 
BM aspirate and/or core biopsy 
for local Disease assessment 
X16 
X16 
 
BM core biopsy to assess sCR 
(local) 
X16 
X16 
 
BM aspirate for BCMA expression 
and biomarker research 
X16 
 
 
Health Outcomes  
PRO-CTCAE 
X17 
 
 
OSDI 
X17,18 
X17,18 
X17,18 
EORTC QLQ-C30 and EORTC 
IL52 
X17 
 
 
Qualitative interview 
X17,19 
X17,20 
X17,20 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
35 
Study Assessments 
End of 
Treatment Visit1 
PFS 
Follow-up2 
OS 
Follow-up3 
Notes 
All assessments will apply to both the DE and CE Phases unless otherwise specified. 
Schedule Survival Status phone 
call 
X3 
 
X3 
17. Questionnaires and Interviews only performed in CE. 
18. Participants with treatment-related corneal exam findings, ocular symptoms 
and/or change in vision at EOT will have follow-up OSDI questionnaires every 
3 months (±7 days) until return to baseline, deemed as clinically stable by the 
qualified eye care specialist (see Appendix 10), or up to 12 months (whichever 
comes first). Clinically stable is defined as changes Grade 1. 
19. Must be conducted via telephone within approximately 21 days of EOT. 
20. Optional interview to be conducted via telephone approximately 6 months after 
EOT. 
21. UPEP will only be performed for participants who had detectable M-protein only 
in the urine at screening. For all other participants, if UPEP is negative at 
screening, then UPEP will be performed only after a tumor response based on 
SPEP protein during treatment is observed, where UPEP on 24 hours urine 
sample is required to confirm the response per IMWG criteria. 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
36 
Table 7 
SoA – Bone Marrow Aspirate/Biopsy Collection 
Timepoint 
BM aspirate for 
FISH testing1,3 
BM (core biopsy 
and/or aspirate) for 
disease 
assessment1 
BM aspirate for 
MRD testing for 
disease 
assessment2,6 
BM aspirate for 
BCMA expression 
and biomarker 
research2 
Screening 
X4 
X4 
X 
X  
Between C3D1 and 
C5D1 (predose 
belantamab 
mafodotin)  
 
 
 
X7 
VGPR or suspected 
CR/sCR 
X5  
X5 
X 
 
Suspected PD (only 
if PD not evident 
otherwise) 
 
X5 
 
 
PD 
 
 
 
X7 
1. 
These assessments will be performed at a local laboratory. For FISH testing, if testing cannot be performed at 
a local lab the samples can be sent to the central lab. 
2. 
These assessments will be performed at a central laboratory. 
3. 
See Table 31 for details on FISH.  
4. 
At Screening, IHC of BM core biopsy is preferred for quantitative assessment of malignant PC. However, BM 
aspirate is acceptable and should be performed within 60 days of C1D1. Archival tissue from up to 60 days 
prior to C1D1 is acceptable. 
5. 
At EOT or during PFS follow-up Visit, only to confirm CR/sCR or suspected PD at this visit for plasma cell 
assessment by IHC or aspiration. For sCR in participants achieving a CR, BM core biopsy is required to 
confirm sCR by IHC for absence of clonal cells. Only 1 marrow procedure required for CR and sCR 
assessment. 
6. 
MRD samples to be collected at Screening, and at the time of first achieving VGPR or better. Thereafter, MRD 
testing must be repeated every 6 months (±1 month) until PD. This also applies to participants who 
discontinue IP for reasons other than PD and have current disease response of VGPR or better. In case of 
deepening of response from VGPR to CR, or achieving CR without prior VGPR, MRD testing must be 
performed at the time of achieving suspected CR and repeated every 6 months (±1 month) until PD. 
7. 
Optional BM consent required. Additional BM aspirate samples may be collected at any time during the 
study for biomarker research (as indicated for each sub-study) and if possible, as part of the same BM 
collection for disease assessments including MRD.  
 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
37 
Table 8 
SoA – Additional Procedures for Participants HbcAb Positive 
The procedures listed in this table apply ONLY to participants in Screening or who have been enrolled and who 
have positive HbcAb; all procedures must be done in addition to the required procedures for all participants detailed 
in Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6, Table 7. 
HBV Study Assessments 
During 
Screening / 
Prior to starting 
treatment 
During 
Treatment 
EOT  
Notes 
HBV-DNA testing 
X 
X 
X 
HBV-DNA testing prior to the start of 
belantamab mafodotin and 
subsequently every 3 months (may be 
grouped with closest study visit), or if 
liver function test elevations requiring 
increased monitoring or stopping 
criteria occur, or for any clinical 
suspicion of hepatitis reactivation. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
38 
2. 
INTRODUCTION 
2.1. 
Study Rationale 
MM is an incurable malignancy and accounts for 1% of all cancers and for 10% of all 
hematologic malignancies. Worldwide, approximately 139 000 new cases are diagnosed 
annually [Cowan, 2018], and an estimated 30 770 new cases and 12 770 deaths will occur 
in the U.S. in 2018 [Siegal, 2018]. Despite significant advances, current novel therapies 
and HSCT cannot achieve cure, and most MM participants will die of disease progression 
or complications of myeloma. Thus, new treatments are urgently needed. 
BCMA is a target present on mature B-cells and on tumor cells in patients with MM 
[Tai, 2015; Tai, 2006]. Belantamab mafodotin is an ADC consisting of a humanized 
anti-BCMA mAb that is conjugated to the microtubule inhibitor MMAF with a cysteine 
linker (cys-mcMMAF; also, known as 
. Upon binding to the cell surface, 
belantamab mafodotin is rapidly internalized and active cytotoxic drug (cys-mcMMAF) 
is released inside the cell. Additionally, the antibody is afucosylated, which increases 
binding to FcɣRIIIa receptors and enhances recruitment and activation of immune 
effector cells, which can kill tumor cells by ADCC. Belantamab mafodotin employs 
distinct MoAs including ADC, ADCC and ADCP. The mechanisms of action of 
belantamab mafodotin are designed to enable anti-tumor activity of cells by ADCC 
(nondividing) as well as ADC (dividing cells). Moreover, ADC-induced cell death by 
belantamab mafodotin was recently shown to be immunogenic as measured by cell 
surface externalization of CRT and secretion of HMGB1 and ATP. ICD induced by 
belantamab mafodotin resulted in activation of dendritic cells in vitro and is believed to 
contribute to T cell-mediated anti-tumor responses and durable immunity. 
Of the 4 proposed MoA for belantamab mafodotin, the ADC and ADCC MoAs have 
been linked to efficacy in nonclinical models: in vitro and in vivo against multiple 
myeloma cell lines, and ex vivo against primary patient myeloma samples. Inhibition of 
BCMA signaling has been demonstrated biochemically; however, functional effects on 
myeloma cells have not been demonstrated. ICD markers on cells are induced by 
belantamab mafodotin both in vivo and in vitro. In vivo, induction of ICD correlates with 
an adaptive immune response and long-term tumor regression in immune-competent 
murine allograft models [Montes De Oca, 2021]. These different mechanisms may enable 
belantamab mafodotin to deliver anti-tumor activities targeting both dividing and 
nondividing tumor cells and associate the cell kill with an adaptive immune response. 
These MoA characteristics clearly differentiate belantamab mafodotin from existing 
approved treatments. Several assets targeting BCMA by different mechanisms are in 
clinical development for MM, including BCMA CAR-T cells and BCMA bispecific 
antibodies. However, none of the currently approved therapies for MM have the same 
MoAs as belantamab mafodotin. 
Despite new medicines in a relapsed refractory population providing clinical benefit, 
multiple myeloma is not currently curable and an unmet need still remains. Belantamab 
mafodotin has shown strong single-agent activity in the FTIH 
(BMA117159/DREAMM-1 and the Phase 2 205678/DREAMM-2 studies) (see 
Section 2.2.4). 
CCI

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
39 
Due to the novel MoA of belantamab mafodotin, it is possible that belantamab mafodotin 
may be able to overcome resistance to existing therapies. 
The efficacy for belantamab mafodotin monotherapy is reviewed in the IB (see also 
Section 2.2.4) [GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s 
Brochure V11, 2023]. 
Given this previous experience, the combination therapy of belantamab mafodotin with 
other agents with different MoA is an attractive option to explore for participants with 
MM who have relapsed or become refractory to SoC. The combination with other agents 
may result in additive, or potentially synergistic effects which could translate into deep 
and long-lasting responses. This study will first evaluate the safety and tolerability profile 
of belantamab mafodotin when administered in combination with other agents and may 
identify one or more RP2Ds for each partner, as well as preliminary efficacy of each 
combination (DE Phase). The CE Phase of the study will evaluate the clinical activity of 
the combinations in comparison to monotherapy in additional participants with RRMM. 
The combination agents for each sub-study of this platform design will be chosen based 
on scientific rationale and/or available preclinical data. 
The platform design is an efficient tool, incorporating a single MP, wherein, multiple 
treatment combinations, as sub-studies, will be evaluated simultaneously. Randomization 
between arms and against the monotherapy control arm will lead to a generation of robust 
statistical data in the CE Phase to inform future confirmatory studies. The platform 
design allows for the introduction of new sub-studies with potentially different control 
groups as treatment paradigms evolve. Detailed information for each individual 
combination is provided in the respective sub-study protocol section. 
2.2. 
Background 
2.2.1. 
Current Treatment of Multiple Myeloma 
Most, if not all participants treated with myeloma regimens inevitably relapse, with a 
median OS of about 5 years [Robinson, 2014; Hou, 2017; Palumbo, 2015]. Each relapse 
requires salvage therapy, and the DoR to each subsequent line of salvage therapy 
typically decreases. For example, in a retrospective chart review by Kumar et al. [Kumar, 
2012] of patients who become refractory to bortezomib and immunomodulatory agents, 
the median overall survival time was disappointingly short (~ 9 months), with 7% 
achieving VGPR, 24% achieving PR, and 10% with stable disease after retreatment. 
While the main treatment goal for RRMM is usually the preservation of organ function, 
control of the disease, and maintaining quality of life, the depth of response is also 
considered a predictor of durability of response and patient survival [Lonial, 2014]. 
While combining agents with existing SoC therapies might be a straightforward 
approach, an alternative strategy to achieving deep responses is to evaluate combinations 
of agents that have preclinical evidence or scientific rationale for enhancing the clinical 
benefit of belantamab mafodotin. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
40 
2.2.2. 
Role of B-Cell Maturation Antigen in Multiple Myeloma. 
BCMA, also designated as tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 17 
(TNFRSF17) is expressed on the surface of normal and malignant B lymphocytes at later 
stages of differentiation as they mature [Novak, 2004]. Ligands targeting BCMA such as 
BAFF, TNFSF13B, along with APRIL/TNFSF13 activate cell proliferation pathways and 
upregulate anti-apoptotic proteins in MM cell lines [Bellucci, 2005; Moreaux, 2004]. 
sBCMA is present in the serum of MM patients, and its levels have been postulated to 
correlate with tumor burden, response to therapy and OS [Robinson, 2014; Sanchez, 
2012]. Mice deficient for BCMA are viable, have normal B-cell development, and exhibit 
normal humoral responses [Belnoue, 2008; Jiang, 2011; Varfolomeev, 2004]. BCMA is 
widely expressed on malignant plasma cells in MM and to a lesser degree in other B-cell 
malignancies [Tai, 2015; Tai, 2006]. The restricted expression profile of BCMA makes it 
a very good target for a therapeutic antibody with direct cell killing activity and expected 
to have limited off target effects [Tai, 2015]. 
BCMA has been validated as a therapeutic target in MM in preclinical studies [Tai, 2014] 
and more recently in the clinic, where impressive results were demonstrated with 
BCMA-targeted CAR-T [Pont, 2019], and belantamab mafodotin as single agent 
[GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s Brochure V11, 2023; 
Trudel, 2018; Trudel, 2019]. 
2.2.3. 
Antibody-Drug Conjugate Belantamab Mafodotin 
Belantamab mafodotin is a humanized (IgG1) ADC which binds specifically to BCMA 
with different mechanisms of action as detailed in the investigator brochure. Of the 
4 proposed MoA for belantamab mafodotin, the ADC and ADCC MoAs have been linked 
to efficacy in nonclinical models: in vitro and in vivo against multiple myeloma cell 
lines, and ex vivo against primary patient myeloma samples. These different mechanisms 
may enable belantamab mafodotin to deliver anti-tumor activities targeting both dividing 
and nondividing tumor cells and associate the cell kill with an adaptive immune response; 
these MoA characteristics clearly differentiate belantamab mafodotin from existing 
approved treatments. All patients with MM express various levels of BCMA on the 
surface of the tumor cells, making them potentially responsive to treatment with 
belantamab mafodotin [Darce, 2007]. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
41 
Figure 2 
Mechanism of action of belantamab mafodotin 
 
2.2.4. 
Human Experience with Belantamab Mafodotin 
GSK initiated the clinical development of belantamab mafodotin in July 2014, with the 
FTIH Study BMA117159 (DREAMM-1) conducted in adults with RRMM. DREAMM-1 
has been clinically concluded. The primary analysis of data from participants with MM 
obtained during Part 1 and Part 2 of the study has been reported; however, the study is 
considered ongoing. 
The pivotal Phase 2 Study 205678 (DREAMM-2) is ongoing and evaluating the efficacy 
and safety of 2 doses of belantamab mafodotin monotherapy in RRMM refractory to 
proteasome inhibitors, immunomodulatory drugs and who failed anti-CD38 antibody 
treatment. The primary analysis has been reported; however, the study is considered 
ongoing. 
Single-agent belantamab mafodotin has demonstrated to have a strong single-agent 
activity with a well-defined manageable safety profile in heavily pre-treated participants 
with RRMM (Q3W schedule via IV administration). Safety data for single-agent 
belantamab mafodotin were pooled (data as of 20 September 2019) for Study 205678 
(DREAMM-2; NCT03525678) and supportive FTIH study BMA117159 (DREAMM-1; 
NCT02064387), by treatment cohorts of 2.5 mg/kg and 3.4 mg/kg. 
FTIH study BMA117159/DREAMM-1 
In the FTIH DREAMM-1 study, which consisted of a dose escalation phase (Part 1, 
n=38) and a dose expansion phase (Part 2, n=35), as of the primary analysis cutoff date of 
31 August 2018, a total of 73 participants with RRMM received at least 1 dose of 
belantamab mafodotin [GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. 
Investigator’s Brochure V11, 2023; Trudel, 2019]. 
As of the efficacy cutoff date of 31 August 2018, a total of 35 participants were treated at 
the 3.4 mg/kg dose in Part 2 of the DREAMM-1 study. Participants were heavily 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
42 
pre-treated: 57% of participants had 5 or more prior lines of therapy. The ORR was 60% 
(95% CI: 42.1, 76.1): comprised of PR, 6%; VGPR, 40%; CR, 9%; and sCR, 6%. The 
median DoR was 14.3 months (95% CI: 10.6, NR). The mPFS in this population was 
12.0 months (95% CI: 3.1, not estimable [NE]). For participants refractory to both 
immunomodulatory agents and PIs (n=32/35), the confirmed ORR was 56% (95% CI: 
37.7, 73.6) and mPFS was 7.9 months (95% CI: 2.3, NE) [Trudel, 2019]. 
Phase 2 Study 205678/DREAMM-2 
The ongoing Phase 2 Study 205678/DREAMM-2 is evaluating these 2 IV single-agent 
doses (2.5 and 3.4 mg/kg) administered Q3W until disease progression in participants 
who have failed at least 3 prior lines of anti-myeloma therapy, including an anti-CD38 
antibody, and who are refractory to an immunomodulatory agent and a proteasome 
inhibitor. A total of 194 participants received frozen drug product in the main cohort and 
24 participants received 3.4 mg/kg lyophilized drug product. The study met its primary 
endpoint for ORR in both the 2.5 mg/kg and 3.4 mg/kg treatments, and the benefit of 
belantamab mafodotin was supported by the secondary endpoints. Primary analysis data 
from this study indicated no new safety signals, and the profile of AEs was similar to the 
experience in the DREAMM-1 study for both arms. Both dose levels, 2.5 and 3.4 mg/kg, 
were shown to have a positive benefit/risk profile [Li, 2017; Lonial, 2020]. 
As of the cutoff date of 31 January 2020, the ORR in the 2.5 mg/kg treatment was 31% 
(97.5% CI 21.7,43.6) and in the 3.4 mg/kg treatment 35% (97.5% CI 24.8,47.0). The 
median DoR was 11.0 months (95% CI: 4.2, NR) at 2.5 mg/kg and 6.2 months (95% CI: 
4.8, NR) at 3.4 mg/kg. The mPFS in this population was 2.8 months (95% CI: 1.6, 3.6) 
and 3.9 months (95% CI: 2.0, 5.8), respectively and the median Overall Survival (mOS) 
was 13.7 months (95% CI: 9.9, NR) at 2.5 mg/kg and 13.8 months (95% CI: 10.0, NR) at 
3.4 mg/kg. Positive clinical activity was also demonstrated at the 3.4 mg/kg lyophilized 
dose [ORR 52% (97.5% CI 28.9,74.5)]. 
Safety 
Single-agent belantamab mafodotin was demonstrated to have a manageable safety 
profile in heavily pre-treated participants with RRMM. Safety data for single-agent 
belantamab mafodotin were pooled (data as of 20 September 2019) for DREAMM-2 
study and supportive FTIH study DREAMM-1 by treatment cohorts of 2.5 mg/kg and 
3.4 mg/kg. 
The most common AEs in both treatment cohorts were keratopathy (corneal epithelium 
changes observed on ophthalmic examination), thrombocytopenia and anemia. The 
incidence of AEs, including Grade 3/4 AEs was comparable between belantamab 
mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg and 3.4 mg/kg cohorts. AEs leading to dose delays, and reductions 
were less frequent in 2.5 mg/kg cohort, 51% and 32% compared with the 3.4 mg/kg 
cohort, 67% and 52%, respectively. AEs leading to permanent treatment discontinuation 
occurred in 10% and 11% of participants in the 2.5 and 3.4 mg/kg cohorts, respectively. 
More participants in the 3.4 mg/kg cohort experienced SAEs (50%) and fatal SAEs (6%) 
compared with the 2.5 mg/kg cohort (41% and 3%, respectively). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
43 
Single-agent belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg was selected as the recommended dose 
based on comparable efficacy with a more favorable safety profile (ie, lower incidence of 
thrombocytopenia and neutropenia and less frequent dose delays or reductions) compared 
with the 3.4 mg/kg dose. 
Adverse Events of Special Interest 
AESIs for belantamab mafodotin are corneal events, thrombocytopenia and IRRs, and are 
described below. 
Corneal Events 
Corneal events, reported in most cases as keratopathy, blurred vision and dry eye events 
are the most frequently reported AEs with belantamab mafodotin. 
In DREAMM-2 (data as of 31 January 2020), events in the Eye disorders SOC occurred 
in 78% of participants treated with belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg. The most common 
ocular AEs were keratopathy (71%, changes in corneal epithelium identified on eye 
exam, with or without symptoms), blurred vision (22%), and dry eye (13%). Decreased 
vision defined as Snellen score worse than 20/50 in the better seeing eye was reported in 
18% of participants receiving belantamab mafodotin 2.5mg/kg. Severe vision loss 
defined as 20/200 or worse in the better seeing eye was reported in 1% of participants 
receiving belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg. 
The median time to onset of Grade 2 or above corneal findings (best corrected visual 
acuity or corneal examination) was 36 days (range: 19 to 143 days) in participants 
receiving belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg. The median time to resolution of these 
corneal findings was 91 days (range: 21 to 201 days). 
Participants with history of dry eye were more prone to develop corneal examination 
findings. Therefore, active management of dry eye symptoms prior to and during 
treatment is recommended (ie, administration of preservative-free artificial tears). 
The ocular sub-study of DREAMM-2 provided no evidence that corticosteroid eye drops 
are beneficial in preventing or mitigating corneal events. 
Thrombocytopenia 
In DREAMM-2 (data as of 31 January 2020), thrombocytopenic events 
(thrombocytopenia and platelet count decreased) occurred in 38% participants treated 
with belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg; severity ranging between Grade 1 and 4. The 
incidence of Grade 3 bleeding events was low (2%), with no Grade 4 or 5 events reported 
in participants treated with belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg. 
Most participants had a decrease from baseline in their platelet counts during the study. 
In general, participants who initiated treatment with lower platelet numbers tended to 
continue to have thrombocytopenia while on treatment with belantamab mafodotin. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
44 
Infusion-related reactions 
IRRs are expected for biologic agents. In DREAMM-2 (data as of 31 January 2020), 
IRRs occurred in 21% of participants in the belantamab mafodotin 2.5 mg/kg, which 
were Grade 1 – 3 in severity. Most IRRs occurred with the first infusion and few 
participants experienced IRRs with subsequent infusions. 
Although not protocol-mandated, premedications for IRR prophylaxis (including 
paracetamol, antihistamines, and steroids) were administered to 26%–27% of 
participants. One participant (2.5 mg/kg cohort) discontinued treatment due to IRRs 
(Grade 3 IRRs at first and second infusion). 
2.2.4.1. 
Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics in Humans 
The PK and pharmacodynamics of belantamab mafodotin (antibody-drug conjugate, 
including in complex) and total monoclonal antibody (total mAb; including complex) 
were investigated in 291 participants with RRMM following IV administration at doses 
from 0.03 to 4.6 mg/kg Q3W in Study BMA117159 (n=73) and at doses of 2.5 or 
3.4 mg/kg Q3W in Study 205678 (n=218). 
Cmax of belantamab mafodotin and total monoclonal antibody were observed at or 
shortly after the EOI. There was limited accumulation (less than 2-fold) of belantamab 
mafodotin during subsequent cycles. 
Belantamab mafodotin PK were well described by a linear, two-compartment population 
model, with a time-varying decrease in clearance in a population PK analysis. 
Belantamab mafodotin had a systemic clearance of 0.936 L/day and an elimination 
half-life of 11.5 days for a typical participant with relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma 
at Cycle 1 in Study 205678. Over time, clearance was reduced by an average of 28% to 
0.674 L/day with an elimination half-life of 14.3 days (time-varying clearance). In 
summaries of individual post hoc parameter values from the population PK model, the 
geometric mean (%CVb) clearance at first cycle was 0.924 L/day (42%), and the 
geometric mean (%CVb) half-life value was 11.8 days (37%) at the first cycle. The time 
to 50% change in clearance was approximately 50 days. 
No clinically significant differences in the PK of belantamab mafodotin were observed 
based on age (34 to 89 years), sex, race (African American/Black and White), body 
weight (42 to 130 kg), mild or moderate renal impairment (eGFR ≥30 mL/min/1.73m2) or 
mild hepatic impairment (NCI-ODWG classification). Higher serum levels of Beta-2 
microglobulin, IgG, and sBCMA and lower levels of albumin are associated with more 
advanced multiple myeloma or a higher multiple myeloma disease burden. Higher 
baseline IgG and sBCMA levels, and lower baseline albumin levels were associated with 
higher belantamab mafodotin clearance leading to lower average and trough 
concentrations of belantamab mafodotin. 
In nonclinical studies, cys-mcMMAF had limited metabolic clearance. In vitro data 
suggested that belantamab mafodotin and cys-mcMMAF are unlikely to perpetrate a 
drug-drug interaction or to be a victim of a drug-drug interaction with inhibitors or 
inducers of cytochromes (CYP) P450. Cys-mcMMAF was an in vitro substrate of organic 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
45 
anion transporting polypeptides (OATP)1B1 and OATP1B3, multidrug resistance 
associated proteins (MRP)1, MRP2, and MRP3, a borderline substrate of bile salt export 
pump (BSEP), and a possible substrate of P-glycoprotein (Pgp). Following the 
administration of belantamab mafodotin to participants with RRMM, only intact 
cys-mcMMAF was detected in pooled 
 with no evidence of other 
MMAF-related 
 metabolites. 
Free sBCMA levels were measured in Study BMA117159 and Study 205678. All 
participants exhibited reductions in free sBCMA concentration at end of infusion 
compared to baseline at Cycle 1, with a return to near-baseline level by 7 days after 
dosing, reflecting binding of belantamab mafodotin to sBCMA. Maximum decreases 
ranged from 2% to 97%, which were qualitatively dose-dependent, with larger reductions 
in free sBCMA at higher doses. 
Exposure-response analyses performed for Study 205678 and/or Study BMA117159 
found that ocular safety endpoints were most strongly associated with belantamab 
mafodotin exposure, while efficacy endpoints had a weaker association with belantamab 
mafodotin exposure. Both safety and efficacy endpoints were associated with patient 
characteristics. Belantamab mafodotin trough concentrations were associated with 
probability of corneal events and keratopathy. Probability of occurrence of dry eye, 
blurred vision, neutropenia and IRR were not associated with an exposure measure. In 
addition, the results of the concentration-QTc analysis demonstrated that belantamab 
mafodotin did not have a significant effect on cardiac repolarization. 
Additional updated information related to belantamab clinical PK, pharmacodynamics, 
and exposure-response relationships can be found in the Investigator’s Brochure 
[GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s Brochure V11, 
2023]. 
2.2.4.2. 
Combination with Belantamab Mafodotin 
Rationale for each individual experimental treatment is provided in the respective 
sub-study protocol section. 
2.3. 
Benefit/Risk Assessment 
More detailed information about the known and expected benefits and risks and 
reasonably expected AEs of belantamab mafodotin may be found in the IB 
[GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s Brochure V11, 
2023]. 
Benefits and risks for each combination partner can be found in the respective sub-study 
protocol section. 
CCI
CCI

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
46 
2.3.1. 
Summary of Risk Assessment 
Table 9 
Risk Assessment for Belantamab Mafodotin 
Potential Risk of 
Clinical Significance 
Summary of Data/Rationale for Risk 
Mitigation Strategy 
Investigational Product: Belantamab Mafodotin 
Keratopathy (changes 
to the corneal 
epithelium, potentially 
resulting in vision 
changes) 
Changes in corneal epithelium on ocular 
examination have been frequently observed with 
belantamab mafodotin and was most commonly 
associated with keratopathy (changes in the 
corneal epithelium upon examination), blurred 
vision, dry eyes, photophobia and changes in 
visual acuity. 
Participants with a history of dry eye were more 
prone to develop changes in the corneal 
epithelium. 
Based on available follow-up data, vision returned 
to, or near, baseline in most cases. 
• Active monitoring for changes 
in corneal epithelium 
according to SoA tables 
(Section 1.3). 
• Evaluation and management 
by an eye care professional. 
• Dose modification guidelines 
are outlined in Section 6.6. 
Thrombocytopenia  
Belantamab mafodotin may cause transient 
thrombocytopenia in some participants, which for 
most cases, recovered between doses. 
In the pooled safety population of Study 205678, 
which included participants treated with 
belantamab mafodotin 2.5 and 3.4 mg/kg, 
thrombocytopenia was noted in 46% of participants 
and ranged between Grade 1 to 4 in severity. 
• Routine monitoring of 
hematologic panels as 
outlined in the SoA 
(Section 1.3). 
• Supportive therapy per local 
medical practice (e.g., platelet 
transfusion). 
• Dose modification guidelines 
are outlined in Section 6.6. 
Nephrotoxicity 
Nonclinical safety experiments have demonstrated 
primary glomerular injury and tubular 
degeneration/regeneration (in rat and monkey). 
These morphologic changes were accompanied by 
large molecular weight proteinuria (albuminuria) 
and enzymuria. Single-cell necrosis of the kidney 
and bladder urothelium was also noted in the 
chronic study. The renal changes were 
dose-dependent and reversible. Severe tubular 
degeneration/regeneration and marked 
glomerulonephritis as a result of immune complex 
disease associated with ADA led to the early 
euthanasia of 1 monkey following 5 weekly doses 
of 10 mg/kg. 
Increased albumin/creatinine ratio (albuminuria) as 
been reported in participants receiving belantamab 
mafodotin not indicative of disease progression 
and, in such cases, appropriate monitoring and 
dose modification should be considered. 
• Kidney function monitoring, 
including albumin/creatinine 
ratio. 
• Education of participants on 
the need to maintain 
adequate urinary output. 
• Dose modification guidelines 
for increased serum 
creatinine and urinary 
albumin/creatinine ratio are 
outlined in Section 11 and 
Section 7.1. 
Increased Infections 
due to 
Immunosuppression 
or Neutropenia 
In nonclinical studies, belantamab mafodotin has 
been associated with decrease in immunoglobulins 
in monkeys, at all doses. An increase in 
immunoglobulins was seen in rats (rats are not an 
antigen-specific species for belantamab 
mafodotin). 
• Participants with an active 
infection are excluded. 
• Monitoring for infections and 
immediate treatment of 
immunosuppression 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
47 
Potential Risk of 
Clinical Significance 
Summary of Data/Rationale for Risk 
Mitigation Strategy 
Immunosuppression is frequently associated with 
an increased risk of infection. Serious and non-
serious infections have been reported in 
belantamab mafodotin studies, including 
respiratory infections, pneumonia, and sepsis. 
Neutropenic events, including febrile neutropenia 
have been observed with belantamab mafodotin. 
according to standard 
practice. 
• Routine monitoring of 
hematologic panels as 
outlined in the SoA 
(Section 1.3). 
• Supportive therapy per local 
medical practice (e.g., growth 
factors). 
• Prophylactic antibiotics, per 
local institutional guidance, in 
participants with Grade 3-4 
neutropenia. 
• Immediate hospitalization of 
participants with febrile 
neutropenia. 
• Dose modification guidelines 
are outlined in Section 11. 
 
Infusion-Related 
Reactions (IRRs) 
IRRs were reported in participants treated with 
belantamab mafodotin. Most IRRs observed to 
date were Grade 1 to 2 and manageable with 
medical treatment. 
• Close monitoring for signs of 
IRR. 
• Consider premedication for 
IRR in participants at risk. 
• If an IRR occurs follow 
according to guidance in 
Section 11. 
 
Pneumonitis 
Nonclinical safety experiments have demonstrated 
the presence of progressive microscopic changes 
in the lungs (prominent alveolar macrophages 
associated with eosinophilic material; mixed 
perivascular/neutrophilic inflammation) in rats at all 
doses tested. 
Cases of pneumonitis, including fatal events, have 
been observed with belantamab mafodotin 
although a causal association has not been 
established. 
• Monitoring for clinical signs 
and symptoms related to 
pulmonary toxicity. If a 
participant experiences new 
or worsening pulmonary 
symptoms, (e.g., cough, 
dyspnea) without obvious 
etiology, further diagnostic 
tests and management 
should be performed and 
further treatment with 
belantamab mafodotin 
delayed are detailed in 
Section 11. 
• An overall benefit/risk 
assessment should be 
considered for the participant 
prior to continuing 
belantamab mafodotin 
treatment. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
48 
Potential Risk of 
Clinical Significance 
Summary of Data/Rationale for Risk 
Mitigation Strategy 
• Further diagnostic tests and 
management will be 
implemented immediately in 
cases of suspected 
pneumonitis as described in 
Section 6.6.4. 
Note: Refer to the current version of the belantamab mafodotin IB for further information. 
2.3.2. 
Benefit Assessment 
Belantamab mafodotin has demonstrated strong single-agent activity in 2 clinical studies 
(FTIH) study BMA117159/DREAMM-1 and Phase 2 Study 205678/DREAMM-2) 
conducted in heavily pre-treated participants with RRMM (Q3W schedule via IV 
administration)- details of efficacy and safety findings for both studies are outlined in 
Section 2.2.4. 
The combination treatment of belantamab mafodotin with other agents supported by 
scientific rationale is expected to result in improved outcomes, and to provide additional 
control of symptoms or disease progression. It is reasonable to hypothesize that such 
combination may benefit MM participants, who are refractory to currently available 
treatments. 
2.3.3. 
Overall Benefit: Risk Conclusion 
As of the date of publishing this protocol, there is no clinical experience with the 
combination of belantamab mafodotin with the investigational combination partners 
within each sub-study. The observed clinical activity of belantamab mafodotin 
[Trudel, 2019; Trudel, 2018] and the scientific rationale for the proposed combinations 
will suggest that the combination(s) may provide additional anti-tumor effect in 
participants with RRMM. 
Combination treatment selection will depend on the available safety data from the studies 
for each monotherapy that suggest a reasonable safety profile for the combination. The 
sub-study benefit:risk conclusions from the known monotherapy data for each are 
contained within each sub-study section. If there are any potential overlapping risks with 
belantamab mafodotin, they will be noted here as well. Adequate monitoring, risk 
mitigation strategies and guidance for dose reductions/stopping criteria have been 
provided in the protocol to attempt to minimize anticipated risks associated with exposure 
to belantamab mafodotin in combination with each agent. 
3. 
OBJECTIVES AND ENDPOINTS 
The purpose of this Phase 1/2 study is to determine whether belantamab mafodotin can be 
safely administered in combination with anti-cancer treatments that could improve the 
clinical benefit of belantamab mafodotin. This will be accomplished by determining the 
RP2D for each treatment in combination with belantamab mafodotin (DE Phase) and 
determining whether a particular combination meets the safety and efficacy requirements 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
49 
to be transitioned to CE. The CE Phase will then evaluate the safety and clinical activity 
of the selected combination(s) at selected potential RP2Ds. 
The primary, key secondary, and secondary objectives, along with the corresponding 
endpoints for DE are listed in Table 10; while the primary, secondary, and exploratory 
objectives for CE are listed in Table 11. 
Table 10 
Objectives and Endpoints for Dose Exploration 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
Primary 
To determine the safety and tolerability of belantamab 
mafodotin in combination with other anti-cancer 
treatments (in each sub-study), and to establish the 
recommended Phase 2 dose for each sub-study 
investigational combination treatment to explore in the 
CE Phase in participants with RRMM 
• Percentage (number) of participants with DLTs 
• Percentage of participants with AEs, changes in 
clinical signs and laboratory parameters 
 
Key Secondary 
To evaluate the clinical measures of efficacy of 
belantamab mafodotin and combination treatments in 
participants with RRMM 
• Clinical activity measured as ORR, according to the 
IMWG Response Criteria [Kumar, 2016] 
Secondary 
To further evaluate the clinical measures of efficacy of 
belantamab mafodotin and combination treatments in 
each sub-study in participants with RRMM 
Rates of: 
• PR 
• VGPR 
• CR 
• sCR 
To describe the exposure of belantamab mafodotin 
when administered in combination with each 
combination treatment within each sub-study in 
participants with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin observed concentrations 
To describe the exposure of the partner anti-cancer 
treatment when administered in combination with 
belantamab mafodotin in each sub-study 
• Anti-cancer combination treatment’s observed 
concentration 
To assess ADAs against belantamab mafodotin and 
against combination treatments (biologics) that are 
administered by IV infusion within each sub-study 
• Incidence and titers of ADAs against belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments, when 
measured 
To further determine the safety and tolerability of 
belantamab mafodotin in combination with other anti-
cancer treatments (in each sub-study)  
• Incidence of AEs of special interest for belantamab 
mafodotin 
• Incidence of AEs of special interest for combination 
treatments 
• Incidence of ocular findings on ophthalmic exam 
Exploratory 
To evaluate the PK profile of belantamab mafodotin 
when administered in combination with each 
combination treatment within each sub-study in 
participants with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin PK parameters, as data 
permit 
To evaluate the PK profile of the partner anti-cancer 
treatment when administered in combination with 
belantamab mafodotin 
• Anti-cancer combination treatment’s PK parameters, 
as data permit 
To further explore the anti-tumor activity of belantamab 
mafodotin in combination with treatments in participants 
with RRMM 
• CBR [Kumar, 2016] 
• TTR 
• OS 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
50 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
• PFS 
• DoR 
To explore the relationship between clinical response 
and other biologic characteristics including, but not 
limited to, BCMA expression on tumor cells and serum 
sBCMA concentrations  
• Assess various biomarkers at baseline and on 
treatment, by tumor and blood-based analysis of 
DNA, RNA and protein, including but not limited to 
evaluating baseline BCMA expression and/or 
immune status in tumor tissue and in the tumor 
microenvironment, and/or serum soluble BCMA 
levels, and their relationship to clinical response 
To investigate pharmacogenomics in relation to 
belantamab mafodotin  
• Evaluate the relationship between host genetic 
variation and response to belantamab mafodotin 
To explore exposure-response relationships between 
belantamab mafodotin and/or combination treatment 
exposure and clinical endpoints 
• Explore relationships between belantamab 
mafodotin and/or combination treatment exposure 
(e.g., dose, dose intensity, concentration, Cmax, or 
AUC) vs clinical endpoints (e.g., response, corneal 
event), if data permit 
To assess MRD in participants who achieve VGPR or 
better. 
• MRD negativity rate, defined as: the percentage of 
participants who achieve MRD negative by Next 
Generation Sequencing 
 
Table 11 
Objectives and Endpoints for Part 2 – Cohort Expansion 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
Primary 
To assess the clinical activity of belantamab mafodotin 
at each potential RP2D in combination with anti-cancer 
treatments compared to belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy in participants with RRMM 
• ORR, according to the IMWG Response Criteria 
[Kumar, 2016] 
Secondary 
To further assess clinical activity of combination 
treatments with belantamab mafodotin at each potential 
RP2D compared with monotherapy within each sub-
study in participants with RRMM 
• CBR according to the IMWG Response Criteria 
[Kumar, 2016] 
• PFS 
• DoR 
• TTR 
• Rates of: PR, VGPR; CR, sCR 
• OS 
To further characterize the safety of belantamab 
mafodotin and belantamab mafodotin in combination 
with anti-cancer treatments within each sub-study in 
participants with RRMM 
• Incidence of AEs, SAEs, AEs leading to 
discontinuation or dose reduction/delay, changes in 
clinical signs, and laboratory parameters. 
• Incidence of AESIs for belantamab mafodotin. 
• Incidence of AESIs for the individual partner for 
each sub-study. 
• Incidence of ocular findings on ophthalmic exam for 
belantamab mafodotin. 
To evaluate plasma concentrations of belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments in participants 
within each sub-study with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin and combination treatment’s 
plasma concentrations 
To assess ADAs against belantamab mafodotin and 
against combination treatments (biologics) that are 
administered by IV infusion within each sub-study 
• Incidence and titers of ADAs against belantamab 
mafodotin and combination treatments, when 
measured 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
51 
Objectives 
Endpoints 
Exploratory 
To explore the relationship between clinical response 
and other biologic characteristics including, but not 
limited to, BCMA expression on tumor cells and sBCMA 
concentrations  
• Assess various biomarkers, at baseline and on 
treatment, by tumor and blood-based analysis of 
DNA, RNA and protein, including but not limited to, 
evaluating baseline BCMA expression and/or 
immune status in tumor tissue and in the tumor 
microenvironment, and/or serum soluble BCMA 
levels, and their relationship to clinical response 
To investigate pharmacogenomics in relation to 
belantamab mafodotin  
• Evaluate the relationship between host genetic 
variation and response to belantamab mafodotin  
To evaluate disease and treatment-related symptoms 
and impact on function and health-related quality of life 
• Qualitative telephone interview(s) 
 
To assess the self-reported symptomatic AEs by 
evaluation of tolerability of belantamab mafodotin in 
combination with anti-cancer treatments within each 
stub-study in participants with RRMM 
• Changes from baseline in symptoms and related 
impacts as measured by OSDI and PRO-CTCAE 
To explore the effect of each potential RP2D of 
belantamab mafodotin in combination treatments on 
health-related quality of life in participants with RRMM 
• Changes from baseline in health-related quality of 
life as measured by the EORTC QLQ-C30 AND 
EORTC IL52 (disease symptoms domain of the 
EORTC QLQ-MY20) 
To evaluate the PK profile of belantamab mafodotin and 
combination treatments in participants with RRMM 
• Belantamab mafodotin and combination treatments 
PK parameters, as data permit 
To explore exposure-response relationships between 
belantamab mafodotin and/or combination treatment 
exposure and clinical endpoints 
• Explore relationships between belantamab 
mafodotin and/or combination treatment exposure 
(e.g., dose, dose intensity, concentration, Cmax, or 
AUC) vs clinical endpoints (e.g., response, corneal 
event), if data permit 
To assess MRD in participants who achieve VGPR or 
better 
• MRD negativity rate, defined as: the percentage of 
participants who achieve MRD negative by Next 
Generation Sequencing 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
52 
4. 
STUDY DESIGN 
4.1. 
Overall Design 
The platform design is an efficient tool incorporating a single MP, wherein, multiple 
treatment combinations will be evaluated in separate sub-studies. Each sub-study is 
defined as the data collected in DE and CE for each combination treatment arm and its 
associated shared control arm (in CE only) within Study 208887. 
There is a DE Phase which will evaluate the safety and tolerability profile of belantamab 
mafodotin when administered in combination with other anti-cancer treatments. The 
number of dose levels explored will vary per sub-study, and up to 15 participants per 
dose level will be evaluated for safety and preliminary efficacy. One or more potential 
RP2Ds for each combination treatment could be identified based on the safety and 
preliminary efficacy in DE. 
Where appropriate, these will be followed by a CE Phase which will evaluate the clinical 
activity of the combination treatment in comparison to monotherapy belantamab 
mafodotin, the shared control arm, and additional participants at each potential RP2D for 
each sub-study. The decision whether to initiate CE for a given combination/dose level 
will be based on the totality of the data, at the sponsor’s discretion, including safety, 
efficacy, tolerability, PK, and pharmacodynamics. 
• 
At the start of the first CE Phase, participants will initially be randomized 1:1 within 
that sub-study CE to either the investigational combination treatment or a shared 
monotherapy belantamab mafodotin control arm, until 35 participants have been 
assigned to the combination treatment arm. As new sub-studies are added to the 
study or closed during the trial, the randomization ratio will be adjusted if 
>35 participants have been randomized to the shared belantamab mafodotin control 
arm (see Table 14). 
• 
The first interim analysis will be conducted when at least 10 CE combination 
treatment participants are evaluable. A second interim analysis may be performed 
when approximately 18 combination treatment participants are evaluable. 
Participants are considered evaluable if they have progressed/died, discontinued 
study treatment, or have had 3 post-baseline efficacy assessments or at least 
2 planned doses. 
The platform design allows for the introduction of new sub-studies, with either the shared 
control or potentially different control arms, as treatment paradigms evolve. The 
combination agents for each sub-study of this platform design will be chosen based on 
scientific rationale and/or available preclinical data. This will lead to generation of robust 
statistical data in the CE Phase to inform future studies. Detailed information for each 
sub-study is provided in the respective sub-study protocol sections. 
The primary analysis in CE will be performed when all participants in the CE Phase have 
been followed at least 6 months, have progressed/died or discontinued study treatment. 
The final analysis will be performed at the end of each sub-study. See Schema in Section 
1.2 for the general design schemas for the platform study. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
53 
4.1.1. 
Dose Exploration Phase 
The DE is designed to evaluate safety, tolerability, and clinical activity, as well as 
selecting one or more potential RP2Ds for each sub-study investigational treatment 
combination. The dose exploration phase will consist of a starting dose (SD) cohort for 
all sub-studies. This SD is dependent on the efficacy and safety findings from previous 
monotherapy studies of belantamab mafodotin and the specific therapy to be combined 
with belantamab mafodotin. Sub-studies may additionally involve 1 or more dose-
escalation cohort(s), or de-escalation cohort(s).  
A mTPI [Ji, 2010] method will be used to guide dose escalation/de-escalation decisions 
(see Section 4.1.1.2., below). Unless otherwise specified in the sub-study, an evaluation 
of the available safety data over the first cycle of treatment f is required from at least 
3 participants before a decision is made to enroll additional participants at the same, or 
the subsequent dose level based on the mTPI algorithm (Table 13). The decisions will 
occur following review of these data and joint discussion by the GSK SRT and 
investigators. Membership, roles and accountabilities, and the process for safety review 
and meeting frequency is outlined in the Dose Escalation Plan. 
Cohort 1; Starting Doses belantamab mafodotin + combination treatment: This will 
involve the administration of the Starting Dose to 3 participants, starting with a sentinel 
participant. Provided there are no AEs fulfilling DLT criteria in the sentinel participant, 
the second participant will be dosed at least 7 days later, followed by the third participant 
who will be dosed at least 3 days after the second participant. If the safety profile in the 
first 3 participants is deemed to be favorable by the SRT, then as per the mTPI the dose 
recommendation for the next cohort will be considered by the SRT (see Figure 3). 
Cohort 2+; Dose Escalation: This may involve the administration of 1 or more 
escalating dose levels. Unless otherwise specified in the sub-study, each dose escalation 
cohort will consist of at least 3 participants, and up to 15 participants. To minimize the 
risk of inadvertently exceeding the MTD in multiple participants, the first 3 participants 
in any dose escalation cohort will be dosed with an interval of at least 3 days between 
participants. If the safety profile in these first 3 participants in the dose escalation cohort 
is deemed to be favorable by the SRT, then a maximum of 15 participants will be dosed 
at any given dose level as per mTPI criteria. However, if 5 or more non-responders are 
observed out of 6 participants in ≤2 treatment cycles, further enrolment to that dose level 
will be stopped. Dose escalation will also be considered by the SRT and the DRC (see 
Figure 3). 
Dose De-escalation: Dependent on the specific sub-study, there may be an option to 
de-escalate the dose of the combination treatment (see Figure 3 and individual sub-study 
sections) from the SD after agreement of the SRT. 
For Cohort 1 and Cohort 2+ above, if a decision is made to escalate to a higher dose, the 
current dose may continue to expand as per mTPI algorithm up to 15 participants. 
Subsequent decision(s) to escalate, stay, or de-escalate will be guided by the mTPI 
algorithm and will also take into consideration the totality of available DLT data from all 
dose cohorts. Additional details are provided in Section 4.1.1.2. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
54 
The sponsor may decide not to evaluate all dose levels based on data external to this 
study. 
Figure 3 
Inter-participant dosing schematic and mTPI-guided safety pathway 
to expansion of starting dose cohort, + / - triggering of dose 
escalation(s), or dose de-escalation(s) 
 
4.1.1.1. 
Dose-Limiting-Toxicity 
An AE is considered as a DLT if any of the following criteria in Table 12 are fulfilled, 
unless the AE is unequivocally associated with the underlying disease, medical 
comorbidities, and/or specific exceptions. 
Table 12 
DLT Criteria for Dose Escalation 
Criteria for Identification of DLTs in the DE Phase Cycle 1 (for length of cycle see specific sub-study) 
Toxicity Type 
DLT Definition and Grade 
Hematologic 
 
• 
Grade 3, 4, and 5 febrile neutropenia of any duration (ANC <1000/mm3 with a 
single temperature of >38.3° C [101°F], or a sustained temperature of 38°C 
[100.4°F] for more than 1 hour as per NCI-CTCAE [Version 5.0]). 
• 
Grade 3, 4, and 5 thrombocytopenia accompanied by clinically significant 
bleeding. 
Non-hematologic, 
excluding corneal 
toxicity 
 
Any Grade 3 or greater non-hematologic laboratory value if: 
• 
The laboratory abnormality persists for >48 h despite supportive treatment, 
and; 
• 
The abnormality leads to hospitalization. 
Grade 3, 4 and 5 toxicity 
Exceptions: 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
55 
 
AEs including those observed before DLT evaluation period may be considered as DLT 
depending on the individual case at the DE meeting regardless of DLT criteria. 
4.1.1.2. 
mTPI in Dose Exploration 
For each sub-study, data considered for RP2D selection will include, but not be limited 
to: safety, available PK profile, and observed signs of clinical activity. The RP2D may be 
the MTD, or a lower dose that provides adequate PK properties and clinical activity with 
acceptable tolerability of a combination treatment. Lower doses than those described in 
the protocol may be utilized based on review of available data. 
A mTPI design will be implemented to aid dose escalation decisions (Table 13) 
[Ji, 2010]. An initial cohort of 3 participants will be recruited in DE as a starting dose 
level within a sub-study. If the dose is safe based on these 3 participants, up to an 
additional 12 participants may be enrolled in this dose level and decision to dose-escalate 
could be made. If it is not safe, 3 participants will be enrolled in a de-escalated dose or 
the dose level will be terminated. Dose exploration will be guided by mTPI principles. 
The design assumes (i) up to 15 participants will complete the dose exploration period 
per dose combination level, (ii) the target true underlying toxicity rate for each treatment 
combination falls within the range from 20% to 30% and centered at 25%, and iii) a dose 
will be determined to be unacceptably toxic if there is >95% probability that the toxicity 
rate is higher than the target range. For the current dose level, monitoring rules guiding 
dose exploration are provided (Table 13). Columns provide the numbers of participants 
treated at the current dose level, and rows provide the corresponding numbers of 
participants experiencing toxicity. The entries of the table are dose-finding decisions (ie, 
E, S, and D) representing escalating the dose, staying at the same dose, and de-escalating 
the dose. In addition, decision U means that the current dose level is unacceptable 
because of high toxicity and should be excluded from the study. For example, when 1 of 
3 participants experience toxicity, the decision can be located at row 1 and column 3, 
which is S - to stay at the current dose level. Consequently, the next cohort of participants 
will be treated at the same dose level currently being used. If 0 of 3 participants 
experience toxicity, the decision is at row 0 and column 3, which is E- to escalate. Thus, 
the next cohort of participants may be treated at the next higher dose level. If 3 of 
3 participants experience toxicity, the decision is DU- to de-escalate to the next lower 
• Grade 3 or 4 nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea that can be controlled using 
symptomatic treatment. 
• Grade 3 hypertension (controlled following addition of up to 2 anti-hypertensive 
medications). 
• Events and abnormalities which are unequivocally related to progression of 
underlying disease or comorbidities. 
• Grade 3 or 4 TLS, successfully managed clinically and resolves within 7 days 
without end-organ damage. 
• Grade 3 or 4 IRR which does resolves with appropriate supportive treatment 
within 48 h. 
 
Corneal events 
Grade 4 per the KVA scale (Table 19). 
Other organ 
specific toxicities 
Liver toxicity, or other organ toxicity meeting prespecified GSK stopping criteria. 
List of most frequent AEs for belantamab mafodotin provided in the Study Reference Manual 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
56 
dose level and exclude the current dose from the trial, because the high toxicity level is 
unacceptable. 
Table 13 
Dose-Finding Spreadsheet of the Modified Toxicity Probability 
Interval (mTPI) Method  
Number of patients treated at current dose 
1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
Number of DLTS 
0 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
1 
D 
D 
S 
S 
S 
S 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
E 
2 
DU 
D 
D 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
E 
E 
3 
DU 
DU 
DU 
D 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
4 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
D 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
S 
5 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
D 
S 
S 
S 
S 
6 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
D 
S 
7 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
8 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
9 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
10 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
11 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
12 
DU 
DU 
DU 
DU 
13 
DU 
DU 
DU 
14 
DU 
DU 
15 
DU 
1. 
E = Escalate to the next higher dose. 
2. 
S = Stay at the current dose. 
3. 
D = De-escalate to the next lower dose. 
4. 
U = The current dose is unacceptably toxic. 
5. 
MTD = 25%. 
6. 
Epsilon 1 = 0.05. 
7. 
Epsilon 2 = 0.05. 
 
The decision criteria in the mTPI Table will continue to apply to all cohorts that continue 
to recruit participants. If emerging DLT data in a lower dose cohort result in either the 
decision S or D as per mTPI algorithm, then recruitment in higher dose cohorts could be 
paused. A review of all available relevant data will be conducted by SRT. The SRT will 
recommend the next steps based on totality of available data. 
An IA will be performed for each sub-study combination treatment at the end of the DE 
Phase using safety, PK, and efficacy data. A minimum of 2 responders and ≥20% 
response rate from a maximum of 15 participants enrolled at a particular dose level will 
be needed to transition into the CE Phase of each sub-study (Figure 1). However, the 
decision to move to the CE Phase is based on the totality of available data. The IA will be 
performed when up to 15 participants have been treated where appropriate per dose level 
and have undergone 3 efficacy assessments (1 baseline and 2 post-baseline assessments) 
or have discontinued study therapy due to confirmed progression, death, or study therapy 
related toxicity. The dose decisions of each RP2D will be based on the totality of the 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
57 
clinical safety assessment, including but not limited to, DLTs, AEs that are not DLTs, 
laboratory, PK, and efficacy. 
4.1.2. 
Cohort Expansion Phase 
Once a sub-study transitions through the DE Phase, participants may be enrolled in the 
CE Phase at each potential RP2D of the combination treatment of the sub-study to further 
assess the additional clinical benefit and safety of that combination. In the CE Phase, 
randomization will be utilized to assign participants to and within a sub-study; that is 
participants will be randomized to a sub-study, and within a sub-study to either the 
combination treatment or the belantamab mafodotin monotherapy control arm (Figure 1). 
Data from the control arm will be shared across all sub-studies unless otherwise specified 
in the sub-study protocol. The 2.5 mg/kg Q3W dose of belantamab mafodotin will be 
used in the control arm on the basis of results from DREAMM-2 [Lonial, 2020]. 
Randomization within a sub-study will also be stratified by the number of prior lines of 
therapy (3-4 vs >4). 
Detailed information for each individual combination is provided in the respective sub-
study protocol. 
As described above, the study design allows for the addition of new sub-studies or CEs 
within a sub-study. These will be added via amendments. As new sub-studies or CEs 
within a sub-study are added to the study or closed during the study, the randomization 
ratio will be amended if >35 participants have been randomized to the shared belantamab 
mafodotin control arm (Table 14). 
Table 14 
Randomization Ratio and Proportion of Participants Randomized to 
the Monotherapy Arm When There Are Concurrent Arms (CE only) 
CEs 
Randomization Ratio* between each combination and control 
(Proportion of participants randomized to belantamab mafodotin 
control arm) 
≤35th participants 
>35th participants 
1 CE and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (50%) 
2:1 (33%) 
2 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (33%) 
2:1 (20%) 
3 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (25%) 
2:1 (14%) 
4 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (20%) 
2:1 (11%) 
5 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (17%) 
2:1 (9%) 
6 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (14%) 
2:1 (8%) 
7 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (13%) 
2:1 (7%) 
8 CEs and the monotherapy control 
1:1 (11%) 
2:1 (6%) 
* Randomization ratio refers to the overall ratio of # of participants in each combination arm relative to monotherapy 
(e.g., when 2 CEs are open, then the ratio 1:1 means 1[CE1 combination]:1[CE2 combination]:1[monotherapy]). 
 
Within each sub-study, the belantamab mafodotin monotherapy control arm will be 
compared to a combination belantamab mafodotin treatment. A combination treatment 
will be considered superior to belantamab mafodotin monotherapy in ORR if the 
posterior probability of the response rate in combination being greater than the response 
rate in belantamab mafodotin monotherapy is at least 90%. Within this Bayesian 
framework, a robust mixture prior [Schmidli, 2014] will be used to combine historical 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
58 
data on ORR from DREAMM-2 (205678) with data accrued on the belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy arm in this study. 
The first interim analysis will be conducted when at least 10 CE combination treatment 
participants are evaluable. A second interim analysis may be performed when 
approximately 18 combination treatment participants are evaluable. Participants are 
considered evaluable if they have progressed/died, discontinued study treatment, or have 
had 3 post-baseline efficacy assessments or at least 2 planned doses. 
Participants will be treated until confirmed disease progression, unacceptable toxicity, 
withdrawal of consent or death. 
Participants who discontinue study treatment for reasons other than disease progression 
will enter the Follow-up period for PFS assessment during which they will be followed 
per SoA until disease progression. 
After confirmed disease progression, all participants will be followed for OS until death 
or the end of study. 
4.1.3. 
Number of Participants per Sub-Study 
Approximately 85 participants per sub-study combination treatment will be enrolled in 
the DE and CE Phases, although this will vary based on the number of dose levels in the 
DE Phase and number of doses selected for CE. Up to 15 DLT evaluable participants per 
dose level will be evaluated during the DE Phase. The number of dose levels studied will 
be determined for each sub-study. 
4.2. 
Scientific Rationale for Study Design 
The platform design is an efficient tool incorporating a single MP, wherein multiple 
treatment combinations, as sub-studies, will be evaluated simultaneously. A sub-study 
combination treatment will be individually assessed for safety and dose in DE and for 
safety and efficacy in CE. In CE, each sub-study participant will be randomized to the 
sub-study combination treatment vs control. The control arm will consist of belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy. Scientific rationales for each sub-study can be found in the 
respective sub-study protocol section. 
4.3. 
Justification for Starting Dose of Belantamab Mafodotin 
The starting dose for belantamab mafodotin in Study 208887 (unless specified differently 
in a sub-study) will be 1.9 mg/kg Q3W in combination with other anti-cancer treatments. 
The justification for selecting the 1.9 mg/kg Q3W is as follows: 
1) The 1.9 mg/kg Q3W dose is 1 dose level lower than the currently selected based on 
the results from DREAMM-2 in participants with RRMM. 
2) Following administration of 1.9 mg/kg Q3W in the FTIH monotherapy study 
(BMA117159), target engagement was greater than 90% at the end of the first 
infusion based on decrease in plasma free sBCMA from baseline. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
59 
3) Based on the Bayesian logistic regression modelling of efficacy data in the FTIH 
monotherapy study (BMA117159 – 26 June 2017 cutoff), the 1.9 mg/kg Q3W dose 
has a response that is lower than at 2.5 mg/kg (predicted response rate 25.3% with a 
95% credible interval of 9.4% and 42.2%); therefore, a dose lower than 1.9 mg/kg 
Q3W is considered not suitable as a starting dose. 
Dose justification for each combination partner dose level can be found in the respective 
subsections. 
4.4. 
Participant Completion and End of Study Definitions 
A participant is considered to have completed the study if they received at least 1 cycle of 
combination study treatment, and the participant is followed until death (even after 
starting a new anti-cancer treatment), withdrawn consent, is lost to follow-up, or until the 
end of the sub-study. 
If a sub-study meets efficacy criteria defined in Section 9.4, participants may be followed 
for PFS and OS for up to 36 months. 
A sub-study may close after or during DE for safety or tolerability reasons or at the 
discretion of the Sponsor. Those participants still benefiting from study drug, in the 
opinion of their treating physician, may continue to receive study treatment. 
The EoS is the last visit of the last participant in the last sub-study. 
5. 
STUDY POPULATION 
The study will enroll adult participants with RRMM, who have been previously treated 
with at least 3 prior lines that include the following: an immunomodulatory drug, PI and 
an anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody treatment. Lines of therapy are defined by consensus 
panel of the IMWG [Rajkumar, 2011]. Approximately 85 participants per sub-study will 
be enrolled across the DE and CE Phases. 
Prospective approval of protocol deviations to recruitment and enrolment criteria, also 
known as protocol waivers or exemptions, are not permitted. 
5.1. 
Inclusion Criteria for All Participants 
Participants are eligible to be included in the study only if all of the criteria in Section 5.1 
and Section 5.2 apply. In addition, participants must fulfill additional inclusion/exclusion 
criteria for at least 1 partner combination sub-study. Criteria for each individual 
sub-study can be found in the respective sub-study protocol section. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
60 
Age 
1. Participant must be 18 years of age inclusive or older, at the time of signing the 
informed consent. Note: if country/site age requirements for consent differ, the more 
stringent (e.g., higher age) restriction will be required for that country/site. 
Type of Participant and Disease Characteristics 
2. Participants who have histologically or cytologically confirmed diagnosis of MM, as 
defined by the International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG, [Rajkumar, 2014]). 
3. Participants who have been treated with at least 3 prior lines of anti-myeloma 
treatments including an immunomodulating agent (eg. lenalidomide), a proteasome 
inhibitor (eg. bortezomib) and an anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody. Lines of therapy 
are defined by consensus panel of the International Myeloma Workshop [Rajkumar, 
2011]. 
4. Participants with a history of autologous stem cell transplant are eligible for study 
participation provided the following eligibility criteria are met: 
a. transplant was >100 days prior to Screening. 
b. no active infection(s). 
5. Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) performance status of 0-1, unless 
ECOG ≤2 is due solely to skeletal complications and/or skeletal pain due to MM. 
6. Measurable disease defined as at least 1 of the following: 
• 
Serum M-protein ≥0.5 g/dL (≥5 g/L). 
• 
Urine M-protein ≥200 mg/24 hours. 
• 
Serum free light chain (FLC) assay: Involved FLC level ≥10 mg/dL 
(≥100 mg/L) and an abnormal serum FLC ratio (<0.26 or >1.65). 
7. Have organ system functions as defined by the laboratory assessments in Table 15: 
Table 15 
Adequate Organ System Function 
System 
Laboratory Values 
Hematologic 
Absolute neutrophil count (ANC) 
1.0 x109/L 
Hemoglobin 
8.0 g/dL 
Platelets  
50 x109/L 
Hepatic  
Total bilirubin 
1.5xULN (isolated bilirubin >1.5xULN is acceptable if 
bilirubin is fractionated and direct bilirubin <35%) 
Alanine transaminase (ALT) 
Aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 
<2.5xULN 
<2.5xULN 
Renal 
Estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR)1 
Spot urine (albumin/creatinine ratio) 
30 mL/min/1.73 m2 
<500 mg/g (56 mg/mmol) 
1. 
As calculated by Modified Diet in Renal Disease (MDRD) formula (Appendix 6). 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
61 
8. Participants who have tested positive for HBcAb can be enrolled if the following 
criteria are met: 
Serology result 
Screening 
During Study Treatment 
HBcAb+, HBsAg- 
HBV-DNA undetectable 
Monitoring per protocol (Section 6.6.5). 
Initiating antiviral treatment if HBV-DNA becomes 
detectable. 
 
9. All prior treatment-related toxicities (defined by National Cancer Institute-Common 
Toxicity Criteria for Adverse Events [NCI-CTCAE], Version 5.0, 2017) must be 
Grade 1 at the time of Screening except for alopecia (any Grade), neuropathy 
(Grade 2), or endocrinopathy managed with replacement therapy (any Grade). 
10. Participants who are currently receiving physiological doses oral steroids 
(<10 mg/day), inhaled steroids or ophthalmological steroids are allowed on study. 
Sex 
11. Male or female. 
Contraceptive use by men or women should be consistent with local regulations 
regarding the methods of contraception for those participating in clinical studies (see 
Appendix 7 for further details). 
a. Male Participants: 
Contraceptive use by men should be consistent with local regulations regarding 
the methods of contraception for those participating in the clinical studies. 
Male participants are eligible to participate if they agree to the following during 
the treatment period and for at least 6 months after the last dose of study treatment 
to allow for clearance of any altered sperm: 
Refrain from donating sperm 
PLUS either: 
• 
Be abstinent from heterosexual intercourse as their preferred and usual 
lifestyle (abstinent on a long-term and persistent basis) and agree to 
remain abstinent 
OR 
• 
Must agree to use contraception/barrier as detailed below 
• 
Agree to use a male condom, even if they have undergone a successful 
vasectomy, and female partner to use an additional highly effective 
contraceptive method with a failure rate of <1% per year when having 
sexual intercourse with a woman of childbearing potential who is not 
currently pregnant. Male participants should also use a condom when 
having sexual intercourse with pregnant females. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
62 
b. Female Participants: 
Contraceptive use by women should be consistent with local regulations regarding 
the methods of contraception for those participating in clinical studies. 
A female participant is eligible to participate if she is not pregnant or 
breastfeeding, and at least 1 of the following conditions applies: 
• 
Is not a woman of childbearing potential (WOCBP) 
OR 
• 
Is a WOCBP and using a contraceptive method that is highly effective 
(with a failure rate of <1% per year), preferably with low user 
dependency, as described in Appendix 7 during the treatment period and 
for 4 months after the last dose of study treatment and agrees not to 
donate eggs (ova, oocytes) for the purpose of reproduction during this 
period. The investigator should evaluate the effectiveness of the 
contraceptive method in relationship to the first dose of study treatment. 
• 
A WOCBP must have a negative highly sensitive pregnancy test [urine 
or serum] as required by local regulations within 72 hours before the 
first dose of study treatment. 
• 
The investigator is responsible for review of medical history, menstrual 
history, and recent sexual activity to decrease the risk for inclusion of a 
woman with an early undetected pregnancy. 
Informed Consent 
12. Participants or legally authorized representative (LAR) sign written informed 
consent which includes compliance with the requirements and restrictions listed in 
the informed consent form (ICF) and in this protocol. Note: Use of LAR is not 
applicable for Germany.  
5.2. 
Exclusion Criteria 
Participants are excluded from the study if any of the following criteria apply: 
Medical Conditions 
1. Symptomatic amyloidosis, active ‘polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, 
myeloma protein, and skin changes’ (POEMS) syndrome, current or past diagnosis of 
plasma cell leukemia, as per 2021 IMWG guidelines (Fernández de Larrea et al 
2021). 
2. Any serious and/or unstable pre-existing medical, psychiatric disorder, or other 
conditions (including lab abnormalities) that could interfere with participants safety, 
obtaining informed consent, or compliance with study procedures. 
3. Current corneal epithelial disease except mild punctate keratopathy. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
63 
4. Current unstable liver or biliary disease per investigator assessment defined by the 
presence of ascites, encephalopathy, coagulopathy, hypoalbuminemia, esophageal or 
gastric varices, persistent jaundice, or cirrhosis. Note: Stable chronic liver disease 
(including Gilbert’s syndrome or asymptomatic gallstones) or hepatobiliary 
involvement of malignancy is acceptable if participant otherwise meets entry criteria. 
5. Malignancies other than disease under study are excluded, except for any other 
malignancy from which the participant has been disease-free for more than 2 years 
and, in the opinion of the principal investigators and Medical Director, will not affect 
the evaluation of the effects of this clinical study treatment on the currently targeted 
malignancy (MM). 
• Participants with curatively treated non-melanoma skin cancer are not excluded. 
6. Evidence of cardiovascular risk including any of the following: 
a. Evidence of current clinically significant untreated arrhythmias, including 
clinically significant ECG abnormalities such as second degree (Mobiz Type II) 
or third degree atrioventricular (AV) block; 
b. History of myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndromes (including unstable 
angina), coronary angioplasty, stenting or bypass grafting, all within 3 months of 
Screening; 
c. Class III or IV heart failure as defined by the New York Heart Association 
(NYHA) functional classification system; 
d. Uncontrolled hypertension. 
7. Known immediate or delayed hypersensitivity reaction or idiosyncrasy to drugs 
chemically related to belantamab mafodotin or any of the components of the study 
treatment. History of severe hypersensitivity to other mAbs. 
8. Active infection requiring antibiotic, antiviral, or antifungal treatment. 
9. Known HIV infection, unless the participant can meet all the following criteria: 
• Established anti-retroviral therapy for at least 4 weeks and HIV viral load 
<400 copies/mL 
• CD4+ T-cell (CD4+) counts ≥350 cells/uL 
• No history of AIDS-defining opportunistic infections within the last 12 months 
Note: consideration must be given to anti-retroviral therapy and prophylactic 
antimicrobials that may have a drug:drug interaction and/or overlapping toxicities 
with belantamab mafodotin or other combination products as relevant (see 
Section 6.5.2). 
10. Recent history (within the past 6 months) of acute diverticulitis, inflammatory bowel 
disease, intra-abdominal abscess, or gastrointestinal obstruction. 
11. Presence of hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) at Screening or within prior history. 
12. Positive hepatitis C antibody test result or positive hepatitis C RNA test result at 
Screening or within 3 months prior to first dose of study treatment. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
64 
Note: Participants with positive Hepatitis C antibody due to prior resolved disease can be 
enrolled, only if confirmatory negative Hepatitis C RNA test is obtained. Hepatitis RNA 
testing is optional and participants with negative Hepatitis C antibody test are not 
required to undergo Hepatitis C RNA testing. 
13. Presence of active renal condition (infection, requirement for dialysis or any other 
condition that could affect participants safety). Participants with isolated proteinuria 
resulting from MM are eligible, provided they fulfill criteria given in Table 15. 
Prior/Concomitant Therapy 
14. Participants who have received prior therapy with belantamab mafodotin are 
excluded. Participants previously treated with other BCMA-targeting agents, such as 
CAR-T cells or bispecific antibodies, are permitted only during the DE Phase. 
15. Other monoclonal antibodies within 30 days or systemic anti-myeloma therapy within 
<14 days of first dose of study drug. 
16. Prior radiotherapy within 2 weeks of start of study therapy. Participants must have 
recovered from all radiation-related toxicities, not require corticosteroids, and not 
have had radiation pneumonitis. A 1-week washout is permitted for palliative 
radiation (≤2 weeks of radiotherapy) to non-central nervous system (CNS) disease. 
17. Plasmapheresis within 7 days prior to the first dose of study drug. 
18. Prior allogeneic transplant is prohibited. 
19. Participants who have received prior CAR-T therapy with lymphodepletion with 
chemotherapy within 3 months of Screening. 
20. Any major surgery (other than bone-stabilizing surgery) within 30 days of first dose. 
21. Prior treatment with a monoclonal antibody within 30 days of receiving the first dose 
of study drugs, or treatment with an investigational agent or approved systemic anti-
myeloma therapy (including systemic steroids) within 14 days or 5 half-lives of 
receiving the first dose of study drugs, whichever is shorter. 
Other Exclusions 
22. Pregnant or lactating female. 
23. Has received transfusion of blood products (including platelets or red blood cells) or 
administration of colony stimulating factors (including granulocyte colony 
stimulating factor [G-CSF], granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor 
[GM-CSF], recombinant erythropoietin) or any thrombopoietin receptor agonists 
within 2 weeks before the first dose of study drug. 
24. Participants must not receive live/live attenuated vaccines within 30 days prior to first 
dose of study treatment or whilst receiving belantamab mafodotin partner agent in 
any sub-study arm of the platform study. Examples of live vaccines include, but are 
not limited to the following: measles, mumps, rubella, varicella/zoster (chicken pox), 
yellow fever, rabies, Bacillus Calmette-Guérin (BCG), and typhoid vaccine. Seasonal 
influenza and SARS-CoV-2 vaccines for injection are not live or attenuated virus 
vaccines and are allowed; however, intranasal influenza vaccines (e.g., FluMist) are 
live attenuated vaccines and are not allowed. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
65 
25. Known, current drug or alcohol abuse. 
26. Is or has an immediate family member (e.g., spouse, parent/legal guardian, sibling or 
child) who is investigational site or sponsor staff directly involved with this study, 
unless prospective IRB approval (by chair or designee) is given allowing exception to 
this criterion for a specific participant. 
5.3. 
Lifestyle Considerations 
Directions below pertain to belantamab mafodotin treatment in the study. Reference to 
each partner section for any additional details or modifications. 
• 
Contact lenses are prohibited while the participant is on study. Following 
discontinuation of belantamab mafodotin treatment, contact lens use may be 
restarted after the qualified eye care specialist (see Appendix 10) confirms there 
are no other contraindications. Use of bandage contact lenses is permitted during 
study treatment as directed by the treating eye care specialist. 
• 
Participants must not receive live/live attenuated vaccines while receiving 
belantamab mafodotin  partner agent in any sub-study of the platform study 
and for at least 70 days following last study treatment. Questions regarding 
vaccines against SARS-CoV-2 may be addressed with the Medical Director. 
During the study follow-up period, after administration of investigational 
agent(s) has ceased, it will be according to the investigator’s judgment whether 
administration of a live/live attenuated vaccine is permissible based on the 
emerging clinical condition of the participant at the time. 
5.3.1. 
Meals and Dietary Restrictions 
There are no recognized dietary restrictions for the individual components of each study 
treatment. 
5.3.2. 
Caffeine, Alcohol, and Tobacco 
No restriction. 
5.3.3. 
Activity 
No restriction. 
5.4. 
Screen Failures 
Screen failures are defined as participants who consent to participate in the clinical study 
but are not subsequently assigned to a sub-study, or were assigned but did not receive 
study treatment because they did not satisfy all the Inclusion/Exclusion criteria provided 
(Section 5.1 and Section 5.2; see sub-study protocol sections). A minimal set of screen 
failure information is required to ensure transparent reporting of screen failure 
participants to meet the CONSORT publishing requirements and to respond to queries 
from regulatory authorities. Minimal information includes the participant ID number, 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
66 
demography, screen failure details, eligibility criteria, any SAEs, and protocol deviation, 
if any. 
Individuals who do not meet the criteria for participation in this study (screen failure) 
may be rescreened if the failure was based on an element of eligibility that may change, 
e.g., laboratory test results. Rescreened participants should be assigned a different 
participant number from that assigned for the initial Screening. Refer to Section 1.3 for 
applicable windows for Screening procedures. 
6. 
STUDY TREATMENT 
Study treatment is defined as belantamab mafodotin administered with the sub-study-
specific anti-cancer combination partner treatment and administered to a study participant 
according to the study protocol. 
6.1. 
Study Treatment(s) Administered 
Specifications for belantamab mafodotin treatment in this study are given in Table 16. 
Dose levels and de-escalation guidelines for each sub-study are given in the respective 
sub-study protocol section. 
Table 16 
Belantamab Mafodotin Study Treatment Information 
Treatment Name 
Belantamab mafodotin 
Type  
Drug  
Dose Formulation 
Lyophilized powder for solution for infusion 
Unit Dose Strength(s) 
100 mg/vial  
Route of Administration 
Delivered as IV solution and infused over 30-60 minutes 
Dosing instructions 
Reconstitute belantamab mafodotin for Injection, 100 mg with 2.0 mL of 
sterile WFI, dilute with saline before use. 
Dilute GSK2857916 in normal 0.9% saline to the appropriate concentration 
for the dose. Doses of GSK2857916 are to be administrated as an IV infusion 
via an infusion pump. See Investigator’s Brochure for compatible 
administration materials GSK2857916 IB (GlaxoSmithKline Document 
Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s Brochure V11, 2023). 
IMP  
GSK2857916 (belantamab mafodotin) 
Sourcing 
GSK 
Packaging and Labeling 
Study Treatment will be provided in vials. Each vial will be labeled as 
required per country requirement. 
 
6.2. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Administration 
Belantamab mafodotin will be administered to participants intravenously as mg/kg 
calculated dose at the study site. The dose to be administered is based on actual body 
weight calculation and may be reduced for toxicity according to protocol guidelines. 
For dosing, belantamab mafodotin will be administered first in the clinic on Day 1 of 
each cycle as a 30 to 60 minute infusion, followed by a 1 hour rest period. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
67 
Administration will be documented in the source documents (Appendix 1, Section 12.1.8) 
and reported in the eCRF. The time of start and end of infusion will be documented in the 
eCRF. 
The intended cycle time of belantamab mafodotin as a monotherapy is every 21 days 
(+3 day window) and cannot occur sooner/more frequently than this (subsequent, 
consecutive dosing of belantamab mafodotin must be administered a minimum of 21 days 
from prior/last dose given). If in the judgment of the investigator, treatment needs to be 
initiated prior to the next planned scheduled dose following a dosing delay and where 
clinical toxicity has resolved, request should be discussed with the Medical Director. 
The cycle of belantamab mafodotin in combination with partner drugs will be 
described in each sub-study section. After the infusion of belantamab mafodotin has 
been completed, the participant will be required to enter at least 1-hour rest period before 
starting a partner drug infusion where appropriate. 
For oral combination therapy: oral combination therapy will be administered as 
directed in the sub-study protocol. The first dose should be administered ~1 hour before 
belantamab mafodotin (unless otherwise specified in the sub-study protocol sections), 
which will be infused over 30-60 minutes in both monotherapy and combination therapy. 
Premedication is not required prior to infusion unless deemed medically necessary by the 
investigator, in which case it should be administered according to institutional 
recommendations. In case of IRRs related to belantamab mafodotin the rules outlined in 
Section 7.1.3 and in Section 11 should be followed. 
6.3. 
Preparation/Handling/Storage/Accountability 
• 
The investigator or designee must confirm appropriate temperature conditions 
have been maintained during transit for all study treatment received and any 
discrepancies are reported and resolved before use of the study treatment. 
• 
Only participants enrolled in the study may receive study treatment and only 
authorized site staff may supply or administer study treatment. All study 
treatments must be stored in a secure, environmentally controlled, and 
monitored (manual or automated) area in accordance with the labeled storage 
conditions with access limited to the investigator and authorized site staff. 
• 
The investigator, institution, or the head of the medical institution (where 
applicable) is responsible for study treatment accountability, reconciliation, and 
record maintenance (ie, receipt, reconciliation, and final disposition records). 
• 
Further guidance and information for the final disposition of unused study 
treatment are provided in the Pharmacy Manual. 
• 
Under normal conditions of handling and administration, study treatment is not 
expected to pose significant safety risks to site staff. Take adequate precautions 
to avoid direct eye or skin contact and the generation of aerosols or mists. In the 
case of unintentional occupational exposure notify the monitor, Medical 
Director and/or GSK study contact. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
68 
• 
A MSDS describing occupational hazards and recommended handling 
precautions will be provided to all investigators. Precaution will be taken to 
avoid direct contact with the study treatment. A MSDS describing occupational 
hazards and recommended handling precautions will be provided to the 
investigator. In the case of unintentional occupational exposure notify the 
monitor, Medical Director and/or GSK study contact. 
• 
Each study treatment (monotherapy or combination) will be intravenously 
administered (unless otherwise specified within a sub-study) to participants at 
the site. Administration will be documented in the source documents 
(Appendix 1, Section 12.1.8) and reported in the eCRF. The dose of study 
treatment and study participant identification will be confirmed at the time of 
dosing by a member of the study site staff other than the person administering 
the study treatment. 
• 
Please refer to the Pharmacy Manual for additional details on 
preparation/handling/storage/accountability. 
6.4. 
Measures to Minimize Bias: Randomization and Blinding 
This is an open-label study. When both DE and CE are open, participants will be 
prioritized to the DE Phase or CE Phase. In DE, participants will be assigned to available 
treatment slots by a predetermined algorithmic approach. In CE, participants will be 
randomized to 1 of the open sub-study CEs for which they meet the eligibility criteria. 
Within a sub-study, participants will be randomized between the combination treatment 
or a shared belantamab mafodotin monotherapy arm, with randomized treatment 
allocation stratified by the number of prior lines of therapy. 
6.5. 
Concomitant Therapy 
Participants will be instructed to inform the investigator prior to starting any new 
medications from the time of first dose of study treatment until EOT. Concomitant 
medications administered for/in conjunction with SAEs/AESIs after the EOT should be 
recorded as defined in Section 8.3. 
Any concomitant medication or vaccine (including over-the-counter or prescription 
medicines, vitamins, and/or herbal supplements) that the participant is receiving at the 
time of enrolment or receives during the study treatment must be recorded along with: 
• 
Reason for use; 
• 
Dates of administration including start and end dates; 
• 
Prescription/administration information including dose and frequency. 
The Medical Director should be contacted if there are any questions regarding 
concomitant or prior therapies. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
69 
6.5.1. 
Permitted Concomitant Medications and Therapies 
Participants should receive full supportive care during the study, including transfusions, 
growth factors, and treatment with antibiotics, anti-emetics, antidiarrheals, and 
analgesics, as appropriate. 
Blood product transfusions should not be administered on same day as study drug dosing. 
Systemic corticosteroids are permitted in certain circumstances. See Section 6.5.2 for 
further details. 
Concomitant therapy with bisphosphonates is allowed. 
Concomitant prophylactic treatment for TLS (according to local standards) in participants 
with high tumor load should be considered. Participants may receive local irradiation for 
pain or stability control. Appropriate imaging should be performed to establish the 
presence of new lesions, which would constitute disease progression. 
Surgery is permitted on a case-by-case basis in consultation with the Medical Director. 
Use of monoclonal antibodies for serious conditions unrelated to multiple myeloma, such 
as SARS-CoV-2, may be permitted after consultation with the Medical Director. 
Several permitted concomitant medications may need special monitoring if used. Please 
refer to the SRM for details. 
6.5.2. 
Prohibited Concomitant Medications and Non-Drug Therapies 
Chronic treatment with oral steroids other than part of the study treatment is prohibited 
while the participant is on study with the exceptions below: 
• 
Physiological dose of steroid (ie,<10 mg/day prednisone). 
• 
Any course of steroids (PO or IV) is permitted to treat AEs as per local standard 
of care. 
• 
Steroids may be used to treat IRRs. 
• 
Inhaled steroids are allowed. 
• 
Short Treatment with oral steroids (7 days) is permitted for treatment of acute 
complications related to study treatment, or premedication prior to belantamab 
mafodotin infusion. 
• 
Topical ophthalmic corticosteroids, such as prednisolone acetate are permitted at 
the ophthalmologist’s discretion. 
The following medications are prohibited before the first dose of study treatment (refer to 
Exclusion Criteria in Section 5.2 for specific time requirements) until after the last dose 
of study treatment is given: 
• 
Anti-cancer therapies other than those referred to as Study Treatment that 
include, but are not limited to chemotherapy, immunotherapy, biologic therapy, 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
70 
hormonal therapy (other than physiologic replacement), surgery, and radiation 
therapy (other than palliative treatment as stated in Section 6.5.1). 
• 
Any investigational drug(s) other than those referred to as Study Treatment 
(belantamab mafodotin or combination partners). 
• 
Live and live attenuated vaccines: 
• 
Participants must not receive live/live attenuated vaccines while receiving 
belantamab mafodotin partner agent in any sub-study arm of the platform 
study and for at least 70 days following last study treatment. 
• 
During the study follow-up period, after administration of investigational 
agent(s) has ceased, it will be according to the investigator’s judgment 
whether administration of a live/live attenuated vaccine is permissible based 
on the emerging clinical condition of the participant at the time. 
• 
Systemic treatment with high dose steroids within 14 days prior to C1D1. 
A list of Prohibited Concomitant Medications is provided in the SRM, based on known 
interactions or characteristics of each component of the study treatment. 
Elimination pathways for belantamab mafodotin and cys-mcMMAF have not been 
characterized in humans. Cys-mcMMAF was not an inhibitor, an inducer, or a good 
substrate of cytochrome P450 enzymes in vitro. However, cys-mcMMAF was shown to 
be a substrate of Pgp and organic anion transporting polypeptide (OATP1B1 and 
OATP1B3) in vitro. Caution should be exercised when belantamab mafodotin is 
combined with strong inhibitors of Pgp, and strong inhibitors of OATP should be avoided 
unless considered medically necessary. 
For participants receiving anti-HIV and anti-microbials: 
• 
Anti-HIV and anti-microbials that are OATP inhibitors (list provided below, full 
list provided in pharmacy manual) are thus prohibited unless considered 
medically necessary. Preferably, alternative antimicrobials and anti-HIV drugs 
would need to be prescribed to these participants.  
• 
OATP inhibitors: Prohibited unless considered medically necessary 
• 
Anti-HIV drugs: atazanavir, lopinavir, nelfinavir, ritonavir, saquinavir, 
tipranavir 
• 
Anti-HCV drugs: simeprevir, telaprevir 
• 
Antibiotic drugs: clarithromycin, erythromycin, rifampin/rifampicin 
 
6.6. 
Dose Modification 
Dose modification text and guidance for belantamab mafodotin is provided in this 
section. Please see Section 4.3 Justification for maximum starting dose of belantamab 
mafodotin. Also see Section 11 for guidance on guidelines for dose modification and 
management of events for belantamab mafodotin and other partner combination 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
71 
treatments. Additional guidance for dose modification for belantamab mafodotin and 
other partner combination treatments is also found in Section 6.6 of each sub-study 
protocol. 
6.6.1. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Adjustments Due to Body Weight 
The actual body weight in kg at baseline (assessed on Cycle 1 Day 1 prior to dosing) will 
be used for dose calculation of belantamab mafodotin in all participants during the 
treatment period. If the change of body weight (increase or decrease) is greater than 10%, 
the dose should be re-calculated based on the actual body weight at the time of dosing 
and thereafter will serve as the new baseline for weight comparison at subsequent visits. 
Participants must be weighed prior to dosing for each cycle. 
6.6.2. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Modification in DE 
Doses of belantamab mafodotin higher than 2.5 mg/kg IV will not be investigated in this 
study, as 2.5 mg/kg is the maximum planned dose. Dose exploration schema will be 
described for each sub-study, in the appropriate sections. 
For participants enrolled in the DE Phase, once RP2D is established within a sub-study, 
intra-participant dose escalations or de-escalation to the RP2D of both belantamab 
mafodotin and the sub-study partner treatment may be considered on a case-by-case 
basis. In the case of dose-escalation to RP2D, it will be required that the participants 
completed at least 2 cycles at originally assigned dose and has completed at least 1 
disease assessment after the second cycle, has tolerated treatment well, and did not 
experience a treatment-related Grade 3 or higher toxicity. 
6.6.3. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Modification in CE Monotherapy 
Control Arm 
The permitted dose reductions for participants in the CE Phase, in the belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy control arm, are described in Table 17. 
Table 17 
Permitted Dose Reductions per Participant for Belantamab 
Mafodotin Monotherapy 
Belantamab 
Mafodotin Dose 
Level 
1st Dose 
Reduction 
2nd Dose 
Reduction 
3rd Dose 
Reduction 
4th Dose 
Reduction 
2.5 mg/kg 
1.9 mg/kg 
1.4 mg/kg 
1.0 mg/kg 
0.75 mg/kg 
 
6.6.4. 
Belantamab Mafodotin Dose Reductions or Delays 
In the DE and CE Phases of the study, dose modifications may be made for individual 
participants, based on safety findings for that participant. After Cycle 1, participants may 
have their belantamab mafodotin dose reduced or delayed for toxicities. Detailed 
guidance for dose modifications for AEs associated with belantamab mafodotin are 
shown in Table 18. Dose modification guidelines for belantamab mafodotin 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
72 
treatment-associated corneal events/toxicity based on the KVA Scale (Table 19) are 
shown in Table 20. Individual cases and any dose reductions and/or delays other than as 
specified must be discussed and agreed with the Medical Director. 
If a dose is delayed, the participant should wait for the next scheduled dose to resume 
treatment. In individual cases where in the judgment of the investigator waiting a full 
cycle to resume treatment after delay (skipping dose) related to toxicity which has 
resolved would be detrimental to the participant’s health, the principal investigator should 
contact the Medical Director to discuss an earlier restart. An earlier restart may be 
considered only for participants who have recovered from toxicity to at least Grade 1. 
The dosing with belantamab mafodotin cannot occur more frequently than every 21 days 
(+3-day window). In such cases, efficacy and safety assessments must remain every 
3 weeks in line with initial efficacy and safety assessments on study, which may result in 
2 separate visits (1 for dosing, 1 for disease assessments). Evaluations associated with a 
dose would be entered into the eCRF under the next scheduled cycle. 
Dosing delays are permitted in the case of medical/surgical events or for logistical 
reasons not related to study therapy (e.g., elective surgery, unrelated medical events, 
participant vacation, and/or holidays, but not for participants’ decision to delay 
treatment). The reason for any dose delay must be documented in the participants eCRF 
and clinic record and discussed with the Medical Director. 
The maximum dose delay without evidence of disease progression or significant toxicity 
associated with investigational products allowed for belantamab mafodotin is 16 weeks, 
unless agreed in writing by the Medical Director. 
Table 18 
Dose Modification Guidelines for Belantamab Mafodotin-Associated 
Adverse Events 
Toxicity 
Grade/Description of 
Toxicity 
Recommendations 
Infusion related 
reactions (IRRs) 
 
• See Section 11.1.1 
Serum creatinine 
Graded according to 
NCI-CTCAE criteria 
Grade 2 
>1.5 - 3.0 x baseline 
>1.5 - 3.0 x ULN 
• Repeat within 48 hours if elevation cannot be 
explained by concomitant sepsis, TLS, other 
severe condition with fever or dehydration. 
• If confirmed: withhold belantamab mafodotin, 
initiate treatment and monitoring as clinically 
indicated, and follow for resolution. 
• Discuss any further treatment with belantamab 
mafodotin with Medical Director1. 
Grade 3 
>3.0 x baseline 
or 
Grade 4 
>6.0 x ULN 
• Provide appropriate medical treatment. 
• If drug-related, permanently discontinue 
treatment with belantamab mafodotin. 
• If due to another cause (such as sepsis, or 
dehydration) withhold treatment with belantamab 
mafodotin. Upon recovery to Grade 1, restart 
treatment at the same dose level. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
73 
Toxicity 
Grade/Description of 
Toxicity 
Recommendations 
Spot urine 
(albumin/creatinine 
ratios) 
>2000 mg/g 
(or 224 mg/mmol) 
• Re-test (at least 7 days apart). 
• If not confirmed, continue belantamab mafodotin 
at current dose. 
• If confirmed on re-test and no clear evidence of 
disease progression: 
• 
Interrupt treatment with belantamab 
mafodotin; 
• 
Repeat testing within 4 weeks; 
• 
If spot urine <2000 mg/g (224 mg/mmol), 
may restart belantamab mafodotin with a 
dose reduction; 
• 
If spot urine remains >2000 mg/g 
(224 mg/mmol) after 4 weeks, consider 
permanently discontinuing belantamab 
mafodotin, provide treatment as clinically 
indicated, and follow for resolution1. 
Urine dipstick 
2+ 
13. May continue belantamab mafodotin dosing. 
14. Confirm by quantitative assessment using 
albumin/creatinine (spot urine from first void). 
• If albumin/creatinine 2000 mg/g, at the next 
cycle follow guidance above for Spot Urine. 
 
3+ 
• Interrupt treatment and follow-up for recovery. 
Implement quantification of albumin/creatinine 
ratio. 
Thrombocytopenia 
(on days of dosing) 
 
Graded according to 
NCI-CTCAE criteria 
Grade 3 
• No bleeding: continue treatment with 1 dose 
level reduction. Consider reverting to previous 
dose once thrombocytopenia recovered to Grade 
2 or less. 
• With bleeding: withhold the dose, continue 
treatment after recovery with 1 dose level 
reduction. 
• Consider additional supportive treatment (e.g., 
transfusion), as clinically indicated and per local 
practice. 
 
Grade 4 
• Withhold the dose. Consider restarting with 
1 dose level reduction if recovered, or transfused 
to, Grade 3 only if there is no active bleeding at 
time of treatment restart. 
• If thrombocytopenia is considered disease- 
related, is not accompanied by bleeding, and 
recovers with transfusion to >25x109/L continuing 
treatment at 1 dose level reduction may be 
considered after discussion with the Medical 
Director. 
Febrile Neutropenia 
 
Graded according to 
NCI-CTCAE criteria 
Grades 3-4 
Defined as: single temp 
of 38.3oC, or sustained 
38oC for >1 hr AND ANC 
<1.0x109/L)  
• Withhold the dose and immediately hospitalize 
participant with appropriate management, per 
local institutional guidance. 
• Consider additional supportive treatment per 
local practice (e.g., growth factors). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
74 
Toxicity 
Grade/Description of 
Toxicity 
Recommendations 
• Upon recovery, consider a dose reduction of 
belantamab mafodotin by 1 dose level, if 
neutropenia was associated with drug. 
Neutropenia without 
Fever 
 
Graded according to 
NCI-CTCAE criteria 
Grade ≥3 
 
Defined as ANC 
<1.0x109/L 
• If noted on Day 1 of any cycle, withhold 
belantamab mafodotin. 
• Resume belantamab mafodotin at pre-hold dose 
once neutropenia recovers to Grade 2 (ANC 
1.0x109/L) on Day 1 of the subsequent cycle. 
• Prophylactic antibiotics, per physician discretion 
and local institutional guidance. Consider growth 
factors. 
• Local guidance must be followed for 
hematological monitoring, if more conservative 
than the protocol SoA specifications. 
• In cases of frequent recurrent neutropenia (ANC 
<1.0x109/L), consider dose reduction of 
belantamab mafodotin by 1 level. 
Pneumonitis 
Grade 2 
• Withhold treatment with belantamab mafodotin. 
• Upon recovery, restart treatment with 1 dose 
level reduction. 
• If participant is already at the lowest dose level 
(1.9 mg/kg), then rechallenge with the same dose 
must be discussed with the Medical Director. 
Grade 3-4 
• Permanently discontinue from treatment. 
1.  Further treatment may be allowed on a case-by-case basis after discussion with Medical Director who may consult 
GSK’s nephrotoxicity panel. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
75 
Table 19 
KVA Scale for Treatment-Associated Corneal Toxicities 
Grade per KVA scale 
Grade 1 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Corneal 
Toxicities 
Corneal 
examination 
finding(s) 
Mild superficial 
keratopathy1 
Moderate 
superficial 
keratopathy2 
Severe 
superficial 
keratopathy3 
Corneal 
epithelial 
defect4 
Change in 
BCVA5 
Decline from 
baseline of 1 
line on Snellen 
Visual Acuity 
Decline from 
baseline of 2 or 
3 lines (and 
Snellen Visual 
Acuity not 
worse than 
20/200) 
Decline from 
baseline by more 
than 3 lines (and 
Snellen Visual 
Acuity not worse 
than 20/200) 
Snellen Visual 
Acuity worse 
than 20/200 
*Dose modification should be based on the most severe finding. If eyes differ in severity, dose modification 
guideline should be applied based on the more severe eye. 
1.  Mild superficial keratopathy = mild superficial punctate keratopathy (documented worsening from baseline), with 
or without symptoms. 
2.  Moderate superficial keratopathy = any / or a combination of: moderate superficial punctate keratopathy, patchy 
microcyst-like deposits, sub-epithelial haze (peripheral), or a new peripheral stromal opacity. 
3.  Severe superficial keratopathy = any / or a combination of: severe superficial punctate keratopathy, diffuse 
microcyst-like deposits involving the central cornea, sub-epithelial haze (central), or a new central stromal 
opacity. 
4.  Corneal epithelial defect such as corneal ulcers (with underlying stromal infiltration). 
5.  Changes in visual acuity due to treatment-associated corneal findings. 
• For participants who have BCVA worse than 20/20 in either eye at baseline, dose modification for that eye 
will be determined by the worsening of vision from baseline only (not by absolute BCVA at the visits). 
• If a participant has a baseline BCVA of 20/200 or worse in an eye, then belantamab mafodotin-associated 
changes in vision in the other eye will drive the dose modification. If a participant has baseline BCVA of 
20/200 or worse in both the eyes, then the decision to delay or reduce belantamab mafodotin dose will be 
based on principal investigator’s assessment of benefit vs risk based on corneal exam findings following a 
discussion with the qualified eye care specialist such as ophthalmologist/optometrist. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
76 
Table 20 
Dose Modification for Belantamab Mafodotin Treatment based on 
the KVA scale 
Grade per KVA 
Scale 
Grade 1 
Grade 2 
Grade 3 
Grade 4 
Recommended 
Dosage 
Modifications1 
Continue treatment 
at current dose. 
Withhold 
belantamab 
mafodotin until 
improvement in 
both corneal 
examination 
findings and 
changes in BCVA 
to Grade 1 or 
better and resume 
at reduced dose 
level. If at the 
lowest dose, 
sustain the same 
dose level. 
 
Withhold 
belantamab 
mafodotin until 
improvement in 
both corneal 
examination 
findings and 
changes in BCVA 
to Grade 1 or 
better and resume 
at reduced dose. If 
at the lowest dose, 
sustain the same 
dose level. 
 
Consider 
permanent 
discontinuation of 
belantamab 
mafodotin. 
 
If based on benefit 
risk assessment, 
further treatment of 
belantamab 
mafodotin is being 
considered2, 
withhold treatment 
until improvement 
in both corneal 
examination 
findings and 
change in BCVA to 
Grade 1 or better 
and resume at 
reduced dose. If at 
the lowest dose, 
sustain the same 
dose level. 
 
1.  Dose modification should be based on the most severe grade. If eyes differ in severity, dose modification 
guideline should be applied based on the more severe eye. 
2.  Grade 4 events require discussion with Medical Director prior to restart of belantamab mafodotin. For details on 
the required procedure see Section 7.1.2. 
 
6.6.5. 
Management of Positive Hepatitis B Core Antibody Participants 
Management by local hepatology or infectious disease services is required. If no 
subspecialist support is available, consultation with Medical Director is required prior to 
enrolment into the study for participants with positive hepatitis B core antibody. 
• 
Participants who have developed detectable HBV-DNA levels during study 
treatment should be reviewed by local specialist(s) immediately (within 1 week), 
initiate appropriate therapy and monitoring. 
• 
Study treatment should be withheld, and Medical Director should be contacted for 
any participant who develops detectable HBV-DNA levels. Agreement with Medical 
Director must be obtained prior to further dosing of study treatment. 
• 
Follow liver monitoring/stopping guidelines per protocol for elevated liver function 
tests. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
77 
6.6.6. 
Treatment after the End of the Study 
The investigator is responsible for ensuring that consideration has been given to the post-
study care of the participants medical condition. 
Refer to the SoA for follow-up assessments of participants who are to be followed for 
disease progression and/or survival after they permanently discontinue from study 
treatment. 
After the study treatment discontinuation, participants will undergo EOT assessments 
within 30 days from decision to discontinue and at least prior to the start of new anti-
cancer treatment (. Participants who discontinued treatment for reasons other than PD 
will be followed up every 3 weeks until confirmed PD, until initiation of a new anti-
cancer therapy or death. All participants with confirmed PD will be followed for OS and 
next subsequent anti-cancer therapy every 3 months until the end of study. End of study 
is defined in Section 4.4. 
7. 
DISCONTINUATION OF STUDY TREATMENT AND 
PARTICIPANT WITHDRAWAL FROM THE STUDY 
7.1. 
Discontinuation of Study Treatment 
Participants will receive study treatment according to the SoA (Section 1.2). Study drug 
must be permanently discontinued in the case of: 
• Disease progression, as defined by IMWG criteria [Kumar, 2016], or 
unacceptable toxicity. 
• Participant has met any of the protocol defined safety stopping criteria. 
• Pregnancy. 
In addition, study treatment may be permanently discontinued for any of the following 
reasons: 
• 
Deviation(s) from the protocol. 
• 
Request of the participant or proxy (withdrawal of consent by participant or 
proxy). 
• 
Investigator’s discretion. 
• 
Participant is lost to follow-up. 
• 
The study is closed or terminated. 
If the participant voluntarily discontinues from treatment due to toxicity, the AE will be 
recorded as the primary reason for permanent discontinuation on the eCRF. 
Once a participant has permanently discontinued a study treatment, the participant will 
not be allowed to restart study treatment. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
78 
All participants who permanently discontinue study treatment will have safety 
assessments at the time of discontinuation and during EOT as specified in the SoA. 
Discontinuation of study treatment does not impact a participant’s participation in the 
study. The participant should comply to the protocol schedule of assessments and data 
collection should continue. 
If the participant does not agree to continue in-person visits, a modified follow-up must 
be arranged to ensure the collection of endpoints and safety information. This could be a 
telephone contact with the participant, contact with a relative or treating physician, or 
collecting information from medical records. The approach taken should be recorded in 
the medical records. A participant who agrees to modified follow-up is not considered to 
have withdrawn consent or to have withdrawn from the study. 
Participants who permanently discontinue study treatment for reasons other than disease 
progression will remain in the study and will be followed for PFS according to the 
protocol schedule described in Section 1.3 until (whichever occurs first): 
• 
New anti-cancer therapy is initiated, or 
• 
Disease progression according to IMWG criteria, or 
• 
Death, or 
• 
Withdrawal of consent, or 
• 
Lost to follow-up, or 
• 
End of study. 
Participants with documented disease progression while on treatment, or during PFS 
follow-up, will be followed for OS until death, withdrawal of consent, loss to follow-up 
or the end of study (as described in Section 1.2), whichever occurs first. 
If a participant discontinues the partner treatment but remains on belantamab mafodotin 
alone, the participant will not be considered to have discontinued study treatment. If for 
any reason a participant discontinues belantamab mafodotin, they will also need to 
withdraw from the partner treatment; therefore, in this situation they will discontinue 
study treatment. 
7.1.1. 
Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria 
Liver chemistry stopping and increased monitoring criteria have been designed to 
assure participant safety and evaluate liver event etiology. Discontinuation of study 
treatment for abnormal liver tests is required when the participant satisfies any of the 
stopping rules as shown in Figure 4. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
79 
Figure 4 
Liver stopping and monitoring event algorithm 
 
1. 
Refer to Appendix 9 (Table 33) for required liver safety actions and follow-up assessments). 
 
7.1.1.1. 
Study Treatment Restart or Rechallenge 
If participant meets liver chemistry stopping criteria do not restart/rechallenge participant 
with study treatment unless: 
• 
GSK Medical Governance approval is granted, and 
• 
Ethics and/or IRB approval is obtained, if required, and 
• 
Separate consent for treatment restart/rechallenge is signed by the participant. 
See also Section 12.9.1 Liver Safety Drug Restart or Rechallenge guidelines. 
Refer to the SRM or Appendix 9 for full guidance on consent forms and sample 
collection process. 
7.1.2. 
Corneal Event Stopping Criteria 
Belantamab mafodotin dose modifications and stopping criteria for treatment-related 
changes in visual acuity according to the KVA scale (Table 19) are detailed in Table 20. 
Participants who develop Grade 4 corneal events according to the KVA scale criteria for 
eye disorders must be discussed in detail between the qualified, treating eye care 
specialist, the Medical Director and possibly a third party ophthalmologist, in order to 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
80 
determine whether the participant can be allowed to continue treatment with belantamab 
mafodotin, or permanently discontinue treatment. The decision will be documented in 
study files, together with individual assessment of risk-benefit. For details on restart 
guidance including potential dose reductions, see Table 20. 
7.1.3. 
Infusion-Related Reaction Management and Stopping Criteria 
Premedication for belantamab mafodotin is not required prior to infusion unless deemed 
medically appropriate by the investigator. Premedication should be considered in any 
participant who experienced an IRR at first or any subsequent infusion with belantamab 
mafodotin. 
IRRs should be managed by guidelines provided in Section 11. A participant that 
experiences a Grade 4 IRR associated with belantamab mafodotin should permanently 
discontinue study treatment. 
7.1.4. 
Allergic and Anaphylactic Reaction Stopping Criteria 
All participants will be monitored carefully for evidence of allergic response. A 
participant that exhibits signs or symptoms of severe hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis will 
receive appropriate medical treatment and will permanently discontinue study treatment. 
7.2. 
Participant Withdrawal from the Study 
A participant may withdraw from the study treatment or the study overall at any time at 
his/her own request or may be withdrawn at any time at the discretion of the investigator. 
The investigator may withdraw the participant from study treatment for safety, behavioral 
or compliance reasons. This is expected to be uncommon. The investigator may withdraw 
the participant from the study overall for behavioral, compliance or administrative 
reasons. This is expected to be uncommon. 
At the time of withdrawal from the study treatment or study overall, if possible, an EOT 
should be conducted, as shown in the SoA. See SoA for data to be collected at the time of 
treatment withdrawal and follow-up and for any further evaluations that need to be 
completed. 
If the participant is discontinuing the study overall, he/she will be permanently 
discontinued from all study therapies and treatments and withdrawn from the study at that 
time. If the participant is discontinuing study treatment only, he/she will enter follow-up 
until withdrawal of consent, loss to follow-up or death. 
• 
If the participant withdraws consent for disclosure of future information, the 
sponsor may retain and continue to use any data collected before such a 
withdrawal of consent. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
81 
7.3. 
Lost to Follow-Up 
A participant will be considered lost to follow-up if he/she repeatedly fails to return for 
scheduled visits and is unable to be contacted by the study site. 
The following actions must be taken if a participant fails to return to the clinic for a 
required study visit: 
• 
The site must attempt to contact the participant and reschedule the missed visit 
as soon as possible and counsel the participant on the importance of maintaining 
the assigned visit schedule and ascertain whether or not, the participant wishes 
to, and/or should, continue in the study. 
• 
Before a participant is deemed lost to follow-up, the investigator or designee 
must make every effort to regain contact with the participant (where possible, 3 
telephone calls and, if necessary, a certified letter to the participant’s last known 
mailing address or local equivalent methods). These contact attempts should be 
documented in the participant’s medical record. 
• 
Should the participant continue to be unreachable, he/she will be considered to 
have withdrawn from the study. 
Site personnel, or an independent third party, will attempt to collect the vital status of the 
participant within legal and ethical boundaries for all participants randomized, including 
those who did not get study treatment. Public sources may be searched for vital status 
information. If vital status is determined as deceased, this will be documented and the 
participant will not be considered lost to follow-up. Sponsor personnel will not be 
involved in any attempts to collect vital status information. 
Discontinuation of specific sites, or of the study as a whole, are handled as part of 
Appendix 1, Section 12.1.9. 
8. 
STUDY ASSESSMENTS AND PROCEDURES 
• 
Study procedures and their timing are summarized in the SoA tables 
(Section 1.3; Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6) and the respective combination 
treatment sections (refer to the respective sub-study protocol section). 
• 
Protocol waivers or exemptions are not allowed. 
• 
Immediate safety concerns should be discussed with the sponsor immediately 
upon occurrence or awareness to determine if the participant should continue or 
discontinue study treatment.  
• 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria will be assessed during screening until enrollment. A 
participant is considered enrolled when the investigator or designee has 
confirmed, through the eligibility form, that all eligibility criteria have been met. 
Any interval change in the participant’s clinical course (e.g., laboratory values, 
concomitant medications, clinical condition) between enrollment and first dose 
of investigational product that could impact the ability of the participant to 
safely receive their first dose should be jointly discussed between the 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
82 
investigator and medical director prior to dosing. Consider referring to Table 26, 
Table 27, and Table 29 for guidance as appropriate. 
• 
Adherence to the study design requirements, including those specified in the 
SoA, is essential and required for study conduct. 
• 
All Screening evaluations must be completed and reviewed to confirm that 
potential participants meet all eligibility criteria. The investigator will maintain a 
Screening log to record details of all participants screened and to confirm 
eligibility or record reasons for Screening failure, as applicable. 
• 
Procedures conducted as part of the participants routine clinical management 
(e.g., blood count) and obtained before signing of ICF may be utilized for 
Screening or baseline purposes provided the procedure met the protocol-
specified criteria and was performed within the time frame defined in the SoA. 
• 
Repeat or unscheduled samples may be taken for safety reasons or for technical 
issues with the samples. 
• 
Whenever 12-lead ECG, vital signs, and blood draws are scheduled for the same 
nominal time, the assessments should occur in the following order: 12-lead 
ECG, vital signs, and blood draws. Whenever vital signs and blood draws are 
scheduled for the same nominal time, vital signs should be performed prior to 
blood draws. The timing of the assessments should allow the blood draw to 
occur at the exact nominal time. Detailed procedures for obtaining each 
assessment are provided in the SRM. 
8.1. 
Efficacy Assessments 
Clinical activity will be evaluated in all participants in the study. Standard response 
assessments for RRMM will be applied to clinical activity data, and include: ORR, CR, 
sCR, PR, VGPR, DoR, PFS, TTR – as defined in IMWG criteria [Kumar, 2016], and as 
data permit. In addition, the CBR (defined as a MR or better) will be evaluated and the 
percentage of participants achieving MRD negativity will be assessed using the NGS-
based clonoSEQ assay according to IMWG criteria 2016 [Kumar, 2016], as data permit. 
Every effort will be made to do confirmatory testing for response. 
Clinical activity assessments and/or diagnostic criteria will be evaluated before and 
during treatment, per IMWG and other current practice guidelines for the management of 
RRMM [Bennett, 2016; Kumar, 2016; Moreau, 2017; Rajkumar, 2016]. These may 
include: 
• 
Laboratory tests (serum and urine protein electrophoresis for M-protein 
calculation, serum and urine immunofixation, serum FLC); 
• 
Bone marrow aspirate/biopsy for disease assessment, MRD testing; 
• 
FISH testing; 
• 
Imaging (e.g., CT, MRI, or PET-CT scans, and/or X-ray) for extramedullary 
disease and Skeletal survey. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
83 
For participants who are discontinuing IP due to PD, the confirmation of PD based on 
laboratory parameters must be performed from a different blood and/or urine collection, 
either on the same day, or preferably within 14 days of the original date of suspected 
disease progression, and before initiation of any new anti-myeloma therapy. This may be 
performed at EOT. 
For participants with PD due to extramedullary disease, confirmatory scans are not 
required. The laboratory parameters do not need to be repeated if the extramedullary 
disease is the only site of progression. 
8.2. 
Safety Assessments 
Planned time points for all safety assessments are provided in the SoA tables 
(Section 1.3; Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6). 
8.2.1. 
Physical Examinations 
• 
A complete physical examination at Screening and dosing days will include, at a 
minimum, assessments of the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, and 
neurological systems. Height and weight will also be measured and recorded at 
Screening, with weight repeated at the start of each cycle (Section 1.3; Table 3, 
Table 4, Table 6). Weight should be recorded up to 1 decimal to match data 
collected in CRF. 
• 
Investigators should pay special attention to clinical signs related to previous 
serious illnesses and record any changes noted during study investigation, if any. 
• 
During interim visits and PFS Follow-up, a brief physical examination will 
include assessments of the skin, lungs, cardiovascular system, and abdomen 
(liver and spleen) 
8.2.2. 
ECOG Performance Status 
The participants performance status will be assessed using the ECOG scale (Appendix 4) 
as specified in the SoA (Section 1.3; Table 4, Table 6). 
8.2.3. 
Vital Signs 
Vital sign measurements will include systolic and diastolic blood pressure, temperature, 
and pulse rate. Vital signs should be measured after resting for at least 5 minutes. Vital 
signs will be measured more frequently if warranted by the clinical condition of the 
participant. On days where vital signs are measured multiple times, temperature does not 
need to be repeated unless clinically indicated. 
First Infusion: Monitoring intervals: Vital signs must be monitored at predose (within 
30 minutes prior to start of infusion), at the end of infusion (+0-10 min window), and 
1 hour post end of infusion (+0-10 min window). In general, participants may be 
discharged if considered clinically stable and all other study procedures have been 
completed. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
84 
Subsequent Infusions: Monitoring intervals: Vital signs must be monitored at predose 
(within 30 minutes prior to start of each infusion), at the end of each infusion (+0-10 min 
window), and 30 minutes post the end of each infusion (+0-10 min window). 
Participants may be discharged after the infusion has been completed if considered 
clinically stable and all other study procedures have been completed. 
In case of IRRs or cytokine storm, monitoring will be performed with higher frequency 
(per local SoC or as clinically indicated). 
8.2.4. 
New York Heart Association Functional Scale 
• 
Criteria for rating participants for heart failure status according to the NYHA 
criteria are provided in Appendix 5. 
8.2.5. 
Electrocardiogram 
A single 12-lead ECG will be obtained as outlined in the SoA (see Section 1.3) using an 
ECG machine that measures PR, QRS, QT, and QTc intervals. All ECGs must be 
performed by qualified personnel at the site after the participant has at least a 5-minute 
rest. The QT interval must be corrected for heart rate by Fridericia’s formula (QTcF). 
8.2.6. 
Echocardiogram or MUGA Scan for LVEF 
• 
An ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF will be obtained at Screening to assess 
baseline cardiac ejection fraction and then as clinically indicated. 
• 
The same procedure that is used at Screening should be used throughout the 
study. 
• 
The evaluation of the echocardiographer should include an evaluation for LVEF. 
• 
If an ECHO or MUGA scan for LVEF is performed on study, the results must be 
documented in the eCRF. 
8.2.7. 
Ophthalmic Assessments 
Study sites must establish a close collaboration with a qualified eye care specialist 
(ophthalmologist/optometrist, see Appendix 10) who will be responsible for assessing 
participants while they are on study and managing participants who develop treatment-
related changes in vision associated with belantamab mafodotin. Management of 
participants with treatment-related changes in vision must be performed in close 
communication with the Medical Director and the treating, qualified eye care specialist. 
Participants will be assessed by a qualified eye care specialist at Screening/baseline, and 
then Q3W, or as otherwise indicated in a specific sub-study protocol, regardless of dosing 
up to the sixth dose of belantamab mafodotin (assessment window of up to 5 days prior to 
dosing, but all effort should be made to schedule examinations as close to belantamab 
mafodotin dosing as possible). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
85 
If there are no significant KVA Grade 2 or above treatment-related ocular examination 
findings, change in participant symptoms or vision at the time of the sixth dose exam, 
participants may have their ophthalmologic exams decreased to once every 3 months. 
If a participant subsequently develops vision changes or other ocular symptoms, the 
participant should be promptly evaluated by a qualified eye care specialist. 
In case of persistent ophthalmic exam findings, newly developed ocular symptoms or 
vision changes, the participant will have further ophthalmologic exams at least every 
cycle until resolution (to baseline) or more frequently as clinically indicated by the 
qualified eye care specialist. 
A full Screening/baseline ophthalmic examination for all participants must include for 
both eyes (OU): 
1. Best corrected visual acuity. 
2. Documentation of manifest refraction and the method used to obtain best 
corrected visual acuity. 
3. Anterior segment (slit lamp) examination with focus on the cornea and lens, 
including fluorescein staining of the cornea. 
4. Intraocular pressure measurement. 
5. Dilated funduscopic exam. 
6. Current glasses prescription (if applicable). 
The on treatment and follow-up ophthalmic exam should be performed for both eyes 
(OU) as described below and in the SoA (Section 1.3): 
1. Best corrected visual acuity. 
2. Documentation of manifest refraction and the method used to obtain best 
corrected visual acuity. 
3. Anterior segment (slit lamp) examination with focus on the cornea and lens, 
including fluorescein staining of the cornea. 
4. Intraocular pressure measurement (if clinically indicated). If steroid eye drops are 
deemed medically necessary and prescribed, intraocular pressure must be 
monitored if steroid drops used for >7 days. 
5. Dilated funduscopic exam (if clinically indicated). 
6. Check glasses prescription as some fluctuation in prescription may be anticipated. 
The end of treatment and last follow-up ophthalmic exam, if required, should match the 
Screening/baseline exam. 
Additional examinations should be performed at the discretion of the treating eye care 
specialist. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
86 
8.2.8. 
Clinical Safety Laboratory Assessments 
• 
Refer to Appendix 2 for the list of clinical laboratory tests to be performed and 
to the SoA for the timing and frequency. 
• 
The investigator must review the laboratory report, document this review, and 
record any clinically relevant changes occurring during the study in the AE 
section of the CRF. The laboratory reports must be filed with the source 
documents (Appendix 1, Section 12.1.8). Clinically significant abnormal 
laboratory findings are those which are not associated with the underlying 
disease, unless judged by the investigator to be more severe than expected for 
the participants condition. 
• 
All laboratory tests with values considered clinically significantly abnormal 
during participation in the study or within 30 days after the last cycle should be 
repeated until the values return to normal or baseline or are no longer considered 
significantly abnormal by the investigator or Medical Director. 
• 
If such values do not return to normal/baseline within a period of time, judged 
reasonable by the investigator, the etiology should be identified and the sponsor 
notified. 
• 
All protocol-required laboratory assessments, as defined in Appendix 2, must be 
conducted in accordance with the laboratory manual and the SoA. 
8.3. 
Adverse Events and Serious Adverse Events 
The definitions of an AE or SAE can be found in Appendix 3. 
AEs will be coded using the standard MedDRA and grouped by system organ class. AEs 
will be graded by the investigator according to the NCI-CTCAE (Version 5.0). 
The investigator and any qualified designees are responsible for detecting, documenting, 
and reporting events that meet the definition of an AE or SAE and remain responsible for 
following up AEs that are serious, considered related to the study treatment or the study, 
or that caused the participant to discontinue the study treatment (see Section 7). 
8.3.1. 
Time Period and Frequency for Collecting AE and SAE 
Information 
8.3.1.1. 
Cohort Expansion Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy Control Arm 
All AEs will be collected from the start of treatment until at least 70 days following 
discontinuation of study treatment regardless of initiation of a new anti-cancer therapy or 
transfer to hospice at the time points specified in the SoA (Section 1.3). However, any 
SAEs assessed as related to study participation (e.g., protocol-mandated procedures, 
invasive tests, or change in existing therapy) will be recorded from the time a participant 
consents to participate in the study up to and including any follow-up. 
Concomitant medications administered after the EOT should be recorded when given for 
SAEs/AESIs. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
87 
8.3.1.2. 
Combination Sub-Studies in the DE and CE Phases 
The time period and frequency for collecting all (S)AEs for each sub-study will be the 
same as the control arm unless the properties of the combination partner dictate 
otherwise. These will be described in each sub-study protocol if there are different safety 
requirements for the sub-study. 
8.3.2. 
Method of recording AE and SAE information 
• 
Medical occurrences that begin before the start of study treatment but after 
obtaining informed consent will be recorded on the Medical History/Current 
Medical Conditions section of the CRF not the AE section, except for any SAEs 
assessed as related to study participation as described above. 
• 
All SAEs will be recorded and reported to the sponsor or designee immediately 
and under no circumstance should this exceed 24 hours, as indicated in 
Appendix 3. The investigator will submit any updated SAE data to the sponsor 
within 24 hours of it being available. 
• 
Investigators are not obligated to actively seek AEs or SAEs after the conclusion 
of the study participation. However, if the investigator learns of any SAE, 
including a death, at any time after a participant has been discharged from the 
study, and he/she considers the event to be reasonably related to the study 
treatment or study participation, the investigator must promptly notify the 
sponsor. 
8.3.3. 
Method of Detecting AEs and SAEs 
• 
The method of recording, evaluating, and assessing causality of AEs and SAEs 
and the procedures for completing and transmitting SAE reports are provided in 
Appendix 3. 
• 
Care will be taken not to introduce bias when detecting AE and/or SAE. Open-
ended and non-leading verbal questioning of the participant is the preferred 
method to inquire about AE occurrence. 
8.3.4. 
Follow-up of AEs and SAEs 
After the initial AE/SAE report, the investigator is required to proactively follow each 
participant at subsequent visits/contacts. All SAEs, and non-serious AESIs (as defined in 
Section 8.3, Section 8.3.10 and Section 8.3.10.2), will be followed until the event is 
resolved, stabilized, otherwise explained, or the participant is lost to follow-up (as 
defined in Section 7.3). Concomitant medications administered after EOT should be 
recorded when given for SAEs/AESIs. Further information on follow-up procedures is 
given in Appendix 3. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
88 
8.3.5. 
Reporting of Potentially Life-Threatening AEs to the Medical 
Director 
The Medical Director must be contacted by the investigator, or a designee, at the earliest 
possible opportunity after onset of a potentially life-threatening AE. No further doses of 
any of the constituent therapies of the combination should be administered to the 
participant. In collaboration with the SRT and the investigator, the Medical Director will 
assess whether the affected participant should be withdrawn from the study. 
The GSK SRT will also consider whether scheduled dosing in other participants should 
be temporarily paused in the same dosing cohort, or the entire sub-study, pending a 
comprehensive review of all available data, including but not restricted to: AEs, PK 
profile and immunological biomarkers where applicable. 
8.3.6. 
Regulatory Reporting Requirements for SAEs 
• 
Prompt notification by the investigator to the sponsor of a SAE is essential so 
that legal obligations and ethical responsibilities towards the safety of 
participants and the safety of a study treatment under clinical investigation are 
met. 
• 
The sponsor has a legal responsibility to notify both the local regulatory 
authority and other regulatory agencies about the safety of a study treatment 
under clinical investigation. The sponsor will comply with country-specific 
regulatory requirements relating to safety reporting to the regulatory authority, 
IRB/IEC, and investigators. 
• 
Investigator safety reports must be prepared for suspected unexpected SAEs 
according to local regulatory requirements and sponsor policy and forwarded to 
investigators as necessary. 
• 
An investigator who receives an investigator safety report describing a SAE or 
other specific safety information e.g., summary or listing of SAE) from the 
sponsor will review and then file it along with the Investigator’s Brochure and 
will notify the IRB/IEC, if appropriate according to local requirements. 
8.3.7. 
Pregnancy 
• 
Details of all pregnancies in female participants will be collected after the start 
of study treatment and 4 months following last dose of belantamab mafodotin 
(unless otherwise indicated in a specific sub-study protocol). 
• 
Details of all pregnancies for female partners of male participants will be 
collected after the start of study treatment and 6 months following last dose of 
belantamab mafodotin. 
• 
For each combination partner, the time for collection of details of all 
pregnancies in female participants and female partners of male participants will 
be collected after the start of study treatment and treatment will be defined 
within the appropriate sub-study protocol. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
89 
• 
If a pregnancy is reported, the investigator should inform GSK within 24 hours 
of learning of the pregnancy and should follow the procedures outlined in 
Appendix 7. 
• 
Abnormal pregnancy outcomes (e.g., spontaneous abortion, fetal death, 
stillbirth, congenital anomalies, ectopic pregnancy) are considered SAEs. 
8.3.8. 
Cardiovascular and Death Events 
For any cardiovascular events detailed in Appendix 3, Section 12.3.3 and all deaths, 
whether or not they are considered SAEs, specific cardiovascular and death sections of 
the CRF will be required to be completed. These sections include questions regarding 
cardiovascular (including sudden cardiac death) and non-cardiovascular death. 
The cardiovascular CRFs are presented as queries in response to reporting of certain 
cardiovascular MedDRA terms. The cardiovascular information should be recorded in the 
specific cardiovascular section of the CRF within 1 week of receipt of a cardiovascular 
event data query prompting its completion. 
The Death CRF is provided immediately after the occurrence or outcome of death is 
reported. Initial and follow-up reports regarding death must be completed within 1 week 
of when the death is reported. 
8.3.9. 
Disease-Related Events and/or Disease-Related Outcomes Not 
Qualifying as SAEs 
An event which is part of the natural course of the disease under study (ie, disease 
progression or hospitalization due to disease progression) does not need to be reported as 
a SAE. Death due to disease under study is to be recorded on the Death eCRF. However, 
if the underlying disease (ie, progression) is greater than that which would normally be 
expected for the participant, or if the investigator considers that there was a causal 
relationship between treatment with study treatment(s) or protocol design or procedures 
and the disease progression, then this must be reported as a SAE. 
8.3.10. 
Adverse Events of Special Interest 
8.3.10.1. 
Adverse Events of Special Interest for Belantamab Mafodotin 
AESIs for belantamab mafodotin are corneal events, thrombocytopenia and IRRs. 
Severity of all AESIs will be graded using NCI-CTCAE (Version 5.0). Guidelines for 
dose modifications and interruptions for management of common toxicities associated 
with the study treatment(s) are provided in Section 11.3, Table 30. Dose modifications 
for belantamab mafodotin corneal events will be based on the KVA Scale (Table 19). 
8.3.10.2. 
Adverse Events of Special Interest for Partners and Combinations 
Detailed guidance for each combination partner can be found in the respective sub-study 
subsections (refer to the respective sub-study protocol section). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
90 
8.4. 
Treatment of Overdose of Belantamab Mafodotin 
(GSK285916) 
There is no specific information on overdose of belantamab mafodotin. GSK does not 
recommend a specific treatment for an overdose of belantamab mafodotin. 
In the event of an overdose (defined as administration of more than the protocol-specified 
dose) of belantamab mafodotin, the investigator should: 
• 
Contact the Medical Director immediately. 
• 
Closely monitor the participant for AEs, SAEs, and laboratory abnormalities until 
they have resolved and belantamab mafodotin concentrations are predicted to be 
within the anticipated range in absence of the overdose. 
• 
Obtain an additional plasma sample for PK analysis and a blood sBCMA sample if 
requested by the Medical Director (determined on a case-by-case basis). 
• 
Document the quantity of the excess dose as well as the duration of the overdosing in 
the eCRF. 
Decisions regarding dose interruptions or modifications will be made by the investigator 
in consultation with the Medical Director based on the clinical evaluation of the 
participant. 
For each sub-study, each dose considered as overdose will be defined in the respective 
sub-study protocol sections. 
8.5. 
Pharmacokinetics 
8.5.1. 
Blood Sample Collection for Pharmacokinetics 
Blood samples for PK analysis of belantamab mafodotin (ADC and optionally total 
antibody) and cys-mcMMAF will be collected at the time points indicated in the SoA 
table (Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6). For each collection of a PK sample for 
belantamab mafodotin, a soluble BCMA serum sample should be obtained. 
Additional blood samples may be required for PK analysis of combination partners and 
are described in each sub-study protocol. 
Each PK sample should be collected as close as possible to the planned time relative to 
the administration of the relevant drug during PK days (ie, belantamab mafodotin 
samples collected relative to belantamab mafodotin dosing). The actual date and time of 
each blood sample collection will be recorded. Details on PK blood sample collection 
including blood volumes, processing, storage, and shipping procedures are provided in 
the SRM and the laboratory manual. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
91 
8.5.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Sample Analysis 
Plasma analysis will be performed under the control of GSK. Concentrations of 
belantamab mafodotin, optionally total antibody, and cys-mcMMAF will be determined 
in plasma samples using the currently approved bioanalytical methodology. 
Concentrations of combination partners, when applicable will be determined in plasma 
samples using validated bioanalytical methods. Raw data will be archived at the 
bioanalytical site. 
Once the plasma has been analyzed for belantamab mafodotin, total antibody, and/or cys-
mcMMAF, any remaining plasma may be analyzed for other compound-related 
metabolites or to evaluate safety or efficacy aspects related to concerns arising during or 
after the study and the results may be reported under a separate GSK protocol. See the 
respective sub-study protocol section. 
All PK samples once collected can be analyzed if the sample date and time have been 
recorded. 
8.6. 
Genetics 
A 6 mL blood sample for DNA isolation will be collected from participants who have 
consented to participate in the genetics analysis component of the study. Participation is 
optional. Participants who do not wish to participate in the genetic research may still 
participate in the study. 
In the event of DNA extraction failure, a replacement genetic blood sample may be 
requested from the participant. Signed informed consent will be required to obtain a 
replacement sample unless it was included in the original consent. 
See Appendix 8, for Information regarding genetic research. Details on processes for 
collection and shipment and destruction of these samples can be found in the SRM. 
8.7. 
Immunogenicity Assessments 
Serum samples for the analysis of anti-belantamab mafodotin antibodies (ADA) will be 
collected from all participants according to the SoA (Section 1.3). These samples will be 
tested by the sponsor or sponsor’s designee. 
Anti-belantamab mafodotin antibody samples will be tested for anti-belantamab 
mafodotin antibodies using a tiered-testing scheme consisting of validated Screening, 
confirmation, and titration assays. Briefly, all samples will be tested in the Screening 
assay. Samples that screen positive are considered potentially positive and will be tested 
for specificity in a confirmation assay. Finally, titer values will be obtained for confirmed 
positive samples using a titration assay. The sample results (e.g., positive or negative) 
and titer values (positive samples only) will be reported. Samples that test positive for 
anti-belantamab mafodotin antibodies may be further characterized in a validated 
neutralizing antibody assay to determine the neutralizing activity of the antibodies. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
92 
The detection and characterization of antibodies to belantamab mafodotin will be 
performed using validated assays. The anti-belantamab mafodotin antibody assay was 
designed to detect antibodies to belantamab mafodotin, the unconjugated monoclonal 
antibody and the linker-payload. Additionally, plasma samples will be collected at the 
same time points (see SoA - Section 1.3) as the immunogenicity samples and analyzed to 
determine the belantamab mafodotin plasma concentration. The belantamab mafodotin 
plasma concentration results will enable interpretation of the anti-belantamab mafodotin 
antibody data. Anti-belantamab mafodotin antibody samples will be disposed 3 months 
after final approved results are provided to the Clinical Study Team or its designee or 
upon documented study termination. 
If needed, immunogenicity assessments for combination partners will be conducted as 
described above for belantamab mafodotin. 
8.8. 
Biomarkers 
Biomarker research is part of this study and will involve peripheral blood (whole blood, 
serum, and plasma), bone marrow, and tumor biopsies. sBCMA, BCMA expression in 
tumor cells, immune cell phenotyping, and CMMC will be investigated and the 
relationship of these biomarkers will be assessed relative to response to belantamab 
mafodotin. Any blood, serum, bone marrow, cells and tumor samples collected during 
this study may be used to measure novel biomarkers (and may involve RNA analysis, 
DNA analysis, or protein analysis) to identify factors associated with the biological and 
clinical responses to belantamab mafodotin. If relevant, this approach may be extended to 
include the identification of biomarkers associated with AEs. Unless otherwise specified, 
these investigations may be performed irrespective of whether a response to belantamab 
mafodotin is observed. 
Samples will be collected at the time points indicated in the SoA (Table 3, Table 4, 
Table 5, Table 6, Table 7). Biomarker samples, including bone marrows and sBCMA, 
once collected can be analyzed as long as date and time information have been recorded. 
The sample collection strategy may be adjusted on the basis of emerging data from this 
study or other studies involving belantamab mafodotin in order to ensure optimal 
evaluation of any potential biomarkers. If biomarkers potentially predictive of response 
or associated with AEs are identified, samples may be used for the development of 
validated assays and/or diagnostic tests. Additionally, novel biomarkers may also be 
incorporated, as data warrants. These analyses may include but are not limited to the list 
below. 
• 
BCMA expression by IHC or flow cytometry and/or DNA/RNA analyses 
performed on bone marrow biopsies and/or aspirates or tumor tissue. 
• 
Additionally, bone marrow and/or tumor tissue may be evaluated for any 
DNA/RNA changes correlating with response. 
• 
Measurements of the serum levels of sBCMA. 
• 
CMMC enumeration and/or omics analysis. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
93 
• 
Immune cell characterization and/or profiling of the bone marrow and/or 
peripheral blood by protein and/or DNA/RNA analyses. 
For participants enrolled in a sub-study please refer to the associated sub-study 
protocol section for biomarker collections. 
8.8.1. 
sBCMA Sample Analysis 
The BCMA receptor undergoes gamma-secretase mediated cleavage, leading to release 
of the BCMA extracellular domain as sBCMA into the circulation [Laurent, 2015]. 
Serum samples will be collected to measure concentrations of sBCMA at the timepoints 
specified in the SoA using a validated assay. Details of sample preparation, storage and 
analysis will be provided in the SRM and the laboratory manual. Raw data will be 
archived at the bioanalytical site. 
All sBCMA samples once collected can be analyzed if the sample date and time have 
been recorded. 
8.8.2. 
Tumor Related Biomarker Analysis 
While BCMA expression is present in multiple myeloma cells, there is some variability 
in the expression, as well as the membranous/cytosolic localization pattern. Therefore, it 
is important to determine if there is any association between the expression levels of 
BCMA on multiple myeloma cells and clinical responses. Bone marrows and/or tumor 
tissue will be collected at Screening and on treatment. To examine BCMA expression 
changes as a potential resistance mechanism, tumor tissue at disease progression (tumor 
biopsy or bone marrow biopsy/aspirate) is requested. These samples will be evaluated for 
changes in the expression of BCMA and potentially other biomarkers. Bone marrow 
samples will be collected during this study at the time points indicated in the SoA. 
BCMA expression analysis is to be performed on a bone marrow aspirate by flow 
cytometry. Any remaining aspirate and/or biopsy sample will be used for biomarker 
research, which can include immune cell characterization and/or profiling and/or 
DNA/RNA analyses. 
8.8.3. 
Circulating Multiple Myeloma Cells 
To evaluate a less invasive means to assess tumor cells, we will measure circulating 
multiple myeloma cells and, where feasible, undertake relevant omics analysis in 
peripheral blood samples obtained according to the SoA. Peripheral blood CMMC 
samples will be analyzed by a central laboratory. CMMCs have previously been 
associated with measures of disease burden in multiple myeloma and decreases in their 
levels upon treatment were associated with better outcomes, including overall survival 
[Fernández de Larrea, 2021; Foulk, 2018]. To assess the utility of CMMCs with respect 
to belantamab mafodotin, baseline levels will be compared to changes during treatment 
and at the end of treatment and will be investigated relative to response to belantamab 
mafodotin. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
94 
8.8.4. 
RNA Transcriptome Research 
RNA expression studies may be conducted using RNA sequencing, quantitative reverse 
transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction and/or alternative equivalent technologies, which 
can facilitate the simultaneous measurement of the relative abundances of RNA species 
resulting in an RNA expression profile for bone marrow or other samples. The RNAs 
assayed may be those involved with the following: 
1. The pathogenesis of MM. 
2. The absorption, distribution, metabolism, or excretion of belantamab mafodotin. 
3. The participants response to belantamab mafodotin. 
In addition, continuing research may identify other proteins or regulatory RNAs that may 
be involved in the response to belantamab mafodotin or the pathogenesis of MM. The 
RNAs that code for these proteins and/or regulatory RNAs may also be studied. This 
would enable the evaluation of changes in RNA expression profiles that may correlate 
with biological responses relating to MM and the action of belantamab mafodotin. 
The samples may also be used to confirm findings by application of alternative 
technologies. 
8.8.5. 
Immune Cell Phenotyping 
Belantamab mafodotin multimodal mechanism of action is postulated to include 
induction of antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity and phagocytosis (ADCC/ADCP, 
respectively). Therefore, immune cell phenotyping will be carried out on whole 
blood/and or bone marrow using appropriate technologies (including, but not limited to, 
flow cytometry). Several different immune cell populations, including, but not limited to, 
the major lymphocytic cell populations (B-, T- and NK cells) and their associated 
phenotypic markers will be monitored. Samples will be taken prior to belantamab 
mafodotin treatment and during treatment as outlined in the SoA. 
8.9. 
Health-Related Quality of Life 
Four validated health-related QoL instruments will be employed in this study, to assess 
disease severity, disease symptoms, AEs associated with the study treatment, and general 
quality of life in study participants with RRMM. 
All PROs will be administered to participants in different regions based on the 
availability of translated versions. 
8.9.1. 
Patient Reported Outcome Version of the Common Toxicity 
Criteria for Adverse Events 
The PRO-CTCAE is a patient reported outcome measure developed to evaluate 
symptomatic toxicity in patients on cancer clinical studies [Basch, 2014]. The PRO-
CTCAE was designed to be used as a companion to the NCI-CTCAE, the standard 
lexicon for AE reporting in cancer studies. The PRO-CTCAE includes an item library of 
124 items representing 78 symptomatic toxicities drawn from the CTCAE. PRO-CTCAE 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
95 
provides a systematic yet flexible tool for descriptive reporting of symptomatic treatment 
side effects in cancer clinical studies. In the present study, a subset of items selected from 
the elements from the entire PRO-CTCAE (Version 1.0) item library which are most 
relevant for the disease and treatments will be administered, as shown in the SoA 
(Section 1.3; Table 4, Table 6). The PRO-CTCAE will be administered to participants in 
different regions based on the availability of translated versions [Basch, 2014]. 
8.9.2. 
Visual Function Safety Assessment 
The impact of potential ocular change in vision on function and health-related quality of 
life will be assessed with the use of a visual function questionnaire: the OSDI. All 
participants will complete the self-administered version of the questionnaire, unless their 
vision prevents them from being able to complete the questionnaire on their own. 
Participants who are not able to complete the questionnaire on their own and require 
assistance should use an Interviewer-Administered format. If the Interviewer-
Administered format is used, it should be read to the participants verbatim, and 
participant responses should be recorded directly without any interpretation. For any 
additional assessments conducted via telephone (either during participation in the 
treatment period or during follow-up), the Interviewer-Administered format should be 
used. 
The OSDI is a 12-item questionnaire designed to assess both the frequency of dry eye 
symptoms and their impact on vision-related functioning [Dougherty, 2011; Schiffman, 
2000]. The OSDI has demonstrated good reliability, validity, sensitivity, and specificity, 
and can be used as a complement to other clinical and subjective measures of dry eye 
disease by providing a quantifiable assessment of dry eye symptom frequency and the 
impact of these symptoms on vision-related functioning. The OSDI will be completed by 
the participants at the times shown in the SoA (Table 4, Table 6) [Dougherty, 2011; 
Schiffman, 2000]. 
8.9.3. 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer 
Quality of Life Questionnaires 
The symptoms related to multiple myeloma and its treatment, and the impact of these 
symptoms on daily functioning will be assessed using the European Organisation for 
Research and Treatment of Cancer Quality of Life Questionnaires; EORTC QLQ-C30 
and IL52 (disease symptoms domain of the EORTC QLQ-MY20). The EORTC QLQ-
C30 and EORTC IL 52 QLQ-MY20 will both be completed by the participants at the 
times shown in the SoA (Table 4, Table 6). 
8.9.3.1. 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer Quality 
of Life Questionnaire 30-item Core Module 
The EORTC QLQ-C30 is a 30-item questionnaire containing both single- and multi-item 
measures [Aaronson, 1993]. These include 5 functional scales (Physical, Role, Cognitive, 
Emotional, and Social Functioning), 3 symptom scales (Fatigue, Pain, and 
Nausea/Vomiting), a Global Health Status/QoL scale, and 6 single items (Constipation, 
Diarrhea, Insomnia, Dyspnea, Appetite Loss, and Financial Difficulties). Scores for each 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
96 
scale and single-item measure are averaged and transformed linearly to a score ranging 
from 0–100. A high score for functional scales and for Global Health Status/QoL 
represent better functioning ability or HRQoL, whereas a high score for symptom scales 
and single items represents significant symptomatology [Proskorovsky, 2014]. 
8.9.3.2. 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer Item 
Library 52 (Disease Symptoms Domain of the EORTC QLQ-MY20) 
The EORTC QLQ-MY20 is a supplement to the EORTC QLQ-C30 instrument used in 
participants with multiple myeloma [Aaronson, 1993; Cocks, 2007]. The module 
comprises 20 questions that address 4 myeloma-specific HRQoL domains: Disease 
Symptoms, Side Effects of Treatment, Future Perspective, and Body Image. Only the 
Disease Symptoms domain of the EORTC QLQ-MY20 will be administered, which 
includes bone aches or pain, back pain, hip pain, arm or shoulder pain, chest pain, and 
pain increasing with activity. The disease symptom domain of the EORTC QLQ-MY20 
will be referred to as the EORTC IL52. As with the EORTC QLQ-C30, EORTC QLQ-
MY20 domain scores are averaged and transformed linearly to a score ranging from 
0-100. A high score for Disease Symptoms represents a high level of symptomatology or 
problems [Proskorovsky, 2014]. 
8.9.4. 
Qualitative Telephone Interviews 
To further evaluate disease and treatment-related symptoms and associated impacts on 
function and health-related quality of life, participants will participate in qualitative 
interviews conducted via telephone. The interview will be conducted by a trained 
interviewer in the participants native language and will be audio recorded for 
transcription and analysis. 
The qualitative interview should be conducted within approximately 21 days following 
the EOT. There will be a second interview which will occur by telephone approximately 
6 months after EOT, which will be optional for study participants. 
9. 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
The study has DE Phase and CE Phase. For each sub-study, an interim analysis will be 
performed at the end of the DE Phase after up to 15 participants treated at each potential 
RP2D of the combination therapy have progressed/died, discontinued study treatment, or 
have had 3 efficacy assessments (1 baseline and 2 post-baseline assessments). The 
primary analysis in CE will be performed at 6 months after the last participant has been 
dosed in CE for each sub-study. The final analysis will be performed at the end of each 
sub-study. 
9.1. 
Statistical Hypotheses 
In the DE Phase for a sub-study, the primary endpoint is safety. One or more potential 
RP2Ds of the combination will be determined. No formal statistical hypothesis will be 
tested. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
97 
In the CE Phase, the primary objective of the study is to determine whether belantamab 
mafodotin plus combination partner(s) improves the response rate compared to 
belantamab mafodotin alone. 
A combination therapy will be considered superior to belantamab mafodotin alone if the 
Bayesian posterior probability that ORR in the combination is greater than ORR in 
monotherapy is at least 90%. 
9.2. 
Sample Size Determination 
In the DE Phase, approximately up to 15 participants will be assigned to a combination 
dose level. 
If a response rate of ≥20% and at least 2 responders in up to 15 participants are observed 
for the combination therapy an additional 35 participants may be randomized to each arm 
in the CE Phase per sub-study. However, the decision to move to the CE Phase for a 
treatment combination is based on the totality of the data. Eligible participants will be 
randomly allocated to an open sub-study CE Phase, and then randomized between 
combination treatment and monotherapy within that sub-study, with randomization to 
treatment group stratified by prior lines of therapy (3-4 vs >4). Unless a sub-study 
specific control group is used for the chosen CE cohort, patients randomized to 
monotherapy will enter the shared belantamab mafodotin monotherapy control arm, with 
data from this group used in CE analyses for all relevant sub-studies. Once 
35 participants have been randomized to the shared belantamab mafodotin monotherapy 
arm, the randomization ratio for new sub-study CE Phases will change depending on the 
number of new CE cohorts and the timing of their entry to the study (Table 14). 
9.2.1. 
Statistical Operating Characteristics 
Operating characteristics for the interim analysis for DE for a particular dose level in a 
sub-study and subsequent primary analysis for CE were evaluated via simulations. These 
tested scenarios with different assumptions about response rate in the belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy arm (p0) and combination therapy (p1), with the following 
assumptions used for all scenarios: 
 
• 
10 participants analyzed in DE. 
• 
Sub-study continues to CE for the same dose level. 
• 
35 participants randomized to combination treatment and 35 to monotherapy in CE. 
• 
Sub-study continues to primary analysis for CE regardless of the (non-binding) 
interim futility analysis results at CE. 
• 
Similar efficacy expected between DE and CE in each treatment combination. 
 
The results from these simulations are presented in Table 21. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
98 
Table 21 
Operating Characteristics of the Study 
True response rate 
Probability of futility at end 
of DE (<2 responders) 
Probability of meeting 
success criteria at primary 
analysis for CE1 
p0=0.3, p1=0.3 
0.15 
0.059 
p0=0.3, p1=0.4 
0.043 
0.400 
p0=0.3, p1=0.5 
0.01 
0.809 
p0=0.3, p1=0.55 
0.004 
0.920 
p0=0.3, p1=0.6 
0.003 
0.972 
p0=0.4, p1=0.4 
0.048 
0.191 
p0=0.4, p1=0.5 
0.011 
0.557 
p0=0.4, p1=0.6 
0.002 
0.845 
p0=0.4, p1=0.65 
0.001 
0.917 
p0=0.4, p1=0.7 
0 
0.965 
p0=0.5, p1=0.5 
0.011 
0.227 
p0=0.5, p1=0.6 
0.002 
0.513 
p0=0.5, p1=0.7 
0 
0.772 
p0=0.5, p1=0.75 
0 
0.885 
p0=0.5, p1=0.8 
0 
0.949 
1. 
Success criteria is the posterior probability (p1- p0>0)>0.9; RBest package in R3.5.1 was used for the 
simulation. 
If the true response rate is 40% in monotherapy, the design has a 19.1% chance of falsely 
declaring success at primary analysis for CE if the response rate in combination therapy 
is also 40%. With the same response rate in monotherapy, there is a 91.7% chance of 
declaring success if the response rate in combination therapy is 65%. The study has a 
good chance of confirming a difference between the treatment arms if the response rate 
for the combination therapy is at least 25% more than that of the belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy. 
9.3. 
Populations for Analyses 
For purposes of analysis, the following populations are defined: 
The ITT is defined as all participants who were randomized to treatment and/or stratum 
regardless of whether the participants actually received study treatment. All efficacy 
endpoints in CE Phase will be evaluated based on this population. 
The Safety Population is defined as all participants who receive at least 1 dose of any 
component of the combination therapy in the combination arm, or at least 1 dose of 
belantamab mafodotin in the monotherapy arm. Participants will be analyzed according 
to the treatment they actually received. All safety endpoints will be evaluated based on 
this population. The efficacy endpoints in DE Phase will also be evaluated based on this 
population. 
The PK Population will consist of all participants in the safety population from whom at 
least 1 PK sample has been obtained and analyzed. This population will be the primary 
population for PK analyses. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
99 
The DLT Evaluable Population is defined as a subset of participants in DE who have 
received the first course of treatment containing all agents within a sub-study and 
followed up within Cycle 1 or withdrawn within Cycle 1 due to an AE meeting the 
definition of a DLT. The cycle length is determined within each specific sub-study 
protocol. 
A participant will be considered to be DLT evaluable if: 
• They complete the first course of treatment within a sub-study and are followed 
through Cycle 1, or 
• If they have a drug-related AE meeting the definition of a DLT within Cycle 1. 
Participants who discontinue study treatment before the end of Cycle 1 or who received 
less than 80% of (any component of) the intended dose in Cycle 1 for study drug-related 
toxicity or other reasons are not considered to be DLT evaluable. 
Replacement: If a participant fails to receive at least 80% of the planned oral or 
intravenous doses within Cycle 1 for reasons other than toxicity (e.g., concurrent illness 
or disease progression), the participant will be replaced in the DLT evaluable population 
by additional participant(s) assigned to the same dose level and will not be counted as 
DLT evaluable. 
Additional analysis populations may be defined in the SAP. 
9.4. 
Statistical Analyses 
Statistical analyses (both interim and final) will be performed by the sponsor or under the 
authority of the sponsor. A general description of the statistical methods to be used to 
analyze the efficacy and safety data is outlined below. Specific details will be provided in 
the SAP, and an itemized listing of the specific analyses and displays to be produced for a 
given analysis will be included in the relevant OPS document. 
9.4.1. 
Participant Population Analyses 
Participant disposition, treatment status, demographics, baseline characteristics (that 
include year of birth, sex, race, and ethnicity), medical history, prior and concomitant 
medications, prior anti-cancer therapies, and study treatment exposure will be 
summarized descriptively and listed by participant. 
9.4.2. 
Efficacy Analyses 
The primary analysis will be performed on participants from the CE Phase for a given 
dose level of a sub-study at 6 months after the last participant first dose in that participant 
cohort. 
The ORR based on the responses assessed by the investigator is the primary endpoint in 
the CE Phase of this study. It is defined as the percentage of participants with a 
confirmed PR or better (ie, PR, VGPR, CR and sCR), according to the IMWG Response 
Criteria [Kumar, 2016]. Participants with unknown or missing response will be treated as 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
100 
non-responders, ie, these participants will be included in the denominator when 
calculating percentages of response. 
Appropriate subgroup analyses may be performed if data permit, e.g., the primary 
endpoint ORR may be analyzed by age (<65 years, 65 years), gender (female, male), 
ethnicity (Hispanic, non-Hispanic) and race groups (American Indian or Alaskan Native, 
Asian, Black, Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, White, Mixed Race), prior anti-
cancer therapy, and other baseline characteristics. The estimates along with 95% exact CI 
will be provided. In subgroup analyses, no hypothesis testing will be performed. 
The primary analysis for ORR will be based on the Bayesian approach [Neuenschwander, 
2008] and will be used to compare the response rate in combination therapy with 
monotherapy. There is no intent to compare the response rates between combination 
therapies. No multiplicity adjustment will be considered. 
We assume that the number of observed responses from the current n∗ participants 
follows a binomial distribution with parameter 𝜓∗, ie, binomial (n∗, 𝜓∗). The likelihood 
function for the observed data y∗ is 𝐿𝑦∗∝ 𝜓∗
𝑦∗(1 −𝜓∗)𝑛∗−𝑦∗ 
Because the study is intended to initiate new experimental combinations over time, the 
robust mixture prior [Schmidli, 2014] approach will be used in case of prior data conflict, 
including non-concurrent control data conflict. 
The robust version of the mixture prior is: 
 
Where 𝑎1 and  𝑏1 are the informative priors, 𝑎0=0.5 and  𝑏0=0.5 are the non-informative 
priors. 
In the DREAMM-2 (205678) study 30 responders were observed from 97 participants 
with RRMM who failed prior daratumumab treatment who received 2.5mg/kg of 
belantamab mafodotin. So a1=30, b1=67 are used as the parameters for the informative 
prior for the belantamab mafodotin monotherapy arm. 
For the combination arm, the data observed from the corresponding DE Phase cohort will 
be used as the informative prior, ie, 𝑎1 and  𝑏1 are not fixed. 
R is the prior probability that the participant cohort in the new study differs 
systematically from the historical study. The choice of initial value for R is based on the 
degree of confidence of the similarity between the new study and the historical study. To 
incorporate the information from the participants from the DE phase, the initial value of 
0.1 for R is used for the mixture prior for the combination treatment, while 0.5 for R is 
used for the mixture prior for monotherapy to partially incorporate the data from the 
previous study. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
101 
The posterior can be derived, 
 
Each dose level of a combination therapy that is put forward to CE will be compared to 
belantamab mafodotin monotherapy separately. A particular dose level for a combination 
therapy will be considered superior to belantamab mafodotin monotherapy in ORR if the 
posterior probability of the response rate in combination being greater than the response 
rate in monotherapy is at least 90%. 
9.4.3. 
Secondary Efficacy Endpoint Analyses 
A frequentist approach will be used to summarize ORR as a secondary endpoint. The 
corresponding 95% exact CI for ORR in each treatment group will also be provided. 
Other secondary efficacy endpoints for the CE phase will include TTR, DoR, PFS and 
OS. 
TTR is defined as the time between the date of randomization and the first documented 
evidence of response (PR or better), among participants who achieve a response 
(ie, confirmed PR or better). 
DoR is defined as the time from first documented evidence of PR or better to PD per 
IMWG or death from any cause or censoring among participants who achieve confirmed 
PR or better. Dates for censoring will be described in the SAP. 
PFS is defined as the time from randomization to the earliest date of confirmed PD per 
IMWG or death due to any cause or censoring. Determination of dates of PFS event and 
dates for censoring will be described in the SAP. 
OS is defined as the time from randomization until death due to any cause or censoring. 
Participants who withdraw consent from the study or are lost to follow-up will be 
censored at the time of withdrawal or lost to follow-up. Participants who are still alive at 
the clinical cutoff date for the analysis will be censored at the last known alive date or 
last contact date. The last contact date will be determined by the maximum 
collection/assessment date from among selected data domains within the clinical 
database. 
An OS analysis will be performed at the time of final ORR analysis if there is a sufficient 
number of death events. 
For all the TTE endpoints described above, median TTE with 95% CI will be estimated 
employing the Kaplan-Meier method. A Kaplan-Meier survival curve will be generated. 
The number and percentage of participants who had the event or were censored will also 
be reported. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
102 
9.4.4. 
Exploratory Efficacy Endpoint Analyses 
MRD negative rate is defined as the proportion of participants who are negative for MRD 
as assessed by next generation sequencing at any time point after first dose as determined 
by the protocol defined testing procedure. The MRD negative rate and corresponding 
95% CI will be provided based on the ITT population for the CE phase. For analysis 
purposes, participants in the ITT population without MRD assessment will be considered 
as having non-negative MRD. 
9.4.5. 
Safety Analyses 
All safety analyses will be performed based on the Safety Population. 
9.4.5.1. 
Dose-Limiting Toxicities 
A mTPI [Ji, 2010] method will be used to guide dose escalation/de-escalation decisions 
in the DE Phase. Dose decisions and identification of a RP2D will be based on the 
totality of the clinical safety assessment including DLTs and adverse events that are not 
DLTs, laboratory, PK and PD data, as well as the guidance of mTPI and other relevant 
information. 
9.4.5.2. 
mTPI Method 
The mTPI design [Ji, 2010] is an extension of the toxicity probability interval method and 
employs a simple beta-binomial hierarchic model. The dose exploration will be guided by 
mTPI principles. An initial cohort of 3 participants will be recruited in DE as a starting 
dose level within a sub-study. If the dose is safe based on these 3 participants, up to 
12 additional participants will be enrolled in this dose level. If it is not safe, 3 participants 
will be enrolled in a de-escalated dose or the dose level will be terminated. 
Decision rules are based on calculating the UPM of 3 intervals corresponding to under-
dosing, proper dosing, and overdosing in terms of toxicity. Specifically, the under-dosing 
interval is defined as (0, pT −ϵ1 ), the overdosing interval as (pT + ϵ2, 1), and the proper 
dosing interval as (pT −ϵ1 , pT + ϵ2), where pT is the target probability of toxicity 
associated with the MTD and ϵ1 and ϵ2 are small fractions, such as 0.05, to account for 
the uncertainty around the true target toxicity. A sensitivity analysis reported by Ji et al 
[Ji, 2010] showed that the mTPI design is robust to the specification of ε values. In 
addition, ϵ1 and ϵ2 could take different values to reflect physician preference and the 
nature of the disease. For advanced diseases with few treatment options, higher toxicity 
rates might be considered acceptable, implying a specification of ϵ2 > ϵ1. For less-
advanced diseases, the two ϵ values could be identical or ϵ1 > ϵ2. The 3 dosing intervals 
are associated with 3 different dose-escalation decisions. The under-dosing interval 
corresponds to a dose escalation (E) decision, overdosing corresponds to a dose de-
escalation (D) decision, and proper dosing corresponds to staying at the current dose (S). 
Given an interval and a probability distribution, the UPM of that interval is defined as the 
probability of the interval divided by the length of the interval. The mTPI design 
calculates the UPMs for the 3 dosing intervals, and the one with the largest UPM implies 
the corresponding dose-finding decision. That decision provides the dose level to be used 
for future participants. If the under-dosing interval has the largest UPM, decision E, to 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
103 
escalate, could be executed, and the next cohort of participants will be treated at the next 
higher dose level. If the overdosing interval has the largest UPM, decision D to de-
escalate will be executed. Ji et al [Ji, 2010] show that the decision based on the UPM 
performs well compared to other dose-decision frameworks in terms of minimizing the 
number of participants treated at doses above the MTD while maintaining an acceptable 
number of participants at the MTD. Under the mTPI design, a study is terminated when 
either the lowest available dose is associated with a toxicity rate above the MTD or a 
prespecified maximum sample size is reached. 
9.4.5.3. 
Adverse Events 
All AEs whether serious or non-serious, will be reported from the start of treatment until 
70 days after the last dose of study treatment regardless of initiation of a new cancer 
therapy or transfer to hospice, unless the participant withdraws consent for study 
participation. Any SAEs assessed as related to study participation (e.g., protocol-
mandated procedures, invasive tests, or change in existing therapy) or related to a study 
treatment will be recorded from the time a participant consents to participate in the study 
up to and including any follow-up. AEs will be recorded using standard medical 
terminology and graded according to the NCI-CTCAE (Version 5.0). 
AEs will be summarized by frequency and proportion of total participants, by system 
organ class and preferred term. Separate summaries will be given for all AEs, treatment-
related AEs, SAEs, and AEs leading to discontinuation of study treatment. AEs, if listed 
in the NCI-CTCAE (Version 5.0) will be summarized by the maximum grade. 
The incidence of deaths and the primary cause of death will be summarized. 
Characteristics (e.g., number of occurrences, action taken, grade, etc.) of the following 
AESIs will also be summarized separately: 
• 
Corneal events, thrombocytopenia, and IRRs. 
9.4.5.4. 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 
• 
The evaluation of clinical laboratory tests will focus on selected laboratory 
analytes from the hematology and blood chemistry panel. 
• 
Descriptive statistics (mean, standard deviation, median, range) will be used to 
summarize laboratory values and changes from baseline in observed value at 
each scheduled visit or worst-case post-baseline, as appropriate. 
• 
The worst-case toxicity grade in hematology and chemistry results during 
treatment will be summarized. 
9.4.5.5. 
Other Safety Measures 
Other Safety Measures: Data for vital signs, ECHOs, and ophthalmic examination 
findings will be summarized. For continuous variables, these summaries will include 
sample size, mean, median, standard deviation, minimum, and maximum. For categorical 
variables, the summaries will include frequencies and corresponding percentages. Further 
details will be provided in the SAP. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
104 
9.4.6. 
Analyses of Health-Related Quality of Life Data 
Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize scores derived from different 
questionnaires and change from baseline at each scheduled visit. Additional details will 
be provided in the SAP. 
9.4.7. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses 
Concentration-Time Data: Linear and semi-logarithmic individual concentration-time 
profiles and mean and median profiles (when appropriate) will be plotted for the 
belantamab mafodotin, optionally total mAb, and cys-mcMMAF and the combination 
partners for which PK samples are collected. Concentrations will be listed for each 
participant and summarized (when appropriate) by combination partner, planned time 
point, and dose level. 
Derived PK Parameters: PK analyses will be the responsibility of Clinical 
Pharmacokinetics Modelling and Simulation, GSK. The belantamab mafodotin and/or 
combination partners concentration-time data may be combined with data from other 
studies and may be analyzed using a population PK approach. The planned analysis may 
use previously developed population PK model(s) to generate post hoc PK parameter 
estimates for the individual participants in this study. Based on the individual post hoc 
parameter values, dosing information, and sample collection times, drug concentrations at 
the time of sample collection will be predicted for each participant. Model evaluation will 
consist of comparison of model-predicted and observed concentrations. If necessary, 
model estimation will be performed. Results of this analysis may be provided in a 
separate report. 
PK parameters will be listed and summarized descriptively (mean, standard deviation, 
median, minimum, maximum, geometric mean, and the standard deviation, CV%, and 
95% CI of log-transformed parameters) by combination partner, cycle, and dose level. 
9.4.8. 
Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic Analyses 
If deemed appropriate and if data permit, exposure-response relationships between 
belantamab mafodotin and/or combination partner exposure (e.g., dose, dose intensity, 
concentration, Cmax, or AUC) and clinical activity and/or toxicity (e.g., response, 
corneal event) may be explored using population methods, separately for each 
combination as appropriate. If data permit, the effects of covariates may be explored. 
Results of this analysis may be provided in a separate report. 
9.4.9. 
Translational Research Analyses 
The results of translational research investigations will be reported either within or 
separately from the main CSR. All endpoints of interest from all comparisons will be 
descriptively and/or graphically summarized as appropriate to the data. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
105 
9.4.9.1. 
Analysis of Novel Biomarker Data 
The results of these biomarker investigations may be reported separately from the main 
CSR. All endpoints of interest from all comparisons will be descriptively and/or 
graphically summarized as appropriate to the data. 
Additional exploratory analyses may be performed to further characterize novel 
biomarkers. 
9.4.9.2. 
Analysis of Genetic Data 
Further details on genetic analyses are addressed in Appendix 8. 
9.4.9.3. 
Exploratory Analyses of DNA and Protein Data 
Exploratory analyses may be performed on remaining samples as part of the study by 
analyses of DNA, RNA and protein to understand changes in response to the treatments. 
The results of exploratory investigations may be reported separately from the main CSR. 
All endpoints of interest from all comparisons will be descriptively and/or graphically 
summarized as appropriate to the data. 
9.4.10. 
Analyses of Immunogenicity Data 
For each participant, the results and titers of anti-belantamab mafodotin binding 
antibodies will be listed for each assessment time point. The frequency and percentage of 
participants with positive and negative results will be summarized for each assessment 
time and overall for each participant by dose cohort. Detailed information will be 
included in the SAP. 
9.5. 
Interim Analyses 
9.5.1. 
Dose Exploration Phase 
An IA for ORR will be performed in the DE Phase after up to 15 participants treated at 
the combination dose have progressed/died, discontinued study treatment, or have had 
3 efficacy assessments (1 baseline and 2 post-baseline assessments). Additional interim 
analyses may be performed in the DE Phase for publication purposes or decision making 
for other sub-studies. 
If the true response rate is 40%, the probability of observing less than 3 responders from 
15 participants (equivalent to a 20% response rate) is ~2.7%. A minimum response rate 
of ≥20% and a minimum of 2 responders from up to 15 participants will be needed in 
order to move a particular dose level of the combination therapy to the CE Phase. 
However, the IA decision for transitioning each RP2D into CE Phase will be based on the 
totality of the clinical safety assessments, laboratory assessments, PK, biomarkers (as 
data permit), efficacy and any other relevant information. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
106 
9.5.2. 
Cohort Expansion Phase 
9.5.2.1. 
Interim Analysis for Futility 
Two interim analyses may be performed for futility evaluation for a particular dose level 
of a combination treatment in the CE Phase. The first interim analysis will be conducted 
when at least 10 CE combination treatment participants are evaluable. The second interim 
analysis may be performed when approximately 18 combination treatment participants 
are evaluable. participants are considered evaluable if they have progressed/died, 
discontinued study treatment, or have had 3 post-baseline efficacy assessments or at least 
2 planned doses. 
At each interim analysis, the observed ORR difference between the group allocated to 
combination treatment and control participants allocated to monotherapy will be 
compared. The cohort may be discontinued if the posterior probability of response rate in 
combination being greater than the response rate in monotherapy is less than 40%. The 
posterior probability will be calculated using the method described in Section 9.4.2. The 
final decision to continue or not will be based on the totality of available data. 
At the primary analysis, a particular dose level of combination treatment will be 
considered superior to monotherapy if the posterior probability of response rate in 
combination being greater than the response rate in monotherapy is at least 90%. 
The operating characteristics of the futility decision criteria are presented in Table 22. 
Table 22 
Operating Characteristics of the Futility Decision Criteria 
True ORR 
Probability of meeting futility 
criteria at CE IA11 
N=10 
Probability of meeting 
futility criteria at CE IA22 
N=18 
Probability of meeting 
success criteria at 
primary analysis for CE3 
p0=0.3, p1=0.3  
0.370 
0.253 
0.028 
p0=0.3, p1=0.4  
0.099 
0.204 
0.307 
p0=0.3, p1=0.5  
0.026 
0.081 
0.759 
p0=0.3, p1=0.55 
0.011 
0.052 
0.893 
p0=0.3, p1=0.6  
0.005 
0.028 
0.951 
p0=0.4, p1=0.4  
0.199 
0.292 
0.130 
p0=0.4, p1=0.5  
0.081 
0.126 
0.491 
p0=0.4, p1=0.6  
0.027 
0.050 
0.799 
p0=0.4, p1=0.65 
0.020 
0.027 
0.893 
p0=0.4, p1=0.70 
<0.001 
0.025 
0.933 
P0=True ORR in the monotherapy participants; p1=True ORR in the combination therapy participants. Futility criteria at 
CE IA is the posterior probability (p1- p0>0) <0.40. Success criteria at the primary analysis for CE is the posterior 
probability (p1- p0>0) >0.9. 
1. 
The probability of passing DE futility threshold and then stopping at CE IA1. 
2. 
The probability of passing DE futility threshold and passing the first IA futility threshold, and then stopping at CE 
IA2. 
3. 
The probability of passing DE futility threshold and passing the CE IA futility threshold at both IAs, and then 
meeting the success criteria at primary analysis for CE. 
 
Additional interim analyses may also be conducted to aid decision making regarding dose 
identification, cohort expansion and safety monitoring, or for publication purposes. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
107 
9.5.2.2. 
Rolling Safety Evaluation 
In the CE Phase for a given combination treatment dose level within a sub-study, rolling 
evaluation for Grade 4 or higher treatment-related toxicity events which would trigger 
sub-study stopping criteria (see Table 23) will be performed on a per 10 participants basis 
for those participants treated with at least 1 cycle of belantamab mafodotin plus 
combination partner(s). 
The observed number of treatment-related Grade 4 or higher AEs will be compared 
against the safety stopping rule in Table 23. The combination treatment arm will be 
considered to have unacceptable toxicity if the number of treatment-related Grade 4 or 
higher AEs is significantly higher than the number of treatment-related Grade 4 or higher 
AEs in the belantamab mafodotin monotherapy control arm at one-sided alpha of 0.025 
(determined using normal approximation without continuity correction). Enrollment may 
stop if the safety stopping rule is met, considering the totality of safety data. 
Table 23 
Safety Stopping Rules for the Cohort Expansion 
Belantamab Mafodotin Monotherapy (control) arm  
Combination sub-study arm 
Number of 
participants 
enrolled  
Number of participants 
with treatment-related 
Grade 4 or higher AE 
Incidence rate of participants 
with treatment-related 
Grade 4 or higher AE 
Stop if treatment-related Grade 4 or 
higher AEs larger or equal to this 
number (one-sided alpha<0.025) 
10 
1 
0.1 
6 
10 
2 
0.2 
7 
10 
3 
0.3 
8 
20 
1 
0.05 
6 
20 
2 
0.1 
8 
20 
3 
0.15 
9 
20 
4 
0.2 
10 
20 
5 
0.25 
12 
20 
6 
0.3 
13 
30 
3 
0.1 
10 
30 
6 
0.2 
14 
30 
9 
0.3 
17 
 
9.5.2.3. 
Ongoing Exploratory Analysis 
PK and pharmacodynamic or biomarker data may be analyzed on an ongoing basis 
independent of prespecified interim analyses using all available data to increase the 
understanding of the pharmacology (including PK, pharmacodynamics, and potential 
diagnostic, predictive or prognostic biomarkers) of belantamab mafodotin administered 
with combination partners. 
9.6. 
Sample Size Sensitivity 
It is expected that the statistical operating characteristics depend on assumptions around 
target treatment effects, entry time of different sub-studies, and the prior probability that 
a new study cohort differs systematically from historical studies. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
108 
This section provides additional simulation results to evaluate the operating 
characteristics with different assumptions about the entry time of a new sub-study, and 
different initial weighting for the historical data. 
9.6.1. 
Impact of the Timing When New Sub-Study Starts 
To evaluate the impact of the timing of when a new sub-study starts, it was assumed that 
the new sub-study would arrive at 2, 6, or 12 months after 2 previous sub-studies 
commence recruitment to the CE Phase. Forecast probability of meeting the success 
criteria for the primary analysis of the new sub-study is shown in Table 24. Based on 
simulations, the timing of the new sub-study’s arrival has little impact on the probability 
of success as this impacts the number of participants in the concurrent control and non-
concurrent control due to the randomization ratio change. 
Table 24 
Impact of the Timing When New Sub-Study Arrives On Probability of 
Meeting Success Criteria 
 
Probability of achieving success criteria 
 
2m 
6m 
12m 
Number of concurrent control1 
30 
20 
18 
Number of non-concurrent control1 
10 
30 
35 
p0=0.3, p1=0.3 
0.106 
0.104 
0.099 
p0=0.3, p1=0.4 
0.386 
0.373 
0.389 
p0=0.3, p1=0.5 
0.723 
0.728 
0.729 
p0=0.3, p1=0.55 
0.841 
0.850 
0.849 
p0=0.3, p1=0.6 
0.908 
0.926 
0.920 
p0=0.4, p1=0.4 
0.124 
0.117 
0.113 
p0=0.4, p1=0.5 
0.399 
0.382 
0.378 
p0=0.4, p1=0.6 
0.719 
0.719 
0.706 
p0=0.4, p1=0.65 
0.851 
0.842 
0.841 
p0=0.4, p1=0.7 
0.926 
0.923 
0.918 
p0=0.5, p1=0.5 
0.118 
0.118 
0.108 
p0=0.5, p1=0.6 
0.387 
0.380 
0.369 
p0=0.5, p1=0.7 
0.730 
0.725 
0.720 
p0=0.5, p1=0.75 
0.860 
0.850 
0.850 
p0=0.5, p1=0.8 
0.937 
0.928 
0.928 
Note: This table assumes that 2 sub-studies start simultaneously in the DE Phase and both sub-studies have at least 
2 responders out of a total of 10 participants in IA. Then 2 sub-studies (2 combination arms and 1 monotherapy 
control arm) start at the same time in the CE Phase. The enrolment rate is assumed to be 15 participants/month, 
divided equally between these 3 arms. A third sub-study may enter at 2m, 6m or 12m from the start of the CE 
Phase for the previous 2 sub-studies. The third sub-study will use non-concurrent controls from both the shared 
monotherapy control arm in the CE Phase and a previous study, which are used as informative components of a 
beta mixture prior for the monotherapy with initial weights of 0.9 and 0.1. A robust mixture prior is used for ORR 
with monotherapy with a weight of 0.5 for the non-informative component for both the monotherapy and 
combination treatments. A beta (0.5, 0.5) distribution was used as the non-informative component in the robust 
mixture prior. 
1. 
The changes in the number of concurrent control and non-concurrent control participants are due to the 
randomization ratio changes. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
109 
9.6.2. 
Impact of Initial Weight Given to the Historical Data 
To evaluate the impact of the initial weight given to the historical data (w.c) from a 
previous study on the probability of meeting the success criteria for the primary analysis, 
different initial weights for the informative prior for the monotherapy group were tested, 
while the weight given to the informative prior for the experimental combination arm is 
fixed. Forecast probability of meeting the success criteria is summarized in Table 25. 
Based on the simulations, using different initial weights for the data from previous study 
has minimal impact on this probability. 
Table 25 
Impact of the Initial Weight Given to Historical Data On Probability of 
Meeting Success Criteria 
 
Probability of achieving success criteria 
True response rate 
w.e=0.9, 
w.c=0.9 
w.e=0.9, 
w.c=0.7 
w.e=0.9, 
w.c=0.5 
w.e=0.9, 
w.c=0.3 
w.e=0.9, 
w.c=0.1 
p0=0.3, p1=0.3 
0.083 
0.068 
0.061 
0.058 
0.052 
p0=0.3, p1=0.4 
0.369 
0.373 
0.386 
0.409 
0.415 
p0=0.3, p1=0.5 
0.74 
0.79 
0.809 
0.834 
0.844 
p0=0.3, p1=0.55 
0.874 
0.905 
0.924 
0.937 
0.946 
p0=0.3, p1=0.6 
0.942 
0.965 
0.973 
0.981 
0.985 
p0=0.4, p1=0.4 
0.124 
0.161 
0.195 
0.214 
0.258 
p0=0.4, p1=0.5 
0.404 
0.504 
0.556 
0.628 
0.69 
p0=0.4, p1=0.6 
0.73 
0.796 
0.847 
0.888 
0.93 
p0=0.4, p1=0.65 
0.859 
0.886 
0.92 
0.938 
0.967 
p0=0.4, p1=0.7 
0.932 
0.95 
0.963 
0.975 
0.984 
p0=0.5, p1=0.5 
0.129 
0.176 
0.233 
0.288 
0.41 
p0=0.5, p1=0.6 
0.382 
0.44 
0.511 
0.579 
0.69 
p0=0.5, p1=0.7 
0.721 
0.744 
0.778 
0.808 
0.862 
p0=0.5, p1=0.75 
0.852 
0.862 
0.876 
0.898 
0.921 
p0=0.5, p1=0.8 
0.944 
0.944 
0.952 
0.956 
0.963 
Note: w.c means the weight assigned to the data from previous study. w.e is the weight assigned to the experimental 
combination arm. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
110 
10. 
REFERENCES 
Aaronson NK, Ahmedzai S, Bergman B, et al. The European Organization for Research 
and Treatment of Cancer QLQ-C30: a quality-of-life instrument for use in international 
clinical trials in oncology. J Natl Cancer Institute. 1993;85(5):365-76. 
Andrade RJ, Robles M, Lucena MI. Rechallenge in drug-induced liver injury: the 
attractive hazard. Expert Opin Drug Saf. 2009;8:709-714. 
Basch E, Reeve BB, Mitchell SA, et al. Development of the National Cancer Institute 
patient-reported outcomes version of the common terminology criteria for adverse events 
(PRO-CTCAE). J Natl Cancer Inst. 2014;106:1-11. 
Bellucci R, Alyea EP, Chiaretti S, et al. Graft-versus-tumor response in patients with 
multiple myeloma is associated with antibody response to BCMA, a plasma-cell 
membrane receptor. Blood 2005;105(10):3945-50. 
Belnoue E, Pihlgren M, McGaha TL, et al. APRIL is critical for plasmablast survival in 
the bone marrow and poorly expressed by early-life bone marrow stromal cells. Blood 
2008;111(5):2755-64. 
Bennett JM. Changes in the Updated 2016: WHO Classification of the Myelodysplastic 
Syndromes and Related Myeloid Neoplasms. Clin Lymphoma Myeloma Leuk. 
2016;16(11):607-9. 
Brennan FR, Morton LD, Spindeldreher S, et al. Safety and immunotoxicity assessment 
of immunomodulatory monoclonal antibodies. mAbs. 2010; 2:233-255. 
Clayton JA. Dry Eye. N Engl J Med 2018:378:2212-2223. 
Cocks K, Cohen D, Wisløff F, et al. An international field study of the reliability and 
validity of a disease-specific questionnaire module (the QLQ-MY20) in assessing the 
quality of life of patients with multiple myeloma. European Journal of Cancer. 
2007;43(11):1670-8. 
Colombo M, Galletti S, Garavelli S, et al. Notch signaling deregulation in multiple 
myeloma: A rational molecular target. Oncotarget. 2015;6(29):26826–26840. 
doi:10.18632/oncotarget.5025. 
Cowan AJ, Allen C, Barac A, et al. Global burden of multiple myeloma: systematic 
analysis for the global burden of disease study 2016. JAMA Oncol. 2018;4(9):1221-7. 
doi:10.1001/jamaoncol.2018.2128. 
Darce JR, Arendt BK, Wu X, et al. Regulated expression of BAFF-binding receptors 
during human B cell differentiation. J Immunol. 2007;179(11):7276-86. 
Daut RL, Cleeland CS. The prevalence and severity of pain in cancer. Cancer. 
1982;50(9):1913-8. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
111 
Deng ZB, Zhu W, Lu CM, et al. An agonist human ICOS monoclonal antibody that 
induces T-cell activation and inhibits proliferation of a myeloma cell line. Hybrid 
Hybridomics 2004;23(3):176-82. 
Doronina S, Mendelsohn B, Bovee T, et al. Enhanced activity of monomethylauristatin F 
through monoclonal antibody delivery: effects of linker technology on efficacy and 
toxicity. Bioconjug Chem. 2006;17:114-24. 
Dougherty BE, Nichols JJ, Nichols KK. Rasch analysis of the Ocular Surface Disease 
Index (OSDI). Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 2011;52(12):8630-5. 
Fernández de Larrea C, Kyle R, Rosiñol L, et al. Primary plasma cell leukemia: 
consensus definition by the International Myeloma Working Group according to 
peripheral blood plasma cell percentage. Blood Cancer J. 2021;11(12):192. 
Foulk B, Schaffer M, Gross S, et al. Enumeration and characterization of circulating 
multiple myeloma cells in patients with plasma cell disorders. Br J Haematol. 
2018;180(1):71-81. Doi: 10.1111/bjh.15003. Epub 2017 Nov 5. 
GlaxoSmithKline Document Number GSK2857916. Investigator’s Brochure V11. Report 
Date 12 May 2023. 
Henley DB, Sundell KL, Sethuraman G, et al. Safety profile of semagacestat, a gamma-
secretase inhibitor: IDENTITY trial findings. Curr Med Res Opin. 2014 
Oct;30(10):2021-32. Doi: 10.1185/03007995.2014.939167. 
Hou H-A, Tang C-H, Liu H-Y, et al. Real world treatment patterns and survival in 
patients with multiple myeloma in Taiwan. Blood. 2017;130:5434. 
Hunt, CM. Mitochondrial and immunoallergic injury increase risk of positive drug 
rechallenge after drug-induced liver injury: A systematic review. Hepatol. 2010;52:2216-
22. 
Jagannath S, Barlogie B, Berenson JR, et al. Updated survival analyses after prolonged 
follow-up of the phase 2, clinical CREST study of bortezomib in relapsed or refractory 
multiple myeloma. Br J Haematol. 2008;143(4):537-40. 
James LP, Letzig L, Simpson PM, et al. Pharmacokinetics of Acetaminophen-Protein 
Adducts in Adults with Acetaminophen Overdose and Acute Liver Failure. Drug Metab 
Dispos. 2009;37(8):1779-84. 
Ji Y, Liu P, Li Y, et al. A modified toxicity probability interval method for dose-finding 
trials. Clin Trials. 2010;7(6):653-63. 
Jiang C, Loo WM, Greenley EJ. B cell maturation antigen deficiency exacerbates 
lymphoproliferation and autoimmunity in murine lupus. J Immunol. 2011;186(11):6136-
47. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
112 
Krop I, Demuth T, Guthrie T, et al. Phase I pharmacologic and pharmacodynamic study 
of the gamma secretase (Notch) inhibitor MK-0752 in adult patients with advanced solid 
tumors. J Clin Oncol. 2012 Jul 1;30(19):2307-13. Doi: 10.1200/JCO.2011.39.1540. Epub 
2012 Apr 30. 
Kumar S, Paiva B, Anderson KC, et al. International Myeloma Working Group 
consensus criteria for response and minimal residual disease assessment in multiple 
myeloma. The Lancet Oncology. 2016;17:e328-46 
Kumar SK, Lee JH, Lahuerta JJ, et al. Risk of progression and survival in multiple 
myeloma relapsing after therapy with ImiDs and bortezomib: a clinical international 
myeloma working group study. Leukemia. 2012;26(1):149-57. 
Kummar S, O’Sullivan Coyne G, et al. Clinical Activity of the γ-Secretase Inhibitor PF-
03084014 in Adults with Desmoid Tumors (Aggressive Fibromatosis). J Clin Oncol. 
2017;35(14):1561-1569. Doi: 10.1200/JCO.2016.71.1994. 
Langat DL, Wheaton DA, Platt JS, et al. Signaling pathways for B cell-activating factor 
(BAFF) and a proliferation-inducing ligand (APRIL) in human placenta. Am J Pathol. 
2008. May;172(5):1303-11. doi: 10.2353/ajpath.2008.071139. 
Laurent SA, Hoffmann FS, Kuhn PH, et al. γ-Secretase directly sheds the survival 
receptor BCMA from plasma cells. Nat Commun. 2015 Jun 11;6:7333. Doi: 
10.1038/ncomms8333. 
Le Gal F, Gordien E, Affolabi D, et al. Quantification of hepatitis delta virus RNA in 
serum by consensus real-time PCR indicates different patterns of virological response to 
interferon therapy in chronically infected patients. J Clin Microbiol. 2005;43(5):2363-9. 
Lee DW, Gardner R, Porter DL, et al. Current concepts in the diagnosis and management 
of cytokine release syndrome. Blood. 2014;124:188-195. 
Lee J, Liu D. A predictive probability design for phase II cancer clinical trials. Clinical 
Trials 2008;5:93-106. 
Li F, Ravetch JV. Inhibitory Fcγ receptor engagement drives adjuvant and anti-tumor 
activities of agonistic CD40 antibodies. Science. 2011;333(6045):1030-1034. 
Li X, Wulfsohn MS, Koch GG. Considerations on testing secondary endpoints in group 
sequential design. Statistics in Biopharmaceutical Research. 2017;9(4):333-7. 
Locatelli M, Aftimos P, Dees EC, et al. Phase I study of the gamma secretase inhibitor 
PF-03084014 in combination with docetaxel in patients with advanced triple-negative 
breast cancer. Oncotarget. 2017;8:2320-2328. 
Lonial S and Anderson, KC. Association of response endpoints with survival outcomes in 
multiple myeloma. Leukemia 2014;28(2):258-68. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
113 
Lonial S, Lee HC, Badros A, et al. Belantamab mafodotin for relapsed or refractory 
multiple myeloma (DREAMM-2): a two-arm, randomised, open-label, phase 2 study. 
Lancet Oncol. 2020;21(2):207-221. 
Messersmith WA, Shapiro GI, Cleary JM, et al. A Phase I, dose-finding study in patients 
with advanced solid malignancies of the oral γ-secretase inhibitor PF-03084014. Clin 
Cancer Res. 2015;21(1):60-7. Doi: 10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-14-0607. 
Montes De Oca R, Alavi AS, Vitali N, et al. Belantamab Mafodotin (GSK2857916) 
Drives Immunogenic Cell Death and Immune-Mediated Anti-Tumour Responses In 
Vivo. Mol Cancer Ther. 2021;molcanther.MCT-21-0035-A.2021. Doi: 10.1158/1535-
7163.MCT-21-0035. 
Moreau P, San Miguel J, Sonneveld P, et al. Multiple myeloma: ESMO Clinical Practice 
Guidelines for diagnosis, treatment and follow-up. Annals of Oncology 2017;28(4): 
iv52–iv61. 
Moreaux J, Legouffe E, Jourdan E, et al. BAFF and APRIL protect myeloma cells from 
apoptosis induced by interleukin 6 deprivation and dexamethasone. Blood 
2004;103(8):3148-57. 
Muccio VE, Saraci E, Gilestro M, et al. Multiple myeloma: New surface antigens for the 
characterization of plasma cells in the era of novel agents. Cytometry Part B: Clinical 
Cytometry 2016;90B:81–90. 
NCI (2010) Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE), Version 4.03. 
In: Health NIo, editor https://evs.nci.nih.gov/ftp1/CTCAE/CTCAE_4.03_2010-06-
14_QuickReference_5x7.pdf: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 
NCI (2017) Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE), Version 5.0 
https://ctep.cancer.gov/protocoldevelopment/electronic_applications/docs/ctcae_v5_quic
k_reference_5x7.pdf 
Neuenschwander B, Branson M, Gsponer T. Critical aspects of the Bayesian approach to 
phase I cancer trials. Stat Med. 2008;27(13):2420-39. 
Nirogacestat Investigator’s Brochure, SpringWorks Subsidiary 2, PBC. February, 2020. 
Novak AJ, Darce JR, Arendt BK, et al. Expression of BCMA, TACI, and BAFF-R in 
multiple myeloma: a mechanism for growth and survival. Blood 2004;103(2):689-94. 
Oken MM, Creech, R.H., , et.al. Toxicity And Response Criteria Of The Eastern 
Cooperative Oncology Group. Am J Clin Oncol. 1982;5:649-655. 
Palumbo A, Avet-Loiseau H, Oliva S, et al. Revised International Staging System for 
Multiple Myeloma: A Report From International Myeloma Working Group. J Clin 
Oncol. 2015;33(26):2863-9. Epub 2015 Aug 3. 
Papay JI, Clines D, Rafi R, et al. Drug-induced liver injury following positive drug 
rechallenge. Regul Toxicol Pharmacol 2009;54:84-90. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
114 
Pisklakova A, Grigson E, Ozerova M, et al. Anti-myeloma effect of pharmacological 
inhibition of Notch/gamma-secretase with RO4929097 is mediated by modulation of 
tumor microenvironment. Cancer Biol Ther. 2016;17(5):477-85. Doi: 
10.1080/15384047.2016.1156261. 
Pont MJ, Hill T, Cole G, et al. -secretase inhibition increases efficacy of BCMA-specific 
chimeric antigen receptor T cells in multiple myeloma. Blood. 2019; Doi: 
10.1182/blood.2019000050. 
Proskorovsky I, Lewis P, Williams CD, et al. Mapping EORTC QLQ-C30 and QLQ-
MY20 to EQ-5D in patients with multiple myeloma. Health Qual Life Outcomes. 
2014;12:35. 
Rajkumar SV, Dimopoulos MA, Palumbo A, et al. International Myeloma Working 
Group updated criteria for the diagnosis of multiple myeloma. The Lancet Oncology. 
2014;15: e538-e548. 
Rajkumar SV, Harousseau JL, Durie B, et al. Consensus recommendations for the 
uniform reporting of clinical trials: report of the International Myeloma Workshop 
Consensus Panel 1. Blood. 2011;117(18):4691-4695. 
Rajkumar SV. Updated Diagnostic Criteria and Staging System for Multiple Myeloma. 
Am Soc Clin Oncol Educ Book 2016;35:e418-23. 
Ran Y, Hossain F, Pannuti A, et al. γ-Secretase inhibitors in cancer clinical trials are 
pharmacologically and functionally distinct. EMBO Mol Med. 2017;9(7):950-966. Doi: 
10.15252/emmm.201607265. 
Richardson PG, Barlogie B, Berenson J, et al. A phase 2 study of bortezomib in relapsed, 
refractory myeloma. N Engl J Med. 2003;348(26):2609-17. 
Richardson PG, Barlogie B, Berenson J, et al. Extended follow-up of a phase II trial in 
relapsed, refractory multiple myeloma: final time-to-event results from the SUMMITtrial. 
Cancer 2006;106(6):1316-9. 
Robinson D, Kaura S, Keily D, et al. Impact of novel treatments on mutiple myeloma 
survival. Blood. 2014;124:566. 
Sanchez E, Li M, Kitto A, Li J, et al. Serum B-cell maturation antigen is elevated in 
multiple myeloma and correlates with disease status and survival. Brit J Haematol. 
2012;158;727-38. 
Sanchez E, Smith EJ, Yashar MA, et al. The Role of B-Cell Maturation Antigen in the 
Biology and Management of, and as a Potential Therapeutic Target in, Multiple 
Myeloma. Target Oncol. 2018;13(1):39-47. Doi: 10.1007/s11523-017-0538-x. 
Schiffman RM, Christianson MD, Jacobsen G, et al. Reliability and validity of the Ocular 
Surface Disease Index. Arch Ophthalmol. 2000;118(5):615-621. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
115 
Schmidli H, Gsteiger S, Roychoudhury S, et al. Robust meta-analytic-predictive priors in 
clinical trials with historical control information. Biometrics. 2014;70(4):1023-32. 
Schwartz LB. Diagnostic value of tryptase in anaphylaxis and mastocytosis. Immunol 
Allergy Clin. 2006;26:451-463. 
Siegal RL, Miller KD, Jemal A. Cancer Statistics, 2018. CA Cancer J Clin. 2018;68:7-30. 
Tai YT, Anderson, KC. Targeting B-cell maturation antigen in multiple myeloma. 
Immunotherapy. 2015;7(11):1187-99. 
Tai YT, Breitkreutz I, Song W, et al. Role of B-cell-activating factor in adhesion and 
growth of human multiple myeloma cells in the bone marrow microenvironment. Cancer 
Res. 2006;66:6675-82. 
Tai YT, Mayes PA, Acharya C, et al. Novel anti-B-cell maturation antigen antibody-drug 
conjugate (GSK2857916) selectively induces killing of multiple myeloma. Blood. 
2014;123(20):3128-3138. 
Trudel S, Lendvai N, Popat R, et al. Deep and Durable Responses in Patients (Pts) with 
Relapsed/Refractory Multiple Myeloma (MM) Treated with Monotherapy GSK2857916, 
an Antibody Drug Conjugate Against B-Cell Maturation Antigen (BCMA): Preliminary 
Results from Part 2 of Study BMA117159. Blood 2017;130 (Suppl 1):741. 
http://www.bloodjournal.org/content/130/Suppl_1/741. 
Trudel S, Lendvai N, Popat R, et al. Targeting B-cell maturation antigen with 
GSK2857916 antibody-drug conjugate in relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma 
(BMA117159): a dose escalation and expansion phase 1 trial. Lancet Oncol. 
2018;19(12):1641-1653. pii: S1470-2045(18)30576-X. 
Trudel S, Lendvai N, Popat R, et al. Antibody–drug conjugate, GSK2857916, in 
relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma: an update on safety and efficacy from dose 
expansion phase I study. Blood Cancer J. 2019; 9(4): 37. 
Varfolomeev E, Kischkel F, Martin F, et al. APRIL-deficient mice have normal immune 
system development. Mol Cell Biol. 2004;24(3):997-1006. 
Wei P, Walls M, Qiu M, et al. Evaluation of Selective γ-Secretase inhibitor PF-03084014 
for Its Antitumor Efficacy and Gastrointestinal Safety to Guide Optimal Clinical Trial 
Design. Mol Cancer Ther; 2010 9(6); 1618–28. DOI: 10.1158/1535-7163.MCT-10-0034. 
Wolfe MS. Structure, mechanism and inhibition of gamma-secretase and presenilin-like 
proteases. Biol Chem. 2010 Aug;391(8):839-47. Doi: 10.1515/BC.2010.086 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
116 
11. 
GUIDELINES FOR DOSE MODIFICATION AND OTHER 
PARTNER COMBINATION TREATMENTS FOR ALL SUB-
STUDIES 
11.1. 
Management of Infusion-Related Reactions/Cytokine 
Release Syndrome 
11.1.1. 
Infusion-Related Reactions 
Infusion reactions are a well-documented AE associated with the administration of mAbs. 
Infusion reactions typically develop within 30 minutes to 2 hours after initiation of drug 
infusion, although symptoms may be delayed for up to 48 hours. The incidence of 
infusion reactions varies by mAb agent, and there are multiple mechanisms known to 
lead to IRRs including both IgE dependent anaphylactic and non-IgE dependent 
anaphylactoid hypersensitivities. 
Infusion reactions may affect any organ system in the body. Most are mild in severity, 
although severe and even fatal reactions occur. As a group, infusion reactions (including 
both cytokine mediated and allergic) usually occur during or within a few hours of drug 
infusion. Occasionally, a reaction may occur 1 to 2 days after administration. The NCI-
CTCAE (Version 5.0) for grading adverse reactions during chemotherapy administration 
has a scale for grading the severity of infusion reactions, cytokine release syndrome, as 
well as separate grading scales for allergic reactions and anaphylaxis. While use of these 
separate grading scales may be useful for classifying the nature of an infusion reaction for 
research purposes, they are less useful for clinical care, since it may not be obvious if the 
participant is having an allergic infusion reaction or a non- allergic infusion reaction. 
Clinically, infusion reaction may present with flushing, itching, urticaria, and/or 
angioedema, repetitive cough, sudden nasal congestion, shortness of breath, chest 
tightness, wheeze, sensation of throat closure or choking, and/or change in voice quality, 
faintness, tachycardia (or less often bradycardia), hypotension, hypertension and/or loss 
of consciousness, nausea, vomiting, abdominal cramping, and/or diarrhea, sense of 
impending doom, tunnel vision, dizziness, and/or seizure, severe back, chest, and pelvic 
pain. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
117 
Table 26 
Toxicity Management and Dose Modification Guidance for IRRs 
Grade, Assessment or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
Grade 1 
Mild reaction; infusion interruption not 
indicated; intervention not indicated 
• 
Decrease rate to <50% of original infusion rate until 
recovery from symptoms. 
• 
Administer symptomatic treatment as appropriate. 
Continue study treatment(s). 
• 
If no additional complications ensue after 30 minutes, the 
rate may be increased to 100% of the original infusion 
rate. If symptoms do not resolve or recur on 50% of 
infusion rate, stop infusion and give treatment as 
appropriate. 
• 
Prophylactic pre-infusion medications should be given 
before all subsequent infusions1.  
Grade 2 
Requires therapy or infusion 
interruption but responds promptly to 
symptomatic 
treatment (e.g., antihistamines, 
narcotics, IV fluids); prophylactic 
medications indicated for ≤24 hrs 
• 
STOP infusion. 
• 
Monitor closely and provide medical treatment as 
clinically indicated. 
• 
If symptoms resolve to Grade 1: Restart the infusion at 
50% of the original infusion rate after premedication with 
an H1receptor antagonist and acetaminophen. 
• 
Prophylactic pre-infusion medications should be given 
before all subsequent infusions1.  
Grade 3 
Prolonged (ie, not rapidly responsive 
to symptomatic medication and/or 
brief interruption of infusion); 
recurrence of symptoms following 
initial improvement; hospitalization 
indicated for other clinical sequelae 
(e.g., renal impairment, pulmonary 
infiltrates) 
• 
STOP study treatment(s). Administer 1-2 mg/kg/day IV 
methylprednisolone and provide supportive measures 
per local standard of care. Discuss with sponsor/Medical 
Director. Continuation only allowed after recovery to 
Grade 1 and with premedication, and extension of 
infusion time (2-4 hours’ infusion time is recommended). 
• 
Any future infusion requires premedication1. 
• 
Where belantamab mafodotin is deemed to have caused 
an IRR, the partner agent, if a mAb, cannot be 
administered on the same day. The mAb may be 
administered on the following day, provided the above 
conditions are met. 
• 
Where the Grade 3 IRR has been causally attributed to 
an mAb partner agent, any rechallenge of the mAb 
partner agent should be on a separate day, with the 
exception any immune-oncology activating checkpoint 
agonist, which should be permanently discontinued if it is 
causally attributed by the investigator to a Grade ≥3 IRR.  
Grade 4 
Life-threatening; pressor or ventilatory 
support indicated 
• 
Permanently discontinue study treatment(s). 
• 
Provide medical treatment as clinically indicated. 
Appropriate resuscitation equipment should be available at the bedside and a physician readily available during 
the period of drug administration. 
1. Subsequent infusions following IRRs may be administered at full/100% infusion rate or at a reduced rate per 
clinical judgment following administration of prophylactic pre-infusion medications as recommended for 
Grade 1,2 IRRs and as required for Grade 3 IRRs. 
 
In case of severe IRR, emergency equipment should be available at each infusion 
center, and physician support will always be readily available during the period of 
drug administration. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
118 
11.1.2. 
Cytokine Release Syndrome 
CRS, and when severe, cytokine “storm”, have been identified as sequelae of the immune 
system activation associated with infusion reactions. It is characterized by fever, 
tachypnea, headache, tachycardia, hypotension, rash, and/or hypoxia. CRS typically 
occurs within the first week after therapy but may also have a prolonged onset of 
symptoms as well. 
Table 27 provides general guidance for the treatment of CRS by grade according to 
NCI-CTCAE (Version 5.0) grading criteria. However, the management of CRS for an 
individual study participant should follow local institutional guidelines including 
established pathways of care in an intensive care unit setting. Study treatment should be 
stopped for any case of suspected CRS. Further management should be discussed 
with the Medical Director on a case-by-case basis. 
Table 27 
Toxicity Management for Cytokine Release Syndrome (CRS) 
Toxicity 
Grade, Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
CRS 
Grade 1 
(Fever  constitutional 
symptoms) 
• 
Supportive care; assess for infection; monitor fluid balance. 
• 
Symptomatic management of constitutional symptoms and organ 
toxicities. 
 
Grade 2 
(Hypotension 
responsive to fluids; 
hypoxia responsive to 
<40% O2) 
• 
IV fluid support. 
• 
Manage fever and constitutional symptoms as in Grade 1. 
• 
Supplemental oxygen. 
• 
Consider transfer to ICU if clinically indicated. 
Grade 3 
(Hypotension 
managed with 1 
pressor; hypoxia 
requiring ≥ 40% O2) 
• 
Management guidelines for Grades 1 and 2. 
• 
If hypotension persists, start vasopressors, transfer to ICU, obtain 
echocardiogram, and initiate other methods of hemodynamic monitoring 
as clinically indicated. 
• 
Monitor organ function closely; management per local guidelines. 
• 
If hypotension persists, consider methylprednisolone 1-2 mg/kg/day. 
• 
Consider consultations with immunologist for refractory hypotension 
considering other anti-inflammatory agents and neurologist if 
signs/symptoms of encephalopathy are noted. 
• 
Anti-IL6(R) monoclonal antibodies (e.g., Tocilizumab) can be considered 
at the clinical discretion of the investigator. 
 
Grade 4 
(Life-threatening 
consequences; urgent 
intervention indicated)  
• 
Continue management guidelines for Grades 1, 2 and 3. 
• 
Mechanical ventilation as clinically indicated. 
• 
Consider methylprednisolone 1 gm/day IV. 
• 
Continue critical care support as per local standard of care. 
 
11.1.3. 
Supplemental Testing for Sub-Studies with Immuno-oncology 
Agents 
In order to better understand the underlying etiology of these events, serum tryptase, 
CRP, ferritin, and a cytokine panel should be drawn during the occurrence of an infusion 
reaction/CRS of any grade. The serum tryptase, CRP and ferritin panels should be 
performed at the PI’s designated local laboratory. The serum cytokine panel will be 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
119 
performed at a GSK designated laboratory. These results will help us better understand 
(albeit retrospectively) the etiology of the AE. 
Table 28 
Analyte Testing in IRRs 
Analyte Test 
Relationship to Adverse Event 
Serum tryptase1 
IgE-related infusion reaction 
(Allergic/anaphylaxis) [Schwartz, 2006] 
Serum CRP1 
Elevated in CRS [Lee, 2014] 
Serum ferritin1 
Elevated in CRS [Lee, 2014] 
Serum cytokine panel2 
* Reported to be elevated in CRS [Lee, 2014] 
(IFN-γ*^, TNF-α*^, IL-2*, IL-4, IL-5*, IL-6*^, 
IL-8*, IL-10*, IL-12p70, IL-13, and IL-17) 
^consistently reported as elevated in CRS [Lee, 
2014] 
1. Performed by PI designated local laboratory 
2. Performed by GSK designated laboratory 
 
11.2. 
Immune-Related AEs for Sub-Studies with Immuno-
Oncology Agents Only 
irAEs are defined as events of potential immunologic etiology. Such events recently 
reported after treatment with other immune modulatory therapy include Grade 2 colitis, 
uveitis, hepatitis, and pneumonitis; Grade 3 diarrhea, endocrine disorders, and specific 
cutaneous toxicities; and other events that may be immune mediated, including, but not 
limited to, demyelinating polyneuropathy, myasthenia gravis-like syndrome, non-
infectious myocarditis, and non-infectious pericarditis. 
Before administration of study treatment, investigators must review a participant’s AEs, 
concomitant medications, and clinical evaluation results (e.g., vital signs, laboratory 
results, ECGs, ECOG PS, physical exam findings, responses, etc.) as outlined to monitor 
for new or worsening irAEs and ensure continued dosing is appropriate. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
120 
Table 29 
Toxicity Management Guidance for irAEs 
Toxicity 
Grade, 
Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
AST / ALT 
elevation or 
increased 
bilirubin 
Grade 2 
Withhold 
• Administer corticosteroids (initial dose of 0.5- 1 mg/kg 
methylprednisolone or equivalent) followed by taper. 
• Monitor with liver function tests (consider weekly or more frequently 
until liver enzyme value returned to baseline or is stable. 
 
Grade 3 or 4  
Permanently discontinue 
• Administer corticosteroids (initial dose of 1-2 mg/kg 
methylprednisolone or equivalent) followed by taper. 
 
Type 1 diabetes 
mellitus (T1DM) 
or 
Hyperglycemia 
New onset T1DM 
or Grade 3 or 4 
hyperglycemia 
associated with 
evidence of β-
cell failure 
Withhold 
• Initiate insulin replacement therapy for participants with T1DM. 
• Administer anti-hyperglycemic in participants with hyperglycemia. 
• Monitor participants for hyperglycemia or other signs and symptoms of 
diabetes. 
 
Colitis or 
Diarrhea 
(see 
Section 11.2.1 
for further 
details) 
Grade 1 
Administer antidiarrheal and symptomatic treatment as appropriate 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline within 7 days: Provide close follow-up 
to evaluate for increased severity. 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Consider following algorithm for Grade 2 
events. 
 
Grade 2 
Interrupt study treatment(s) 
Administer antidiarrheal and symptomatic treatment 
Consider corticosteroids 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director: 
• Symptoms resolve to Grade ≤1 or baseline within 3 days: Resume 
study treatment(s). 
• Symptoms ongoing >3 days, blood or mucus in stool, or 
ulceration/bleeding on endoscopy. 
• Permanently discontinue study treatment(s) unless resolved to Grade 
≤1 with no requirement for steroids longer than 7 days. 
• Consider GI consultation and endoscopy to confirm or rule out colitis. 
• Start systemic corticosteroids (e.g., 0.5 mg/kg/day of prednisone or 
equivalent). 
• Continue steroids until improvement to Grade 1 or resolution; taper 
steroids as medically appropriate. 
• If symptoms continue or worsen to Grade 3-4, see below. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
121 
Toxicity 
Grade, 
Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
Grade 3 
Permanently discontinue study treatment(s) 
Assess for bowel perforation; do not administer corticosteroids if present 
Consult GI service, perform endoscopy with biopsy 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg/day IV methylprednisolone 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director: 
• If corticosteroid therapy does not reduce initial symptoms within 48 to 
72 hours, treat with additional anti-inflammatory measures. 
• Discontinue additional anti-inflammatory measures upon symptom 
relief and initiate a prolonged steroid taper over 45 to 60 days. 
• If symptoms worsen during steroid taper, retaper starting at a higher 
dose followed by a more prolonged taper. 
 
 
Grade 4 
Discontinue study treatment(s) permanently 
Immediately inform sponsor/Medical Director 
• Management as per Grade 3. 
 
Pneumonitis 
(see 
Section 11.2.2 
for further 
details) 
Grade 1 
(asymptomatic 
with radiographic 
findings only) 
Discuss continued treatment with study drug(s) with sponsor/Medical 
Director 
Consider pulmonary consultation and/or bronchoscopy if clinically 
indicated 
• Perform serial imaging. 
 
Grade 2 
Hold study drugs(s); Continue treatment when toxicity resolved to 
Grade 1. 
Consider pulmonary consultation with bronchoscopy and BAL 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg per day IV methylprednisolone, if considered IP 
related 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
If steroids indicated: 
• If toxicity resolves to Grade 1, taper steroids over at least 1 month. 
Permanently discontinue study drugs(s) if unable to reduce steroid 
dose to ≤10 mg prednisone or equivalent per day within 12 weeks. 
• Rechallenge with study drug(s) at the same dose(s) may be 
considered if a first event resolves to Grade 1 within 12 weeks of last 
dose. 
• Repeat chest imaging monthly as clinically indicated. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
122 
Toxicity 
Grade, 
Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
 
Grade 3 and 4 or 
Recurrent 
Grade 2 
Permanently discontinue study drug(s) 
Bronchoscopy with biopsy and BAL is recommended 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg per day IV methylprednisolone, if considered IP 
related 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
If steroids indicated: 
When symptoms resolve to Grade 1, taper steroids over at least 
1 month. 
• If corticosteroid therapy does not reduce initial symptoms within 48 to 
72 hours, treat with additional anti-inflammatory measures. 
Discontinue additional anti-inflammatory measures upon symptom 
relief and initiate a prolonged steroid taper over 45-60 days. 
• If symptoms worsen during steroid taper, retaper starting at a higher 
dose followed by a more prolonged taper. 
• Add anti-infective prophylaxis as appropriate. 
 
Uveitis/Iritis 
(see 
Section 11.2.3 
for further 
details) 
Grade 1 
Symptomatic treatment as appropriate 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline 7 days: Provide close follow-up to 
evaluate for increased severity. 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Consider following algorithm for Grade 2 
events. 
 
Grade 2 
Hold study drug(s) 
Consultation with an eye care specialist is strongly recommended. 
Treat with topical steroids such as 1% prednisolone acetate suspension 
and iridocyclitics, if considered IP related 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline 7 days: Resume study drug(s). 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Discontinue study drug(s). 
• If symptoms continue or worsen to Grade 3 or Grade 4, see below. 
 
Grade 3 
Permanently discontinue study drug(s) 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg per day IV methylprednisolone, if considered IP 
related (local administration of corticosteroids may be considered after 
consultation with an eye care specialist) 
Consultation with an eye care specialist is strongly recommended 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
• If applicable, continue steroids until improvement to Grade 1; taper 
steroids over at least 1 month. 
 
 
Grade 4 
Permanently discontinue study drug(s) 
Immediately inform sponsor/Medical Director 
• Management as per Grade 3. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
123 
Toxicity 
Grade, 
Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
Endocrine 
events 
(see 
Section 11.2.4 
for further 
details) 
Grade 2 
 
Signs and/or 
symptoms of 
dysfunction 
Endocrinopathies 
requiring 
hormone- 
replacement or 
medical 
intervention 
Consider interruption of study treatment(s) if symptomatic. 
Assess endocrine function 
Consider pituitary imaging 
Administer up to 1 to 2 mg/kg/day IV methylprednisolone if clinically 
indicated. 
Initiate appropriate hormone-replacement therapy. 
Consider consultation with endocrinology 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
• Taper steroids as clinically indicated. 
• Consider resuming study treatment(s) when participant is stable (on 
hormone-replacement therapy if indicated), symptoms have resolved 
or return to baseline, and the participant is receiving ≤10 mg 
prednisone or equivalent per day. 
 
 
Grades 3-4 
Adrenal crisis or 
other adverse 
reactions 
requiring 
hospitalization, 
urgent medical 
intervention 
Consider interruption of study drug(s) 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
Consider immediate initiation of 1-2 mg/kg/day IV methylprednisolone 
Consult endocrinology 
Other management as above 
• Taper steroids over at least 1 month. 
• Consider resuming study treatment(s) when: 
• Participant is stable (on hormone-replacement therapy if indicated) 
and symptoms have resolved or return to baseline. 
• Participant is receiving ≤10 mg prednisone or equivalent per day. 
 
Renal failure or 
acute kidney 
injury 
Grade 1 
Symptomatic treatment as appropriate 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline 7 days: Provide close follow-up to 
evaluate for increased severity. 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Consider following algorithm for Grade 2 
events. 
 
Grade 2 
Interrupt study treatment(s)a 
Consultation with nephrology is strongly recommended 
Consider administration of oral or IV corticosteroids 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director: 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline within 7 days: Resume study 
treatment(s); 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Permanently discontinue study 
treatment(s); 
• If symptoms continue or worsen to Grade 3-4, see below. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
124 
Toxicity 
Grade, 
Assessment 
 or Symptom 
Guidance and Management 
Grade 3 
Permanently discontinue study treatment(s) 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg/day IV methylprednisolone 
Consultation with nephrologist is strongly recommended 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director: 
• Symptoms improve to Grade ≤2: Continue steroids until improvement 
to Grade ≤1 or baseline; taper steroids over at least 1 month; 
• Symptoms ongoing ≥12 weeks: Permanently discontinue study 
treatment(s). 
 
 
Grade 4 
Permanently discontinue study treatment(s) 
Immediately inform sponsor/Medical Director 
• Management as per Grade 3. 
 
Skin toxicity 
(see 
Section 11.2.5 
for further 
details) 
Localized rash 
Symptomatic management 
• Provide close follow-up. 
 
Non-localized 
rash (diffuse, 
≤50% of skin) 
Hold study drug(s) 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
Consider dermatology consultation and biopsy 
• Symptoms resolve to baseline 7 days: Resume study drug(s). 
• Symptoms ongoing >7 days: Start topical or systemic corticosteroids 
(e.g., 0.5-1 mg/kg/day of prednisone or equivalent), if considered IP 
related. 
• Continue steroids until improvement to Grade 1 or resolution; taper 
steroids as medically appropriate. 
• Resume study drug(s) if symptoms have improved to Grade 1 within 
12 weeks of last dose and, if applicable, steroid dose is 10 mg 
prednisone or equivalent per day within 12 weeks. 
• If symptoms continue or worsen, see below. 
 
 
Stevens-Johnson 
syndrome, toxic 
epidermal 
necrolysis, or 
rash complicated 
by full thickness 
dermal 
ulceration, or 
necrotic, bullous, 
or hemorrhagic 
manifestations 
Permanently discontinue study drug(s) 
Administer 1-2 mg/kg/day IV methylprednisolone, if considered IP related 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical Director 
Consider dermatology consultation and biopsy 
• Treat per local standard of care. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
125 
11.2.1. 
Management of Gastrointestinal Events (Diarrhea or Colitis) 
Signs/symptoms may include, but are not limited to, diarrhea, constipation, abdominal 
pain, cramping and/or bloating, nausea and/or vomiting, blood and/or mucus in stool with 
or without fever, rectal bleeding, peritoneal signs consistent with bowel perforation, and 
ileus Table 29 above provides guidance on dose modifications and management of these 
events. All participants who experience diarrhea/colitis should be advised to drink liberal 
quantities of clear fluids. If sufficient oral intake is not feasible, fluids and electrolytes 
should be substituted via IV infusion. 
11.2.2. 
Management of Pneumonitis 
Signs/symptoms may include, but are not limited to: dyspnea, dry cough, hemoptysis, 
fever, chest pain and/or tightness, abnormal breath sounds, and fatigue. If symptoms 
indicate possible new or worsening cardiac abnormalities additional testing and/or a 
cardiology consultation should be considered. Pneumonitis events may include the 
following AE terms: pneumonitis, interstitial lung disease, and acute interstitial 
pneumonitis. 
If symptoms indicate possible new or worsening cardiac abnormalities additional testing 
and/or a cardiology consultation should be considered. 
Differential diagnosis: All attempts should be made to rule out other causes such as 
metastatic disease, and bacterial or viral infection. 
NOTE: It is important that participants with a suspected diagnosis of pneumonitis be 
managed as per the guidance in Table 29 until treatment-related pneumonitis is excluded. 
Treatment of both a potential infectious etiology and pneumonitis in parallel may be 
warranted. Management of the treatment of suspected pneumonitis with steroid treatment 
should not be delayed for a therapeutic trial of antibiotics. If an alternative diagnosis is 
established, the participant does not require management as below; however, the AE must 
be reported regardless of etiology. 
11.2.3. 
Management of Uveitis/Iritis 
All attempts should be made to rule out other causes such as metastatic disease, infection 
or other ocular disease (e.g., glaucoma or cataracts). However, the AE must be reported 
regardless of etiology. 
11.2.4. 
Management of Endocrine Events 
Signs/symptoms may include, but are not limited to, fatigue, weakness, headache, mental 
status, and/or behavioral changes, fever, vision disturbances, cold intolerance, abdominal 
pain, unusual bowel habits, loss of appetite, nausea and/or vomiting, and hypotension. 
Endocrine events may include the following AE terms: new onset type 1 diabetes 
mellitus, adrenal insufficiency, hyperthyroidism, hypophysitis, hypopituitarism, 
hypothyroidism, thyroid disorder, and thyroiditis. Dose modification guidelines for 
endocrine events are provided in the Table below. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
126 
• 
Hypophysitis with clinically significant adrenal insufficiency and hypotension, 
dehydration, and/or electrolyte abnormalities (such as hyponatremia and 
hyperkalemia) constitutes an adrenal crisis and must be considered a medical 
emergency. 
11.2.5. 
Management of Skin Toxicity 
Differential diagnosis: All attempts should be made to rule out other causes such as 
metastatic disease, infection, or allergic dermatitis. 
11.3. 
Other Dose Modification and Management Guidelines 
General dose modification and management guidelines are provided below for AEs not 
already described (Table 30). 
Table 30 
General Dose Modification and Management Guidelines for Drug-
Related Adverse Events Not Otherwise Specified 
Severity 
Management 
Follow-up 
Grade 1 
• 
Administer symptomatic 
treatment as appropriate 
• 
Continue study drug(s)a 
• 
Provide close follow-up to evaluate for increased severity, 
no dose modification necessary. 
Grade 2 
• 
Administer symptomatic 
treatment 
• 
Investigate etiology 
• 
Consider consulting 
subspecialist, and/or 
diagnostic procedure 
Symptoms resolved in ≤7 days: 
• 
Continue after resolution at the current dose. 
Symptoms ongoing >7 days or worsening: 
• 
Delay study drugb, or consider 1 dose level reduction. 
• 
If recovery takes >3 weeks, consult Medical Director. 
• 
If symptoms continue or worsen to Grade 3-4, see below. 
Grade 3 
• 
Provide appropriate medical 
treatment 
• 
Consider consulting 
subspecialist 
• 
Delay treatment till recovery to Grade 1 or less. 
• 
Consider 1 or 2 dose level reduction. 
• 
Consider consultation with Medical Director. 
Exceptions: Participants who develop Grade 3 toxicities 
which respond to standard treatment and resolve to ≤ 
Grade 1 within 48 hours may continue treatment at 
scheduled or reduced dose.  
Grade 4 
• 
Provide appropriate medical 
treatment 
• 
Consider consulting 
subspecialist 
• 
Discuss with sponsor/Medical 
Director 
• 
Interrupt treatment. 
• 
Further treatment with belantamab mafodotin only allowed 
on individual basis if in the discussion with the Medical 
Director it is agreed that benefits outweigh the risks for a 
given participant. 
1.  Treatment-related decisions can be made based on local laboratory results if central results are not available or 
delayed. 
2.  In case a dose is delayed, the participant should wait for the next scheduled dose to resume treatment. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
127 
12. 
APPENDICES: SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION AND 
OPERATIONAL CONSIDERATIONS 
12.1. 
Appendix 1: Regulatory, Ethical, and Study Oversight 
Considerations 
12.1.1. 
Regulatory and Ethical Considerations 
• 
This study will be conducted in accordance with the protocol and with: 
• 
Consensus ethical principles derived from international guidelines including the 
Declaration of Helsinki and Council for International Organizations of Medical 
Sciences (CIOMS) International Ethical Guidelines 
• 
Applicable International Council on Harmonization (ICH) Good Clinical 
Practice (GCP) Guidelines 
• 
Applicable laws and regulations. 
The protocol, protocol amendments, ICF, Investigator’s Brochure, and other relevant 
documents (e.g., advertisements) must be submitted to an IRB/IEC by the investigator 
and reviewed and approved by the IRB/IEC before the study is initiated. 
Any amendments to the protocol will require IEC/IRB approval before implementation of 
changes made to the study design, except for changes necessary to eliminate an 
immediate hazard to study participants. 
• 
The investigator will be responsible for the following: 
• 
Providing written summaries of the status of the study to the IRB/IEC annually 
or more frequently in accordance with the requirements, policies, and 
procedures established by the IRB/EC; 
• 
Notifying the IRB/IEC of SAE or other significant safety findings as required by 
IRB/IEC procedures; 
• 
Providing oversight of the conduct of the study at the site and adherence to 
requirements of 21 CFR, ICH guidelines, the IRB/IEC, European regulation 
536/2014 for clinical studies (if applicable), and all other applicable local 
regulations. 
12.1.2. 
Financial Disclosure 
Investigators and sub-investigators will provide the sponsor with sufficient, accurate 
financial information as requested to allow the sponsor to submit complete and accurate 
financial certification or disclosure statements to the appropriate regulatory authorities. 
Investigators are responsible for providing information on financial interests during the 
course of the study and for 1 year after completion of the study. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
128 
12.1.3. 
Informed Consent Process 
Note: In the text below, use of LAR is not applicable for Germany.  
The investigator or his/her representative will explain the nature of the study to the 
participant or his/her legally authorized representative and answer all questions regarding 
the study. 
Participants must be informed that their participation is voluntary. Participants or his/her 
legally authorized representative will be required to sign a statement of informed consent 
that meets the requirements of 21 CFR 50, local regulations, ICH guidelines, Health 
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements, where applicable, 
and the IRB/IEC or study center. 
The medical record must include a statement that written informed consent was obtained 
before any study procedures were performed in the study and the date the written consent 
was obtained. The authorized person obtaining the informed consent must also sign the 
ICF. 
Participants must be re-consented to the most current version of the ICF(s) during their 
participation in the study. 
A copy of the ICF(s) must be provided to the participant or his/her legally authorized 
representative. 
Participants who are rescreened are required to sign a new ICF. 
The ICF may contain a separate section that addresses the use of remaining mandatory 
samples for optional exploratory research in accordance with SOP-GSKF-410. The 
investigator or authorized designee will explain to each participant the objectives of the 
optional exploratory research. Participants will be told that they are free to refuse to 
participate and may withdraw their consent at any time and for any reason during the 
storage period. A separate signature will be required to document a participant’s 
agreement to allow any remaining specimens to be used for optional exploratory 
research. Participants who decline to participate will not provide this separate signature. 
In case of unexpected pregnancy, the participant must be informed that personally 
identifiable information such as date of birth and/or sex of the baby will be collected as 
part of safety follow-up. Consent for the baby may be obtained from the participant 
and/or their partner as per local regulations. 
If partners of male participants become pregnant during the study, consent will need to be 
obtained or notification given as per local regulation to the partner before collecting their 
personally identifiable information such as year of birth or date of birth and/or sex of 
their baby as part of safety follow-up. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
129 
12.1.4. 
Data Protection 
Participants will be assigned a unique identifier by the sponsor. Any participant’s records 
or datasets that are transferred to the sponsor will contain the identifier only; participant 
names or any information which would make the participant identifiable will not be 
transferred. 
The participant must be informed that his/her personal study-related data will be used by 
the sponsor in accordance with local data protection law. The level of disclosure must 
also be explained to the participant. 
The participant must be informed that his/her medical records may be examined by 
Clinical Quality Assurance auditors or other authorized personnel appointed by the 
sponsor, by appropriate IRB/IEC members, and by inspectors from regulatory authorities. 
12.1.5. 
Publication Policy 
• 
The results of this study may be published or presented at scientific meetings. If this 
is foreseen, the investigator agrees to submit all manuscripts or abstracts to the 
sponsor before submission. This allows the sponsor to protect proprietary 
information and to provide comments. 
• 
The sponsor will comply with the requirements for publication of study results. In 
accordance with standard editorial and ethical practice, the sponsor will generally 
support publication of clinical studies only in their entirety and not as individual site 
data. In this case, a coordinating investigator will be designated by mutual 
agreement. 
• 
Authorship will be determined by mutual agreement and in line with International 
Committee of Medical Journal Editors authorship requirements. 
12.1.6. 
Dissemination of Clinical Study Data 
Where required by applicable regulatory requirements, an investigator signatory will be 
identified for the approval of the clinical study report. The investigator will be provided 
reasonable access to statistical tables, figures, and relevant reports and will have the 
opportunity to review the complete study results at a GSK site or other mutually-
agreeable location. 
GSK will also provide the investigator with the full summary of the study results. The 
investigator is encouraged to share the summary results with the study participants, as 
appropriate. 
GSK will provide the investigator with the randomization codes for their site only after 
completion of the full statistical analysis. 
The procedures and timing for public disclosure of the protocol and results summary and 
for development of a manuscript for publication for this study will be in accordance with 
GSK Policy. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
130 
GSK intends to make anonymized participant-level data from this study available to 
external researchers for scientific analyses or to conduct further research that can help 
advance medical science or improve participant care. This helps ensure the data provided 
by study participants are used to maximum effect in the creation of knowledge and 
understanding 
A manuscript will be progressed for publication in the scientific literature if the results 
provide important scientific or medical knowledge. 
12.1.7. 
Data Quality Assurance 
All participant data relating to the study will be recorded on printed or electronic CRF 
unless transmitted to the sponsor or designee electronically (e.g., laboratory data). The 
investigator is responsible for verifying that data entries are accurate and correct by 
physically or electronically signing the CRF. 
The investigator must maintain accurate documentation (source data) that supports the 
information entered in the CRF. 
The investigator must permit study-related monitoring, audits, IRB/IEC review, and 
regulatory agency inspections and provide direct access to source data documents 
(Appendix 1, Section 12.1.8). 
Monitoring details describing strategy (e.g., risk-based initiatives in operations and 
quality such as Risk Management and Mitigation Strategies and Analytical Risk-Based 
Monitoring), methods, responsibilities and requirements, including handling of 
noncompliance issues and monitoring techniques (central, remote, or onsite monitoring) 
are provided in the Monitoring Plan. 
The sponsor or designee is responsible for the data management of this study including 
quality checking of the data. 
The sponsor assumes accountability for actions delegated to other individuals (e.g., 
Contract Research Organizations). 
Study monitors will perform ongoing source data verification to confirm that data entered 
in the CRF by authorized site personnel are accurate, complete, and verifiable from 
source documents (Appendix 1, Section 12.1.8); that the safety and rights of participants 
are being protected; and that the study is being conducted in accordance with the 
currently approved protocol and any other study agreements, ICH GCP, and all 
applicable regulatory requirements. 
Records and documents, including signed ICF, pertaining to the conduct of this study 
must be retained by the investigator for 25 years from the issue of the final CSR/ 
equivalent summary unless local regulations or institutional policies require a longer 
retention period. No records may be destroyed during the retention period without the 
written approval of the sponsor. No records may be transferred to another location or 
party without written notification to the sponsor. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
131 
12.1.8. 
Source Documents 
Source documents (as defined by ICH GCP E6 R1, all information in original records and 
certified copies of original records of clinical findings, observations, or other activities in 
a clinical study necessary for the reconstruction and evaluation of the study. Source data 
are contained in source documents (original records or certified copies) provide evidence 
for the existence of the participant and substantiate the integrity of the data collected. 
Source documents are filed at the investigator’s site. 
Data reported on the CRF or entered in the eCRF that are transcribed from source 
documents must be consistent with the source documents or the discrepancies must be 
explained. The investigator may need to request previous medical records or transfer 
records, depending on the study. Also, current medical records must be available. 
Definition of what constitutes source data can be found in the Monitoring Plan. 
12.1.9. 
Study and Site Closure 
GSK or its designee reserves the right to close the study site or terminate the study at any 
time for any reason at the sole discretion of GSK. Study sites will be closed upon study 
completion. A study site is considered closed when all required documents and study 
supplies have been collected and a study site closure visit has been performed. 
The investigator may initiate study site closure at any time, provided there is reasonable 
cause and sufficient notice is given in advance of the intended termination. 
Reasons for the early closure of a study site by the sponsor or investigator may include 
but are not limited to: 
For study termination: 
• 
Discontinuation of further study treatment development. 
In Dose Exploration (DE): 
• Escalation and expansion of the starting dose cohort is not possible because mTPI 
criteria have not been fulfilled, leading to the closure of DE and therefore the 
affected sub-study. 
• The minimum DE efficacy threshold of ≥20% response rate and 2 responders 
have not been attained for any DE cohort within a given sub-study. 
In Cohort Expansion (CE): 
• There is a statistically significantly higher rate of Grade 4 toxicities (for any AE) 
between the experimental CE arm of a specific sub-study and the belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy common control arm (per EC: Safety Stopping Rules for 
the Cohort Expansion). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
132 
For site termination: 
• 
Failure of the investigator to comply with the protocol, the requirements of the 
IRB/IEC or local health authorities, the sponsor’s procedures, or GCP 
guidelines. 
• 
Inadequate recruitment of participants by the investigator. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
133 
12.2. 
Appendix 2: Clinical Laboratory Tests 
The tests detailed in Table 31 will be performed by the local laboratory unless otherwise 
specified. Some tests (as indicated in the table) will be performed by the central 
laboratory. 
Protocol-specific requirements for inclusion or exclusion of participants are detailed in 
Section 5 of the protocol. 
Additional tests may be performed at any time during the study as determined necessary 
by the investigator or required by local regulations. 
Pregnancy Testing: 
• 
Refer to Section 5.1 Inclusion Criteria for Screening pregnancy criteria. 
• 
A pregnancy test must be performed at Screening. If the test is completed within 
72 hours prior to administration of the first dose, this assessment need not be 
repeated on C1D1. 
• 
Pregnancy tests (serum or urine) should be performed predose within 72 hours prior 
to each cycle. 
• 
Pregnancy test (serum or urine) must also be performed at EOT and 90 days 
(7 days) after last study treatment. A follow-up pregnancy assessment by telephone 
(for WOCBP only) should be performed 4 months after the last dose of study 
treatment. 
Additional serum or urine pregnancy tests may be performed, as determined necessary by 
the investigator or required by local regulation, to establish the absence of pregnancy at 
any time during the participant’s participation in the study. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
134 
Table 31 
Protocol-Required Safety Laboratory Assessments 
Hematology 
Platelet Count  
Red blood cell (RBC) 
Indices: 
Automated WBC Differential: 
Red blood cell (RBC) Count 
Mean corpuscular 
volume (MCV) 
 
Neutrophils 
Lymphocytes 
Monocytes 
Eosinophils 
Basophils 
White blood cell (WBC) Count 
(absolute)  
 
 
Hemoglobin 
 
Hematocrit 
 
Clinical Chemistry 
urea Nitrogen  
Potassium 
Aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 
Total and direct bilirubin 
Creatinine 
Chloride 
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 
Uric Acid 
Glucose 
Total carbon 
dioxide (CO2)/ 
bicarbonate  
Gamma glutamyl transferase (GGT) 
Albumin 
Sodium 
Calcium 
(uncorrected) 
Alkaline phosphatase 
Total Protein 
Magnesium 
Phosphorous 
Creatine kinase (CK)1 
Lactate dehydrogenase 
(LDH)1 
 
Calcium 
corrected for 
albumin 
 
 
Routine Urinalysis
Specific gravity, pH, glucose, protein, blood and ketones by dipstick 
Microscopic examination (if blood or protein is abnormal) 
Spot urine (albumin/creatinine ratio) 
Other Screening tests
Hepatitis B surface antigen (HbsAg) 
Hepatitis B core antibody (HbcAb) 
Hepatitis C (Hep C antibody – if second generation Hepatitis C antibody positive, a hepatitis C PCR test should be 
performed) 
Follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) and estradiol (as needed in women of non-childbearing potential only) 
For participants previously exposed to HIV, HIV PCR and CD4-Tcells testing must be performed locally. 
HIV viral load must be <400 copies/mL and CD4+ T-cell (CD4+) counts ≥350 cells/uL 
PK and ADA
2 
GSK2857916 Pharmacokinetics (blood for PK) 
Anti-Drug Antibodies (ADA) to GSK2857916 
Reference specific sub-study protocols for partner PK and ADA requirements. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
135 
Other Laboratory Tests 
Estimated glomerular 
filtration rate (eGFR 
Pregnancy test (urine or 
blood – according to local 
practice) 
Immunoglobulin G 
(IgG), 
Immunoglobulin M 
(IgM), Immunoglobulin 
A (IgA)4  
Immunoglobulin D (IgD), 
Immunoglobulin E (IgE)4 
Beta-2 microglobulin 
Kappa, lambda free light 
chain (LC), FLC ratio 
HBV-DNA testing 
genetic sample6 
Immunofixation (urine and 
serum) 
Serum Protein 
Electrophoresis (SPEP) 
Urine Protein 
Electrophoresis 
(UPEP) 24 hour urine 
Bone Marrow Aspiration / Biopsy  
Bone marrow aspirate and core biopsy for local disease assessment 
BM biopsy and/or aspirate for BCMA expression & biomarker research2 
BM biopsy to confirm sCR (by IHC)
3 
BM aspirate for Minimal Residual Disease testing2 
BM for FISH analysis3,5 
Biomarker Measurements3 
Soluble BCMA (sBCMA) 
(serum) 
Whole blood RNA 
 
Peripheral blood for CMMC 
analysis 
 
 
1. 
Isoenzyme analysis should be performed (at the central laboratory) for LDH and/or CK if either of these 
enzymes is 3x ULN. 
2. 
To be performed at central laboratory. 
3. 
If not available locally it can be performed centrally. 
4. 
IgD/IgE testing is only required for participants with IgD/IgE myeloma. 
5. 
FISH testing to be performed locally at least for t(4;14), t(14;16), amp(1q), del(1p) and del(17p13). If 
participant is known to have tested positive for t(4;14) or t(14/16) on previous tests, FISH for those 
translocations does not need to be repeated, but results from previous tests are acceptable regardless of 
when those tests were performed. For amp(1q), del(1p) and del(17p13), FISH results from samples taken 
within 60 days prior to first dose are acceptable. 
6. 
Informed consent for genetic research must be obtained before collecting a sample. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
136 
12.3. 
Appendix 3: Adverse Events: Definitions and Procedures for 
Recording, Evaluating, Follow-Up, and Reporting 
12.3.1. 
Definition of AE 
AE Definition 
• An AE is any untoward medical occurrence in a clinical study participant, temporally associated with the use of 
a study treatment, whether or not considered related to the study treatment. 
• NOTE: An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal laboratory finding), 
symptom, or disease (new or exacerbated) temporally associated with the use of a study treatment. 
 
Events Meeting the AE Definition 
• Any abnormal laboratory test results (hematology, clinical chemistry, or urinalysis) or other safety assessments 
(e.g., ECG, radiological scans, vital signs measurements), including those that worsen from baseline, 
considered clinically significant in the medical and scientific judgment of the investigator (ie, not related to 
progression of underlying disease). 
• Exacerbation of a chronic or intermittent pre-existing condition including either an increase in frequency and/or 
intensity of the condition. 
• New conditions detected or diagnosed after study treatment administration even though it may have been 
present before the start of the study. 
• Signs, symptoms, or the clinical sequelae of a suspected drug-drug interaction. 
• Signs, symptoms, or the clinical sequelae of a suspected overdose of either study treatment or a concomitant 
medication. Overdose per se will not be reported as an AE/SAE unless it is an intentional overdose taken with 
possible suicidal/self-harming intent. Such overdoses should be reported regardless of sequelae. 
• “Lack of efficacy” or “failure of expected pharmacological action” per se will not be reported as an AE or SAE. 
Such instances will be captured in the efficacy assessments. However, the signs, symptoms, and/or clinical 
sequelae resulting from lack of efficacy will be reported as AE or SAE if they meet the definition of an AE or 
SAE. 
  
Events NOT Meeting the AE Definition  
• Any clinically significant abnormal laboratory findings or other abnormal safety assessments which are 
associated with the underlying disease, unless judged by the investigator to be more severe than expected for 
the participant’s condition. 
• The disease/disorder being studied or expected progression, signs, or symptoms of the disease/disorder being 
studied, unless more severe than expected for the participant’s condition. 
• Medical or surgical procedure (e.g., endoscopy, appendectomy): the condition that leads to the procedure is the 
AE. 
• Situations in which an untoward medical occurrence did not occur (social and/or convenience admission to a 
hospital). 
• Anticipated day-to-day fluctuations of pre-existing disease(s) or condition(s) present or detected at the start of 
the study that do not worsen. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
137 
12.3.2. 
Definition of SAE 
If an event is not an AE per definition above, then it cannot be an SAE even if serious 
conditions are met (e.g., hospitalization for signs/symptoms of the disease under study, 
death due to progression of disease). 
A SAE is defined as any untoward medical occurrence that, at any dose: 
Results in death 
Is life-threatening 
• The term ‘life-threatening’ in the definition of ‘serious’ refers to an event in which the participant was at risk of 
death at the time of the event. It does not refer to an event, which hypothetically might have caused death, if it 
were more severe. 
Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization 
• In general, hospitalization signifies that the participant has been detained (usually involving at least an overnight 
stay) at the hospital or emergency ward for observation and/or treatment that would not have been appropriate 
in the physician’s office or outpatient setting. Complications that occur during hospitalization are AE. If a 
complication prolongs hospitalization or fulfills any other serious criteria, the event is serious. When in doubt as 
to whether “hospitalization” occurred or was necessary, the AE should be considered serious. 
• Hospitalization for elective treatment of a pre-existing condition that did not worsen from baseline is not 
considered an AE. 
 
Results in persistent disability/incapacity 
• The term disability means a substantial disruption of a person’s ability to conduct normal life functions. 
• This definition is not intended to include experiences of relatively minor medical significance such as 
uncomplicated headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, influenza, and accidental trauma (e.g., sprained ankle) 
which may interfere with or prevent everyday life functions but do not constitute a substantial disruption. 
 
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 
Other situations: 
• Medical or scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether SAE reporting is appropriate in other 
situations such as important medical events that may not be immediately life-threatening or result in death or 
hospitalization but may jeopardize the participant or may require medical or surgical treatment to prevent 1 of 
the other outcomes listed in the above definition. These events should usually be considered serious. 
Examples of such events include invasive or malignant cancers, intensive treatment in an emergency room or at 
home for allergic bronchospasm, blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in hospitalization, or 
development of drug dependency or drug abuse. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
138 
12.3.3. 
Definition of Cardiovascular Events 
Cardiovascular Events (Definition: 
Investigators will be required to fill out the specific cardiovascular event page of the CRF for the 
following AEs and SAEs: 
• Myocardial infarction/unstable angina 
• Congestive heart failure 
• Arrhythmias 
• Valvopathy 
• Pulmonary hypertension 
• Cerebrovascular events/stroke and transient ischemic attack 
• Peripheral arterial thromboembolism 
• Deep venous thrombosis/pulmonary embolism 
• Revascularization 
 
 
12.3.4. 
Recording and Follow-Up of AE and SAE 
AE and SAE Recording 
• When an AE/SAE occurs, it is the responsibility of the investigator to review all documentation (e.g., hospital 
progress notes, laboratory, and diagnostics reports) related to the event. 
• The investigator will then record all relevant AE/SAE information in the CRF. 
• It is not acceptable for the investigator to send photocopies of the participant’s medical records to GSK in lieu of 
completion of the GSK /AE/SAE CRF page. 
• There may be instances when copies of medical records for certain cases are requested by GSK. In this case, 
all participant identifiers, with the exception of the participant number, will be redacted on the copies of the 
medical records before submission to GSK. 
• The investigator will attempt to establish a diagnosis of the event based on signs, symptoms, and/or other 
clinical information. Whenever possible, the diagnosis (not the individual signs/symptoms) will be documented 
as the AE/SAE. 
 
Assessment of Intensity 
The investigator will make an assessment of intensity for each AE and SAE reported during the 
study and assign it to 1 of the following categories: 
• Grade 1: Mild; asymptomatic or mild symptoms; clinical or diagnostic observations only; intervention not 
indicated. 
• Grade 2: Moderate; minimal, local or noninvasive intervention indicated; limiting age appropriate instrumental 
ADL*. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
139 
• Grade 3: Severe or medically significant but not immediately life-threatening; hospitalization or prolongation of 
hospitalization indicated; disabling; limiting self-care ADL**. 
• Grade 4: Life-threatening consequences; urgent intervention indicated. 
• Grade 5: Death related to AE. 
*Instrumental ADL refer to preparing meals, shopping for groceries or clothes, using the telephone, managing 
money, etc. 
**Self-care ADL refer to bathing, dressing and undressing, feeding self, using the toilet, taking medications, and not 
bedridden. 
 
Assessment of Causality 
• The investigator is obligated to assess the relationship between study treatment and each occurrence of each 
AE/SAE. 
• A “reasonable possibility” of a relationship conveys that there are facts, evidence, and/or arguments to suggest 
a causal relationship, rather than a relationship cannot be ruled out. 
• The investigator will use clinical judgment to determine the relationship. 
• Alternative causes, such as underlying disease(s), concomitant therapy, and other risk factors, as well as the 
temporal relationship of the event to study treatment administration will be considered and investigated. 
• The investigator will also consult the Investigator’s Brochure and/or Product Information, for marketed products, 
in his/her assessment. 
• For each AE/SAE, the investigator must document in the medical notes that he/she has reviewed the AE/SAE 
and has provided an assessment of causality. 
• There may be situations in which an SAE has occurred, and the investigator has minimal information to include 
in the initial report to GSK. However, it is very important that the investigator always make an assessment 
of causality for every event before the initial transmission of the SAE data to GSK. 
• The investigator may change his/her opinion of causality in light of follow-up information and send an SAE 
follow-up report with the updated causality assessment. 
• The causality assessment is 1 of the criteria used when determining regulatory reporting requirements. 
 
 
Follow-up of AE and SAE 
• The investigator is obligated to perform or arrange for the conduct of supplemental measurements and/or 
evaluations as medically indicated or as requested by GSK to elucidate the nature and/or causality of the AE or 
SAE as fully as possible. This may include additional laboratory tests or investigations, histopathological 
examinations, or consultation with other health care professionals. All SAEs, and non-serious AEs of special 
interest (as defined in Section 8.3, Section 8.3.10 and Section 8.3.10.2), will be followed until the event is 
resolved, stabilized, otherwise explained, or the participant is lost to follow-up (as defined in Section 7.3). 
• New or updated information will be recorded in the originally completed CRF. 
• The investigator will submit any updated SAE data to GSK within 24 hours of receipt of the information. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
140 
12.3.5. 
Reporting of SAE to GSK 
SAE Reporting to GSK via Electronic Data Collection Tool 
• The primary mechanism for reporting SAE to GSK will be the electronic data collection tool. 
• If the electronic system is unavailable, then the site will use the paper SAE data collection tool (see next 
section) in order to report the event within 24 hours. 
• The site will enter the SAE data into the electronic system as soon as it becomes available. 
• After the study is completed at a given site, the electronic data collection tool will be taken off-line to prevent the 
entry of new data or changes to existing data. 
• If a site receives a report of a new SAE from a study participant or receives updated data on a previously 
reported SAE after the electronic data collection tool has been taken off-line, then the site can report this 
information on a paper SAE form (see next section) or to the Medical Director by telephone. 
• Contacts for SAE reporting can be found in the SRM. 
 
SAE Reporting to GSK via Paper CRF 
• Refer to the SRM for the method to transmit the SAE paper CRF and to whom the information should be sent. 
• In rare circumstances and in the absence of facsimile equipment, notification by telephone is acceptable with a 
copy of the SAE data collection tool sent by overnight mail or courier service. 
• Initial notification via telephone does not replace the need for the investigator to complete and sign the SAE 
CRF pages within the designated reporting time frames. 
• Contacts for SAE reporting can be found in SRM. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
141 
12.4. 
Appendix 4: ECOG Performance Status 
Grade 
Descriptions 
0 
Normal activity. Fully active, able to carry on all pre-disease performance without restriction. 
1 
Symptoms, but ambulatory. Restricted in physically strenuous activity, but ambulatory and able to 
carry out work of a light or sedentary nature (e.g., light housework, office work). 
2 
In bed <50% of the time. Ambulatory and capable of all self-care, but unable to carry out any work 
activities. Up and about more than 50% of waking hours. 
3 
In bed >50% of the time. Capable of only limited self-care, confined to bed or chair more than 
50% of waking hours. 
4 
100% bedridden. Completely disabled. Cannot carry on any self-care. Totally confined to bed or 
chair. 
5 
Dead. 
1. [Oken, 1982] 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
142 
12.5. 
Appendix 5: NYHA Functional Classification System 
12.5.1. 
NYHA Functional Classification System 
The New York Heart Association (NYHA) Functional Classification: Class I, II, III 
or IV Heart Failure [NYHA, 1994] provides a simple way of classifying the extent of 
heart failure. It places participants in 1 of 4 categories based on the level of limitation 
experienced during physical activity: 
Class 
Symptoms 
Class I 
(Mild) 
No limitation of physical activity. Ordinary physical activity does not cause undue fatigue, 
palpitation or dyspnea (shortness of breath). 
Class II 
(Mild) 
Slight limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but ordinary physical activity 
results in fatigue, palpitation or dyspnea. 
Class III 
(Moderate) 
Marked limitation of physical activity. Comfortable at rest, but less than ordinary physical 
activity results in fatigue, palpitation or dyspnea. 
Class IV 
(Severe) 
Unable to carry out any physical activity without discomfort. Symptoms of cardiac 
insufficiency at rest. If any physical activity is undertaken, discomfort is increased. 
 
12.5.2. 
References 
The Criteria Committee of the New York Heart Association (NYHA). Nomenclature and 
Criteria for Diagnosis of Diseases of the Heart and Great Vessels. 9th Ed. Boston, Mass: 
Little, Brown & Co.; 1994:253-256. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
143 
12.6. 
Appendix 6: Modified Diet in Renal Disease 
Table 32 
Modified Diet in Renal Disease Formula 
MDRD 
eGFR = 175 × (Scr)-1.154 × (Age)-0.203 × (0.742 if female) × (1.212 if African American) 
GFR is expressed in mL/min/1.73 m2, SCr is serum creatinine expressed in mg/dL, and age 
is expressed in years. 
The link below will auto-calculate the creatinine clearance: 
http://nephron.org/cgi-bin/MDRD_GFR/cgi 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
144 
12.7. 
Appendix 7: Contraceptive Guidance and Collection of 
Pregnancy Information 
12.7.1. 
Definitions 
Woman of Childbearing Potential 
A woman is considered fertile following menarche and until becoming postmenopausal 
unless permanently sterile (see below). 
If fertility is unclear (e.g., amenorrhea in adolescents or athletes) and a menstrual cycle 
cannot be confirmed before first cycle, additional evaluation should be considered. 
Women in the following categories are not considered WOCBP 
1. Premenarchal. 
2. Premenopausal female with 1 of the following: 
• 
Documented hysterectomy. 
• 
Documented bilateral salpingectomy. 
• 
Documented bilateral oophorectomy. 
For individuals with permanent infertility due to an alternate medical cause other 
than the above, (e.g., mullerian agenesis, androgen insensitivity), investigator 
discretion should be applied to determining study entry. 
Note: Documentation can come from the site personnel’s: review of the participant’s 
medical records, medical examination, or medical history interview. 
3. Postmenopausal female 
• 
A postmenopausal state is defined as no menses for 12 months without an 
alternative medical cause. 
• 
A high follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) level in the postmenopausal 
range may be used to confirm a postmenopausal state in women not 
using hormonal contraception or hormonal replacement therapy (HRT). 
However, in the absence of 12 months of amenorrhea, confirmation with 
more than 1 FSH measurement is required. 
• 
Females on HRT and whose menopausal status is in doubt will be required to 
use 1 of the non-estrogen hormonal highly effective contraception methods if 
they wish to continue their HRT during the study. Otherwise, they must 
discontinue HRT to allow confirmation of postmenopausal status before 
study enrolment. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
145 
12.7.2. 
Contraception Guidance: 
CONTRACEPTIVES1 ALLOWED DURING THE STUDY INCLUDE: 
Highly Effective Methods2 That Have Low User Dependency Failure rate of <1% per year 
when used consistently and correctly. 
• Implantable progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulation3 
• Intrauterine device (IUD) 
• Intrauterine hormone-releasing system (IUS)3 
• Bilateral tubal occlusion 
• Vasectomized partner 
• Note: Vasectomized partner is a highly effective contraceptive method provided that the partner is the sole 
sexual partner of the woman of childbearing potential and the absence of sperm has been confirmed. If not, an 
additional highly effective method of contraception should be used. Spermatogenesis cycle is approximately 90 
days. 
Highly Effective Methods2 That Are User Dependent Failure rate of <1% per year when used 
consistently and correctly 
• Combined (estrogen- and progestogen-containing) hormonal contraception associated with inhibition of 
ovulation3 
• oral 
• intravaginal 
• transdermal 
• injectable 
• Progestogen-only hormone contraception associated with inhibition of ovulation3 
• oral 
• injectable 
• Sexual abstinence 
• Note: Sexual abstinence is considered a highly effective method only if defined as refraining from heterosexual 
intercourse during the entire period of risk associated with the study treatment. The reliability of sexual 
abstinence needs to be evaluated in relation to the duration of the study and the preferred and usual lifestyle of 
the participant 
Note: Periodic abstinence (calendar, post-ovulation methods), withdrawal (coitus interruptus), spermicides only, and 
lactational amenorrhea method (LAM) are not acceptable methods of contraception for this study. Male condom 
and female condom should not be used together (due to risk of failure with friction) 
1. 
Contraceptive use by men or women should be consistent with local regulations regarding the use of 
contraceptive methods for those participating in clinical studies. 
2. 
Failure rate of <1% per year when used consistently and correctly. Typical use failure rates differ from those when 
used consistently and correctly. 
3. 
Male condoms must be used in addition to hormonal contraception If locally required, in accordance with Clinical 
Trial Facilitation Group (CTFG) guidelines, acceptable contraceptive methods are limited to those which inhibit 
ovulation as the primary mode of action. 
12.7.3. 
Collection of Pregnancy Information 
At Screening and during study, for WOCBP pregnancy assessments should be done in 
clinic, for female partners of male participants pregnancy assessments can be done in 
clinic or by home pregnancy tests with results communicated by telephone to study staff. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
146 
At end of treatment and during the follow-up periods, monthly pregnancy assessments 
can be done either in clinic or by home pregnancy tests with follow-up of results 
communicated by telephone to study staff. 
Male participants with partners who become pregnant 
• 
Investigator will attempt to collect pregnancy information on any female partner 
of a male study participant who becomes pregnant while participating in this 
study and 6 months following last study treatment. This applies only to male 
participants who receive study treatment. 
• 
After obtaining the necessary signed informed consent from the pregnant female 
partner directly, the investigator will record pregnancy information on the 
appropriate form and submit it to GSK within 24 hours of learning of the 
partner’s pregnancy. 
• 
The female partner will also be followed to determine the outcome of the 
pregnancy. Information on the status of the mother and child will be forwarded 
to GSK. 
• 
Generally, follow-up will be no longer than 6 to 8 weeks following the estimated 
delivery date. Any termination of the pregnancy will be reported regardless of 
fetal status (presence or absence of anomalies) or indication for procedure. 
Female Participants who become pregnant 
• 
Investigator will collect pregnancy information on any female participant, who 
becomes pregnant while participating in this study. 
• 
Information will be recorded on the appropriate form and submitted to GSK 
within 24 hours of learning of a participant’s pregnancy. 
• 
Participant will be followed to determine the outcome of the pregnancy. The 
investigator will collect follow-up information on participant and neonate, which 
will be forwarded to GSK. Generally, follow-up will not be required for longer 
than 6 to 8 weeks beyond the estimated delivery date. 
• 
Any termination of pregnancy will be reported, regardless of fetal status 
(presence or absence of anomalies) or indication for procedure. 
• 
While pregnancy itself is not considered to be an AE or SAE, any pregnancy 
complication or elective termination of a pregnancy for medical reasons will be 
reported as an AE or SAE. 
• 
A spontaneous abortion is always considered to be an SAE and will be reported 
as such. 
• 
Any SAE occurring as a result of a post-study pregnancy which is considered 
reasonably related to the study treatment by the investigator, will be reported to 
GSK as described in Appendix 3. While the investigator is not obligated to 
actively seek this information in former study participants, he/she may learn of 
an SAE through spontaneous reporting. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
147 
Any female participant who becomes pregnant while participating will discontinue study 
treatment. 
12.8. 
Appendix 8: Genetics 
12.8.1. 
Use/Analysis Of DNA 
• 
Genetic variation may impact a participant’s response to study treatment, 
susceptibility, severity and progression of disease. Variable response to study 
treatment may be due to genetic determinants that impact drug absorption, 
distribution, metabolism, and excretion; mechanism of action of the drug; 
disease etiology; and/or molecular subtype of the disease being treated. 
Therefore, where local regulations and IRB/IEC allow, a blood sample will be 
collected for DNA analysis. 
• 
DNA samples will be used for research related to belantamab mafodotin or 
multiple myeloma and related diseases. They may also be used to develop 
tests/assays including diagnostic tests related to belantamab mafodotin and 
multiple myeloma. Genetic research may consist of the analysis of 1 or more 
candidate genes or the analysis of genetic markers throughout the genome or 
analysis of the entire genome as appropriate. 
• 
DNA samples will be analyzed if it is hypothesized that this may help further 
understand the clinical data. 
• 
The samples may be analyzed as part of a multi-study assessment of genetic 
factors involved in the response to belantamab mafodotin or study treatments of 
this class. The results of genetic analyses may be reported in the clinical study 
report or in a separate study summary. 
• 
The sponsor will store the DNA samples in a secure storage space with adequate 
measures to protect confidentiality. 
• 
The samples will be retained while research on belantamab mafodotin (or study 
treatments of this class) or multiple myeloma continues but no longer than 
15 years after the last participant last visit or other period as per local 
requirements. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
148 
12.9. 
Appendix 9: Liver Safety: Required Actions and Follow-up 
Assessments and Study Treatment Rechallenge Guidelines 
Phase 1/2 liver chemistry stopping and increased monitoring criteria have been designed 
to assure participant safety and evaluate liver event etiology. 
Table 33 
Phase 1/2 Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria and Required Follow-Up 
Assessments 
Liver Chemistry Stopping Criteria – Liver Stopping Event 
ALT-absolute 
ALT 5xULN 
ALT Increase 
ALT 3xULN persists for 4 weeks 
Bilirubin1, 2 
ALT 3xULN and bilirubin 2xULN (>35% direct bilirubin)  
INR2  
ALT 3xULN and INR >1.5, if INR measured 
Cannot Monitor 
ALT 3xULN and cannot be monitored weekly for 4 weeks 
Symptomatic3 
ALT 3xULN associated with symptoms (new or worsening) believed to be related to liver 
injury or hypersensitivity 
Required Actions and Follow-up Assessments following ANY Liver Stopping Event 
Actions 
Follow-Up Assessments 
• 
Report the event to GSK within 24 hours. 
• 
Complete the liver event CRF and complete an 
SAE data collection tool if the event also meets 
the criteria for an SAE2. 
• 
Perform liver event follow-up assessments. 
• 
Monitor the participant until liver chemistries 
resolve, stabilize, or return to within baseline (see 
MONITORING below). 
• 
Do not restart/rechallenge participant with 
study treatment unless allowed per protocol and 
GSK Medical Governance approval is granted 
(refer to language within this Appendix). 
• 
If restart/rechallenge not allowed per protocol 
or not granted, permanently discontinue study 
treatment and may continue participating in the 
study for any protocol specified follow-up 
assessments. 
MONITORING: 
For bilirubin or INR criteria: 
• 
Repeat liver chemistries (include ALT, AST, 
alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin) and perform liver 
event follow-up assessments within 24 hrs. 
• 
Monitor participants twice weekly until liver 
chemistries resolve, stabilize or return to within 
baseline. 
• 
A specialist or hepatology consultation is 
recommended. 
For All other criteria: 
• 
Repeat liver chemistries (include ALT, AST, 
alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin) and perform liver 
event follow-up assessments within 24-72 hrs. 
• 
Monitor participants weekly until liver chemistries 
resolve, stabilize or return to within baseline. 
• 
Viral hepatitis serology4. 
• 
Only in those with underlying chronic hepatitis B at 
study entry (identified by positive hepatitis B surface 
antigen) quantitative hepatitis B DNA and hepatitis 
delta antibody5. 
• 
Blood sample for belantamab mafodotin PK analysis 
and a blood sample for sBCMA, obtained within 
70 days after last belantamab mafodotin dose6,7. 
• 
Serum creatine phosphokinase (CPK) and lactate 
dehydrogenase (LDH). 
• 
Fractionate bilirubin, if total bilirubin2xULN. 
• 
Obtain complete blood count with differential to 
assess eosinophilia. 
• 
Record the appearance or worsening of clinical 
symptoms of liver injury, or hypersensitivity, on the 
AE report form. 
• 
Record use of concomitant medications on the 
concomitant medications report form including 
acetaminophen, herbal remedies, other over-the- 
counter medications. 
• 
Record alcohol use on the liver event alcohol intake 
case report form. 
For bilirubin or INR criteria: 
• 
Anti-nuclear antibody, anti-smooth muscle antibody, 
Type 1 anti-liver kidney microsomal antibodies, and 
quantitative total immunoglobulin G (IgG or gamma 
globulins). 
• 
Serum acetaminophen adduct HPLC assay 
(quantifies potential acetaminophen contribution to 
liver injury in participants with definite or likely 
acetaminophen use in the preceding week. 
• 
Liver imaging (ultrasound, magnetic resonance, or 
computerized tomography) and /or liver biopsy to 
evaluate liver disease; complete Liver Imaging and/or 
Liver Biopsy CRF forms. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
149 
1. Serum bilirubin fractionation should be performed if testing is available. If serum bilirubin fractionation is not 
immediately available, discontinue study treatment for that participant if ALT 3xULN and bilirubin 2xULN. 
Additionally, if serum bilirubin fractionation testing is unavailable, record presence of detectable urinary 
bilirubin on dipstick, indicating direct bilirubin elevations and suggesting liver injury. 
2. All events of ALT 3xULN and bilirubin 2xULN (>35% direct bilirubin) or ALT 3xULN and INR>1.5, if INR 
measured which may indicate severe liver injury (possible ‘Hy’s Law’), must be reported as an SAE 
(excluding studies of hepatic impairment or cirrhosis); INR measurement is not required and the 
threshold value stated will not apply to participants receiving anticoagulants. 
3. New or worsening symptoms believed to be related to liver injury (such as fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right 
upper quadrant pain or tenderness, or jaundice) or believed to be related to hypersensitivity (such as fever, 
rash or eosinophilia). 
4. Includes: Hepatitis A IgM antibody; Hepatitis B surface antigen and Hepatitis B Core Antibody (IgM); 
Hepatitis C RNA; Cytomegalovirus IgM antibody; Epstein-Barr viral capsid antigen IgM antibody (or if 
unavailable, obtain heterophile antibody or monospot testing); Hepatitis E IgM antibody. 
5. If hepatitis delta antibody assay cannot be performed, it can be replaced with a PCR of hepatitis D RNA virus 
(where needed) [Le Gal, 2005]. 
6. Record the date/time of the PK/sBCMA blood sample draw and the date/time of the last dose of study 
treatment prior to blood sample draw on the CRF. If the date or time of the last dose is unclear, provide the 
participant’s best approximation. If the date/time of the last dose cannot be approximated OR a PK/sBCMA 
sample cannot be collected in the time period indicated above, do not obtain a PK/sBCMA sample. 
Instructions for sample handling and shipping are in the SRM and the laboratory manual. 
7. PK sample should also be drawn for combination partner agent at the time PK sampling is done for 
belantamab mafodotin and within 70 days after last partner agent dose; See Sub-study 3 for exception to this 
PK collection timing. 
 
Table 34 
Phase 1/2 Oncology liver chemistry increased monitoring criteria 
with continued therapy 
Liver Chemistry Increased Monitoring Criteria – Liver Monitoring Event 
Criteria 
Actions 
ALT 3xULN but <5xULN and 
 bilirubin <2xULN, without symptoms believed to 
be related to liver injury or hypersensitivity and who 
can be monitored weekly for 4 weeks. 
 
• Notify the Medical Director within 24 hours of learning 
of the abnormality to discuss participant safety. 
• Participant can continue study treatment. 
• Participant must return weekly for repeat liver 
chemistries (ALT, AST, alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin) 
until they resolve, stabilize or return to within baseline. 
• If at any time participant meets the liver chemistry 
stopping criteria, proceed as described above. 
• If, after 4 weeks of monitoring, ALT <3xULN and bilirubin 
<2xULN, monitor participants twice monthly until liver 
chemistries normalize or return to within baseline. 
 
12.9.1. 
Liver Safety Drug Restart or Rechallenge Guidelines 
If participant meets liver chemistry stopping criteria do not restart/rechallenge participant 
with study treatment unless all the following conditions are met: 
• 
GSK Medical Governance approval is granted (as described below), and 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
150 
• 
IRB/IEC approval is obtained, if required, and 
• 
Separate consent for treatment restart/rechallenge is signed by the participant. 
If GSK Medical Governance approval to restart/rechallenge participant with study 
treatment is not granted, then participant must permanently discontinue study treatment 
and may continue in the study for protocol-specified follow-up assessments. 
12.9.1.1. 
Rechallenge Following Liver Stopping Events that are Possibly Related 
to Study Treatment 
Rechallenge refers to resuming study treatment following drug-induced liver injury 
(DILI). Because of the risks associated with rechallenge after DILI, this should only be 
considered for a participant for whom there is compelling evidence of benefit from a 
critical or life-saving medicine, there is no alternative approved medicine available, and a 
benefit:risk assessment of rechallenge is considered to be favorable. 
Following DILI, drug rechallenge is associated with a 13% mortality across all drugs in 
prospective studies [Andrade, 2009]. Clinical outcomes vary by drug with nearly 50% 
fatality with halothane re-administered within 1 month of initial injury. However, some 
drugs seldom result in recurrent liver injury or fatality. 
Risk factors for a fatal drug rechallenge outcome include the following: 
• 
Hypersensitivity with initial liver injury (e.g., fever, rash, eosinophilia). 
• 
Jaundice or bilirubin >2 x ULN with initial liver injury (direct bilirubin >35% of 
total). 
• 
Participant currently exhibits severe liver injury defined by ALT >3 x ULN, 
bilirubin >2 x ULN (direct bilirubin >35% of total), or INR >1.5. 
• 
SAE or fatality has been observed with drug rechallenge [Papay, 2009; Hunt, 
2010]. 
• 
Evidence of drug-related preclinical liability (e.g., reactive metabolites; 
mitochondrial impairment) [Hunt, 2010]. 
Approval by GSK for rechallenge with study treatment can be considered under the 
following conditions: 
• 
Investigator requests consideration of rechallenge with study treatment for a 
participant who is receiving compelling benefit with study treatment that 
exceeds risk, and no effective alternative therapy is available. 
• 
IRB/IEC approval for rechallenge with study treatment must be obtained, as 
required. 
• 
If the rechallenge is approved by GSK Medical Governance in writing, the 
participant must be provided with a clear description of the possible benefits and 
risks of study treatment administration including the possibility of recurrent, 
more severe liver injury or death. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
151 
• 
The participant must also provide signed informed consent specifically for the 
rechallenge with study treatment. Documentation of informed consent must be 
recorded in the study chart. 
• 
Study treatment must be administered at the dose specified by GSK. 
• 
Participants approved by GSK Medical Governance for rechallenge with study 
treatment must return to the clinic twice a week for liver chemistry tests until 
stable liver chemistries have been demonstrated and then standard laboratory 
monitoring may resume as per protocol. 
• 
If after study treatment rechallenge, participant meets protocol defined liver 
chemistry stopping criteria, study treatment must be permanently discontinued. 
• 
Medical Director, and the IRB/IEC as required, must be informed of the 
participant’s outcome following study treatment rechallenge. 
• 
GSK must be notified of any AEs as per Appendix 3. 
 
12.9.1.2. 
Rechallenge Following Transient Liver Stopping Events Not Related to 
Study Treatment 
Restart refers to resuming study treatment following liver stopping events in which there 
is a clear underlying cause (other than DILI) of the liver event (e.g., biliary obstruction, 
pancreatic events, hypotension, and acute viral hepatitis). Furthermore, there should be 
no evidence of alcoholic hepatitis or hypersensitivity, and the study treatment should not 
be associated with human leukocyte antigen (HLA) markers of liver injury. 
Approval by GSK for study treatment restart can be considered under the following 
conditions: 
• 
Investigator requests consideration for study treatment restart if liver chemistries 
have a clear underlying cause (e.g., biliary obstruction, hypotension and liver 
chemistries have improved to normal or are within 1.5 x baseline and ALT 
<3 x ULN). 
• 
Possible study treatment-related liver injury has been excluded by the 
investigator and the study team. This includes the absence of markers of 
hypersensitivity (otherwise unexplained fever, rash, eosinophilia). Where a 
study treatment has an identified genetic marker associated with liver injury 
(e.g., lapatinib, abacavir, amoxicillin/clavulanate), the presence of the marker 
should be excluded. If study treatment-related liver injury cannot be excluded, 
the guidance on rechallenge in Appendix 9, Section 12.9.1.1 will apply. 
• 
There is no evidence of alcoholic hepatitis. 
• 
IRB/IEC approval of study treatment restart must be obtained, as required. 
• 
If restart of study treatment is approved by GSK Medical Governance in writing, 
the participant must be provided with a clear description of the possible benefits 
and risks of study treatment administration including the possibility of recurrent, 
more severe liver injury or death. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
152 
• 
The participant must also provide signed informed consent specifically for the 
study treatment restart. Documentation of informed consent must be recorded in 
the study chart. 
• 
Study treatment must be administered at the dose specified by GSK. 
• 
Participants approved by GSK Medical Governance for restarting study 
treatment must return to the clinic once a week for liver chemistry tests until 
stable liver chemistries have been demonstrated and then laboratory monitoring 
may resume as per protocol. 
• 
If after study treatment restart, the participant meets protocol defined liver 
chemistry stopping criteria, follow usual stopping criteria instructions. 
• 
Medical Director, and the IRB/IEC as required, must be informed of the 
participant’s outcome following study treatment restart. 
• 
GSK must be notified of any AEs, as per Appendix 3. 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
153 
12.10. 
Appendix 10: Eye Care Specialist- Qualifications and 
Requirements 
For examiners with a degree in optometry or ophthalmology, those involved in eye 
evaluations in the protocol must be able to provide comprehensive eye care to 
participants- ranging from routine check-ups to treatment and ongoing management of 
visual disease. This includes, at a minimum, the ability to perform the following 
activities: 
Specifically, qualified eye care specialists must be able to perform: 
• Comprehensive eye exams; 
• Visual acuity with manual refraction tests and analysis of results; 
• Slit lamp tests and analysis of results; 
• Intraocular pressure examination; 
• Dilated fundoscopic examination; 
• Diagnosis and treatment of ocular issues and diseases such as keratopathy or 
glaucoma. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
154 
12.11. 
Appendix 11: Decentralized and Remote Assessment 
Approaches 
These Home Healthcare and Telemedicine approaches may be implemented in the CE 
Phase only. 
Decentralized Ophthalmologic Examinations 
Where applicable country and local regulations and infrastructure allow, 
protocol- required eye examinations may be done at a specified alternative eye--care 
specialist clinic. Activities that may be done as part of decentralized eye examinations 
must follow the schedule provided in the SoA (Section 1.3) and include the following: 
• 
Visual acuity by near chart visual acuity or pinhole; 
• 
Slit lamp examination; 
• 
Tonometry (intraocular pressure measurement); 
• 
Ophthalmoscopy. 
The participant should be informed of any potential risks associated with decentralized 
ophthalmologic examinations and sign a revised ICF, if required. IRBs/IECs should be 
informed and/or approve of this change in approach and the process documented in study 
files. 
Remote Patient Reported Outcomes (PRO) Administration 
Where applicable country and local regulations, and infrastructure allow, remote PRO 
administration may be permitted. Remote PRO administration is defined administration 
of protocol PROs by a qualified third party over the telephone. The remote PRO 
Administrator will use the versions of the PROs designed for verbal administration. The 
remote PRO Administrator will have access to the electronic PRO portal for the study 
and input participant responses as the interview is being conducted. 
The participant should be informed of any potential risks associated with the remote PRO 
administration and sign a revised Informed Consent Form if required. IRB/Ethics 
committee should be informed and/or approve of this change in approach and the process 
documented in study files. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
155 
12.12. 
Appendix 12: Third Parties and Subcontractors 
Sub- 
Study 
Third Party 
Service Provided 
Endpoint 
  
All 
GSK 
Belantamab mafodotin ADA 
Secondary 
All 
Aushon 
Cytokines  
Exploratory 
All 
Adaptive 
MRD in bone marrow aspirate 
Exploratory 
All 
Alliance 
PK Cys-mcMMAF, soluble BCMA 
Exploratory 
All 
Menarini 
CMMCs 
Exploratory 
All 
Mosaic  
Bone Marrow aspirate for BCMA Expression and 
Biomarker Research 
Exploratory 
All 
Q2 
Sample receipt management and storage. Analysis of 
TBNK, BM Aspirate for BCMA and biomarker research, 
Liver Safety Follow-up, FISH 
Exploratory 
All 
Sampled 
Genetic sample storage 
Exploratory 
All 
Syneos Health PK ADC, PK mAb  
Exploratory 
All 
Clario 
PRO Questionnaires 
Exploratory 
All 
Evidera 
Exit Interviews 
Exploratory 
All 
ThreeWire 
Data Entry Support to Site  
  
All 
Sychrogenics 
Participant Narratives  
  
All 
J-Review 
Medical Review System  
  
All 
TCS 
Various publishing-related activities 
  
All 
Trilogy 
Medical 
Writing and 
Consulting 
Medical Writing support 
 
1 
GSK 
ADA OX40  
Secondary 
1 
Alliance 
PK OX40  
Exploratory 
2 
GSK 
ADA - ICOS 
Secondary 
2 
Alliance 
PK ICOS  
Exploratory 
4 
Charles River 
ADA Dostarlimab 
Secondary 
4 
Charles River 
PK - Dostarlimab 
Exploratory 
5 
Labcorp 
ADA ISA 
Secondary 
5 
CellCarta 
Bone Marrow Aspirate for BCMA and/or CD38 Expression 
and biomarker research  
Exploratory 
5 
Labcorp 
PK ISA 
Exploratory 
3, 6, 7 
Alliance 
PK Niro 
Exploratory 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
156 
12.13. 
Appendix 13: Abbreviations and Trademarks 
ADA 
Anti-drug antibody 
ADC 
Antibody-drug conjugate 
ADCC 
Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity 
ADCP 
Antibody-dependent cellular-mediated phagocytosis 
AE 
Adverse event 
AESI 
Adverse events of Special Interest 
ALP 
Alkaline phosphatase 
ALT 
Alanine aminotransferase 
ANC 
Absolute neutrophil count 
APRIL 
A proliferation-inducing ligand 
AST 
Aspartate aminotransferase 
ATP 
Adenosine triphosphate 
AUC 
Area under the concentration-time curve 
AV 
Atrioventricular 
BAFF 
B-cell activating factor of the tumor necrosis factor family 
BAL 
Bronchoalveolar lavage 
BCG 
Bacillus Calmette-Guérin 
BCMA 
B-cell maturation antigen 
BCVA 
Best corrected visual acuity 
BM 
Bone marrow 
BP 
Blood pressure 
C 
Cycle  
CA 
Competent Authority 
CAR-T 
Chimeric Antigen T-cell therapy  
CBC 
Complete blood count 
CBR 
Clinical benefit rate 
CDISC 
Clinical Data Interchange Standards Consortium 
CE 
Cohort Expansion (Phase) 
cfDNA 
Cell free deoxyribonucleic acid 
CI 
Confidence interval 
CIOMS 
Council for International Organizations of Medical Sciences 
CK 
Creatine kinase 
CL 
Clearance 
Cmax 
Maximum plasma drug concentration 
CMMC 
Circulating multiple myeloma cells 
CNS 
Central nervous system 
CONSORT 
Consolidated Standards of Reporting Trials 
CR 
Complete response 
CRF 
Case report form 
CRM 
Continual Reassessment Method 
CRP 
C-reactive protein 
CRS 
Cytokine release syndrome 
CRT 
Calreticulin  
CSR 
Clinical study report 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
157 
CT 
Computer tomography 
CTCAE 
Common Toxicity Criteria for Adverse Events 
cTn 
Cardiac troponin 
Ctrough 
Trough plasma concentration 
CYP 
Cytochrome P450 
CV% 
Coefficient of variation percent  
Cys-mcMMAF 
Cysteine maleimidocaproyl monomethyl auristatin F  
D 
Day  
DE 
Dose Exploration (Phase) 
DoR 
Duration of response 
DLT 
Dose-limiting toxicity 
DNA 
Deoxyribonucleic acid 
EC 
Ethics committee 
ECG 
Electrocardiogram 
ECHO 
Echocardiogram 
ECOG 
Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group 
eCRF 
Electronic case report form 
eGFR 
Estimated Glomerular Filtration  
EOI 
End of infusion 
EORTC IL52 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer Item 
Library 52 
EORTC QLQ-C30 
European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer 
Quality of Life Questionnaires 30-item Core Module 
EoS 
End of Study 
EOT 
End of Treatment 
FISH 
Fluorescence in situ hybridization; 
FLC 
Free light chain 
FSH 
Follicle stimulating hormone 
FTIH 
First time in human 
G-CSF 
Granulocyte colony stimulating factor 
GCP 
Good Clinical Practice 
GFR 
Glomerular filtration rate 
GGT 
Gamma glutamyl transferase 
GI 
Gastrointestinal 
GM-CSF 
Granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor 
GSK 
GlaxoSmithKline Research & Development Limited 
GSK2857916 
GSK anti-BCMA antibody drug conjugate (CA8 J6M0 Potelligent 
MMAF) 
HBsAg 
Hepatitis B surface antigen 
HBc 
Hepatitis B core 
HbcAb 
Hepatitis B core antibody 
HBV 
Hepatitis B 
HCV 
Hepatitis C 
HIPAA 
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act 
HMGB1 
High mobility group box 1 
HPLC 
High performance liquid chromatography 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
158 
HRT 
Hormone-replacement therapy 
HRQoL 
Health related quality of life 
HSCT 
Hematopoietic stem cell transplant 
IA 
Interim analysis 
IB 
Investigator’s Brochure 
ICD 
Immunogenic cell death 
ICF 
Informed consent form 
ICH 
International Council on Harmonization 
ICU 
Intensive care unit 
IDSL 
Integrated Data Standards Library 
IEC 
Institutional ethics committee 
IFN-γ 
Interferon gamma 
Ig 
Immunoglobulin 
IHC 
Immunohistochemistry 
IL 
Interleukin 
IMWG 
International Myeloma Working Group 
INR 
International normalized ratio 
IP 
Investigational product 
IrAE(s) 
Immune-related adverse event(s) 
IRB 
Institutional review board 
IRC 
Independent review committee 
IRR 
Infusion-related reaction 
ITT 
Intent-to-treat 
IUD 
Intrauterine device 
IUS 
Intrauterine hormone-releasing system 
IV 
Intravenous 
IVRS 
Integrated voice response system 
KVA 
Keratopathy Visual Acuity 
LAR 
Legally authorized representative 
LC 
Light chain 
LDH 
Lactate dehydrogenase 
LVEF 
Left ventricular ejection fraction 
mAb 
Monoclonal antibody 
Mc 
Maleimidocaproyl 
MCV 
Mean corpuscular volume 
MDRD 
Modified diet in renal disease 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MM 
Multiple Myeloma 
mm3 
Millimeter cube 
MMAF 
Monomethyl auristatin F 
MoA 
Mechanism of action 
mPFS 
Median PFS 
MR 
Minimal response 
MRD 
Minimal residual disease 
MRI 
Magnetic resonance Imaging 
MSDS 
Material safety data sheet 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
159 
MTD 
Maximum Tolerated Dose 
mTPI 
Modified toxicity probability interval 
MUGA 
Multiple gated acquisition 
NCI-CTCAE 
National Cancer Institute – Common Toxicity Criteria for Adverse 
Events 
NGS 
Next generation sequencing 
NT-proBNP 
N-terminal B-type natriuretic peptide 
NK 
Natural killer 
NYHA 
New York Heart Association 
OATP 
Organic anion transporter polypeptide 
OPS 
Output and Programming Specification 
ORR 
Overall response rate 
OS 
Overall survival 
OSDI 
Ocular Surface Disease Index 
OU 
Oculus uterque (both eyes) 
PBMC 
Peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
PC 
Plasma cells 
PCR 
Polymerase chain reaction 
PD 
Progressive disease 
PET 
Positron emission tomography 
PFS 
Progression-free survival 
POEMS 
Polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, myeloma protein, 
and skin changes 
Pgp 
P-glycoprotein 
PI 
Proteasome inhibitor 
PK 
Pharmacokinetic(s) 
PR 
Partial response 
PRO 
Patient reported outcome 
PRO-CTCAE 
Patient Reported Outcome version of the Common Term Criteria for 
Adverse Events 
PT 
Prothrombin time 
Q3W 
Every 3 week 
QoL 
Quality of life 
QTcF 
QT interval corrected using Fridericia’s formula 
RBC 
Red blood cell 
RNA 
Ribonucleic acid 
Ro 
Observed accumulation ratio 
RP2D 
Recommended Phase 2 dose 
RRMM 
Relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma 
RT-qPCR 
Reverse transcription quantitative polymerase chain reaction 
SAE 
Serious adverse event 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SARS-CoV-2 
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome-Coronavirus-2 
sBCMA 
Soluble B-cell maturation antigen 
sCR 
Stringent complete response 
SoA 
Schedule of Activities 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
160 
SoC 
Standard of care 
SOI 
Start of infusion 
SPEP 
Serum protein electrophoresis 
SRM 
Study research manual 
SRT 
Safety Review Team 
SPR 
Surface plasmon resonance 
t½  
Half-life 
T3 
Triiodothyronine 3 
T4 
Triiodothyronine 4 
TBNK 
T-cell, B-cell and Natural Killer cells 
TLS 
Tumor lysis syndrome 
Tmax 
Time to maximum drug concentration 
TNF-α 
Tumor necrosis factor alpha 
TSH 
Thyroid Stimulating Hormone 
TTE 
Time to event 
TTP 
Time to progression 
TTR 
Time to response 
ULN 
Upper limit of normal 
UPEP 
Urine protein electrophoresis 
UPM 
Unit probability mass 
VGPR 
Very good partial response 
Vd 
Volume of distribution 
Vss 
Volume of distribution at steady state 
WBC 
White blood cell 
WFI 
Water for injection 
WOCBP 
Women of childbearing potential 
 
Trademarks of the GSK group of 
companies 
 
Trademarks not owned by the GSK 
group of companies 
 
 
MedDRA 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
161 
12.14. 
Appendix 14: Country Specific Requirements  
French-specific requirements  
This appendix includes all applicable requirements of French Public Health Code / 
specific local GSK requirements and identifies, item per item, the mandatory 
modifications or additional information to the study protocol. 
1. Concerning the « SELECTION OF STUDY POPULATION AND 
WITHDRAWAL CRITERIA»  
A subject will be eligible for inclusion in this study if he /she is either affiliated to or 
beneficiary of a social security category (French Public Health Code law L.1121-8-1). 
(exception for a participant to a non-interventional study or to a participant to an 
interventional study if authorised by the Ethics Committee). 
It is the investigator’s responsibility to ensure and to document (in the source document - 
subject notes) that the subject: 
- 
is either affiliated to or beneficiary of a social security category  
- 
has got an authorisation by the Ethics Committee. 
2. Concerning the “STUDY GOVERNANCE CONSIDERATIONS” 
In section “Regulatory and Ethical Considerations, including the Informed Consent 
Process” of study protocol 
• Concerning the process for informing the subject and/or his/her legally 
authorized representative, the following text is added:  
 
French Patient Informed Consent is a document which summarizes the main features of 
the study and allows collection of the subject and/or his/her legally authorized 
representative written consent. It also contains a reference to the authorisation of ANSM 
and the approval from the French Ethics Committee. 
Concerning the process for obtaining subject informed consent: 
• When a research involving human being is carried out on a minor / on an adult 
in the care of a “tutelle” guardian, consent is given by their legal representative 
and, if the French Ethics Committee considers that the research in question, 
because of the seriousness of the restraints or the specificity of the medical acts 
involved, entails a serious risk of affecting their private life or the integrity of 
their body, consent is given by the family council if it has been instated, or by the 
judge of “tutelle” guardians. 
 
• When research involving human being is carried out on an adult in the care of 
a "curatelle" guardian, consent is given by the subject assisted by his guardian. 
However, if the adult in the care of a "curatelle" guardian is invited to participate 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
162 
in research which the French Ethics Committee considers, because of the 
seriousness of the restraints or the specificity of the medical acts involved, to 
entail a serious risk of affecting their private life or the integrity of their body, the 
matter is submitted to the judge of guardians who decides whether the adult is 
capable of giving her/his consent. In the case of incapacity, the judge will decide 
whether or not to authorise the research involving human being. 
 
• When research involving human being, which complies with the conditions laid 
down in article L. 1121-8, is considered for an adult incapable of expressing 
her/his consent and not under a legal protection order, consent is given by a 
person of trust as defined in article L. 1111-6 and, failing this, by the family, or a 
person who maintains close and stable links with the subject. However, if the 
French Ethics Committee considers that the research in question, because of the 
seriousness of the restraints or the specificity of the medical acts involved, entails 
a serious risk of affecting their private life or the integrity of their body, consent is 
given by the judge of guardians. 
 
Concerning the management of the Patient Informed Consent Forms, the following 
text is added: 
French Patient Informed Consent Form is in duplicate (triplicate for minor subject). 
The first page of the Patient Informed Consent Form is given to the investigator. The 
copy is kept by the patient or legally authorized representative. 
• 
 NOTIFICATION TO THE HOSPITAL DIRECTOR 
 
In accordance with Article L1123-13 of the French Public Health Code, the Hospital 
Director is informed of the commitment to the trial in her/his establishment. The Hospital 
Director is supplied with the protocol and any information needed for the financial 
disposition, the name of the investigator(s), the number of sites involved in his 
establishment and the estimated time schedule of the trial (R.1123-69). 
• 
INFORMATION TO THE HOSPITAL PHARMACIST 
 
In accordance with Article R.1123-70 of the French Public Health Code, the Hospital 
Pharmacist is informed of the commitment to the trial in her/his establishment. The 
Pharmacist is supplied with a copy of the protocol (which allows her/him to dispense the 
drug(s) of the trial according to the trial methodology), all information concerning the 
product(s) of the trial (e.g. included in the IB), the name of the investigator(s), the 
number of sites involved in her/his establishment and the estimated time schedule of the 
trial. 
• 
Ethnic Origin 
In accordance with the data privacy regulation, the ethnic origin, as any personal data, 
can only be collected if the collection of this data is strictly necessary and relevant for the 
purpose of the study. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
163 
• 
TESTING OF BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES 
In accordance with the French Public Health Code law – article L1211-2, a biological 
sample without identified purpose at the time of the sample and subject’s preliminary 
information is not authorized. 
3. Concerning the “ DATA MANAGEMENT ” the following text is added: 
Within the framework of this clinical trial, data regarding the identity of the investigators 
and/or co-investigators and/or the pharmacists if applicable, involved in this clinical trial, 
and data regarding the subjects recruited in this clinical trial (subject number, treatment 
number, subjects status with respect to the clinical trial, dates of visit, medical data) will 
be collected and computerized in GSK data bases by GSK or on its behalf, for reasons of 
follow up, clinical trial management and using the results of said clinical trial. According 
to the data privacy regulation, each of these people aforesaid has a right of access, 
correction and opposition on their own data through GSK (Clinical Operations 
Department). 
4. Concerning Data Privacy 
In accordance with the applicable data privacy regulation, personal data are processed in 
a manner that ensures appropriate security, including protection against unauthorized or 
unlawful processing and against accidental loss, destruction or damage, using appropriate 
technical or organizational measures. The processing is whether deemed to be compliant 
with one of the methodology of reference (MR-001) or has been the subject of a request 
for authorization to the CNIL. The Investigator has, regarding the processing data related 
to her/him, a right of access, of rectification, erasure and of opposition with GSK in 
accordance with the legal provisions. 
5. Investigational Product Accountability, Reconciliation, and Destruction 
In specific situations where institutional practices dictate that the site disposes of and/or 
destroys IP prior to allowing the “monitor’ to verify and document IP accountability, the 
following applies: 
“During the conduct of the Study, Investigational Product (IP) will be destroyed by the 
Institution prior to a GSK “monitor” conducting final investigational product 
accountability. Institution agrees that such destruction will comply with Institution’s 
investigational product accountability procedures and will provide GSK with 
investigational product accountability logs and supporting documentation to verify 
adherence to ‘Bonnes Pratiques Cliniques’ (decision dated on the 24th of November 
2006). 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
164 
12.15. 
Appendix 15: Protocol Amendment History 
The Protocol Amendment Summary of Changes Table for the current amendment is 
located directly before the Table of Contents (TOC). 
Amendment 05: 21 January 2022 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol has been amended to include 2 IAs for futility, allow enrollment of 
participants who are positive for Hepatitis B core Antibody, exclude participants who 
have an active renal condition, and reflect new dose modification guidance for 
belantamab mafodotin. In addition, clarifications were made in line with program level 
changes, administrative updates, and safety updates, which are summarized in the table 
below. 
Changes listed in the table below are for the Master Protocol only. Changes for 
Protocol Amendment 5 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the 
beginning of each relevant sub-study protocol. 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Throughout 
document 
Updated reference to GSK2857916/ 
belantamab mafodotin Investigator’s 
Brochure 
To refer to the most recent version of the IB 
 
Updated language to align with 
GSK2857916/ belantamab mafodotin 
Investigator’s Brochure 
To improve overall clarity and alignment with 
GSK2857916 Investigator’s Brochure 
 
Minor editorial and document formatting 
revisions 
To improve overall clarity and correct 
typographical errors 
 
Renumbering of Tables and Footnotes  
As a result of changes within the document  
1.2 Schema 
Schema updated to reflect the interim 
analysis during the CE Phase 
To align with updates made in Section 4.1.2 and 
Section 9.5.2.1. 
1.3. Schedule of 
Activities (SoA) 
Added additional procedures for 
participants who are positive for 
Hepatitis B core Antibody 
Added Table 8 for additional procedures 
for participants who are positive for 
Hepatitis B core Antibody 
To align with the latest regulatory guidance 
 
Added multiple gated acquisition 
(MUGA) scan. 
Clarified text for the Treatment Period for 
belantamab mafodotin monotherapy CE 
phase for performing the same 
procedure (ECHOs or MUGA scan for 
Updated in line with cardiac monitoring 
requirements across belantamab mafodotin 
program, based on emerging safety data 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
165 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
LVEF) at Screening to be throughout the 
study 
 
Updated guidance on bone marrow/core 
biopsy sample collection 
To clarify language 
 
Treatment Period for belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy edited to reflect 
CE phase only; assessments for the DE 
phase are described in each sub-study 
specific module 
To clarify language 
 
Updated text to reflect the serum protein 
electrophoresis (SPEP) to be performed 
at Q3W and the urine protein 
electrophoresis [UPEP]) to be performed 
to confirm objective response (PR or 
better) or if there is concern for disease 
progression, during the Treatment 
Period for belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy CE phase 
Clarified the text suggesting the Serum 
immunofixation to be performed when 
SPEP or UPEP are negative; and 
performed to confirm objective response 
(PR or better).  
To clarify language 
 
Removed plasma cfDNA sample 
collection  
Revised to remove redundancy.  
 
Removed Cycle 1 24 hour, and Cycle 1 
Day 4 collection timepoint for PK and 
Biomarker during the CE treatment 
period. 
To reduce collection of blood samples and reduce 
patient burden 
 
Updated the schedule for bone marrow 
aspiration and sample collection, 
throughout the study 
Clarified the optional BM research 
wording 
To clarify language 
 
Revised the ocular exam follow-up time 
period for participants with a treatment-
related change in vision at the end of 
treatment visit from every 6 weeks to 
every 3 months 
To align with program level updates 
2.3.1 Summary of 
Risk Assessment 
Update of Risk Assessment table to 
reflect current information on 
keratopathy, nephrotoxicity and 
pneumonitis (Pulmonary) from the 
GSK2857916/belantamab mafodotin 
program 
Updated based on emerging data from 
GSK2857916/belatamab mafodotin program 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
166 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
4.1. Overall 
Design 
Addition of two interim analyses for 
futility during the CE phase 
Added the basis on which CE will be 
initiated 
To allow early termination of the CE phase if the 
futility threshold is met 
Added for clarification 
4.1.1. Dose 
Exploration Phase 
Updated the language to allow decisions 
to escalate, stay, or de-escalate the 
dose guided by the mTPI algorithm 
To clarify language 
4.1.1.1. Dose-
Limiting-Toxicity 
Updated the DLT criteria for dose 
escalation for Non-hematologic 
(excluding) corneal toxicity, corneal 
events, and removed the non-applicable 
footnote of Table 12 as per the updates 
to this section 
To clarify language 
4.1.1.2. mTPI in 
Dose Exploration 
Clarified text to reflect decision criteria in 
the mTPI Table for all cohorts that 
continue to recruit participants 
To clarify language 
4.1.2. Cohort 
Expansion Phase 
Updated text to include interim analyses 
for futility 
Updated the randomization ratio and 
proportion of participants randomized to 
the monotherapy arm when there are 
concurrent arms (CE only) in Table 14 
To clarify criteria for progression of combination 
to CE phase. 
4.4.2. Study 
completion 
Updated the definition of Sub study 
completion and End of study completion 
definition- ‘12 months for DE and 36 
months for CE’ 
For clarification 
5.1. Inclusion 
Criteria for All 
Participants 
Added note to inclusion criteria 1 to 
clarify the language on country/site age 
requirements 
Removed cardiac laboratory 
assessments from Table 15 which was a 
part of Screening for adequate organ 
system function 
Added inclusion criteria 8 to include 
participants who are positive for HBcAb 
Added inclusion criteria 10 to allow 
participants who are currently receiving 
physiological doses of oral steroids 
(<10mg/day), inhaled steroids or 
ophthalmological steroids, in the study 
To clarify language and to align with program 
level updates. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To align with the latest regulatory guidance 
5.2. Exclusion 
Criteria 
Clarified language for exclusion criteria 
11 and 12 to exclude participants who 
have tested positive for HBcAb and for 
Hepatitis C 
To align with the latest regulatory guidance (in 
Section 5.1 Inclusion Criteria 8). 
 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
167 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Added exclusion criteria 13 on presence 
of active renal conditions 
Removed repetitive text in the ‘Note’ 
from exclusion criteria 23 
To align with emerging safety data. 
 
 
5.3. Lifestyle 
Considerations 
Updated text with SARS-CoV-2 vaccines  Clarified text to include the wording related to 
SARS-CoV-2 vaccines 
6.2. Belantamab 
mafodotin Dose 
Administration 
Updated text on administration 
belantamab mafodotin on Day 1 of each 
cycle. 
Clarified language of oral combination 
therapy and inclusion of details in sub-
studies 
To clarify language 
6.5.2. Prohibited 
Concomitant 
Medications and 
Non-Drug 
Therapies 
Addition of text on prohibiting use of live 
attenuated vaccines at least reflecting 
following the last dose of belantamab 
mafodotin 
Clarified the language on steroids 
reflecting administration prior to C1D1 
To maintain program-wide consistency 
 
 
 
To clarify language 
6.6.3. Belantamab 
Mafodotin Dose 
Modification in CE 
Monotherapy 
Control Arm 
Addition of section on permitted dose 
reductions for participants in the CE 
phase in the belantamab mafodotin 
monotherapy control arm 
To reflect new changes of the added new lower 
dose of belantamab mafodotin 
6.6.4 Belantamab 
mafodotin Dose 
Reductions or 
Delays 
Updated the dose modification strategy 
in Table 20 for Grade 2 and Grade 3 
based on KVA scale 
Updated for clarification 
6.6.5. 
Management of 
Positive Hepatitis 
B Core Antibody 
Participants 
Added section to clarify management of 
participants who are positive for HBcAb 
and dose modification guidelines for 
Hepatitis B reactivation 
To align with the latest regulatory guidance 
7.1.3 Left 
Ventricular 
Ejection Fraction 
(LVEF) Stopping 
Criteria 
Removal of LVEF stopping criteria 
Updated in line with cardiac monitoring 
requirements across belantamab mafodotin 
program, based on emerging safety data 
8.2.6 
Echocardiogram 
(ECHO) or MUGA 
Scan for LVEF 
Addition of text to include MUGA scan at 
baseline to assess cardiac ejection 
fraction 
Allow flexibility in methods of scans. 
8.5.2 
Pharmacokinetic 
Sample Analysis 
Removed the antibody-drug conjugate 
(ADC) from the PK assessments 
To clarify language 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
168 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
and 9.4.7. 
Pharmacokinetic 
Analyses 
8.8. Biomarkers 
Clarified language in biomarkers 
confirming usage samples for the 
development of validated assays and/or 
diagnostic tests if potentially predictive of 
response or associated with AEs are 
identified 
To clarify language 
8.8.3. Tumor 
Related Biomarker 
Analysis 
Updated text to add BCMA expression 
analysis by IHC or flow cytometry. 
Addition of text confirming remaining 
aspirate and/or biopsy sample to be 
used for biomarker research 
To add clarity 
8.8.7. Circulating 
Cell Free DNA 
(cfDNA) Analysis 
This section was removed during current 
amendment 
Not required 
8.9. Health-
Related Quality of 
Life 
Corrected typo to indicate 4 health-
related quality of life (QoL) instruments 
will be employed in this study, 
Corrected a typographical error 
9.3. Populations 
for Analyses 
Added text on DLT evaluable criteria 
To clarify language 
9.2.1. Statistical 
Operating 
Characteristics 
Added more conditions under which 
operating characteristics will be 
summarized 
Updated information 
9.5.2.1. Interim 
Analysis for 
Futility 
Added the text for interim analysis for 
futility 
To clarify criteria for progression of combination 
to CE phase 
9.5.2.2. Rolling 
Safety Evaluation 
Reorganized the text on safety stopping 
rules for the cohort expansion under the 
heading of rolling safety evaluation 
To clarify language 
9.5.2.3. Ongoing 
Exploratory 
Analysis 
Added text to clarify and reorganized the 
text on exploratory analysis of 
pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic 
or biomarker data 
To clarify language 
Appendix 2- 
Clinical Laboratory 
Tests 
Removed mean corpuscular hemoglobin 
(MCH) and mean corpuscular 
hemoglobin concentration (MCHC) from 
red blood cell (RBC) Indices 
Removed the reticulocyte count and 
blood type assessment 
Removed conditional clinical chemistry 
tests- Troponin, N-terminal pro B-type 
To allow greater flexibility to sites and clarify 
language. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
169 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
natriuretic peptide, Triiodothyronine (T3), 
Thyroxine (T4) and Thyroid-stimulating-
hormone (TSH) 
Updated text to move the anti-drug 
antibodies (ADA) assessments to sub 
studies. 
Updated few tests under Other 
laboratory tests- HBV-DNA testing, 
Coombs testing 
Updated the bone marrow aspiration 
methods 
Appendix 3.5 
Reporting of SAE 
to GSK 
Removed requirement for investigator or 
medically qualified sub-investigator to 
show evidence within the eCRF of 
review and verification of the relationship 
of each SAE to IP/study participation 
(causality) within 72 hours of SAE entry 
into the eCRF 
72 hour check box requirement is no longer in 
effect. The need for the investigator to document 
that they have reviewed the AE/SAE and provide 
an assessment of causality is covered in 
Section 12.3.4 
Appendix 10. Eye-
Care Specialist- 
Qualifications and 
Requirements 
Aligned the text to reflect the 
requirements from eye-care specialist 
To clarify language 
Appendix 11. 
Decentralized and 
Remote 
Assessment 
Approaches 
Updated heading from ‘Home Healthcare 
and Telemedicine Approaches’ to 
‘Decentralized and Remote Assessment 
Approaches’. Also updated the content 
to align with new heading 
Updated with new changes 
Appendix 12. 
Abbreviations and 
Trademarks 
Updated the new abbreviations used in 
the document. 
To reflect new changes 
Appendix 13: 
Protocol 
Amendment 
History 
Addition of summary of changes from 
amendment 04 in the appendix as per 
the template requirement 
Template alignment  
 
Amendment 04: 14 December 2020 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol has been amended to introduce a new sub-study (Sub-study 5), revise the 
design and dose evaluation of Sub-study 3, and to convert the protocol into a modular 
format with separate sub-study modules. 
In addition, changes were made in line with comments from regulators, program level 
changes and safety updates, which include the following: 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
170 
• Biomarker assay added for plasma cfDNA assessment 
• Guidance on avoidance of blood product transfusion on dosing days 
• Added Tables on Ocular KVA scale and revised Dose Modification guidance for 
Ocular events based on the KVA scale 
• Added instruction to check glasses prescription during follow-up ophthalmic 
exams 
• Added Appendix outlining acceptable use of Home Health/Telemedicine 
approaches in circumstances where patient visits may not be performed onsite 
(ie, due to local COVID-19 restrictions) 
Changes listed in the table below are for the Master protocol only. Changes for 
Protocol Amendment 4 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the 
beginning of each relevant sub-study module. 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Revised Study Design 
Section 1.2 Schema 
Replaced study design diagram 
Minor revisions to update 
Introduction Changes 
Section 2.2.4.1 
Pharmacokinetics and 
Pharmacodynamics in 
Humans 
Edited Background information of belantamab 
mafodotin PK data from Study 205678 
Updated data 
Study Population 
Section 5.2 Exclusion 
Criteria 
Revised exclusion criteria for plasma cell 
leukemia to also include past diagnosis 
To clarify exclusion criteria for 
participants with plasma cell 
leukemia 
Safety Changes 
Section 4.1.1.1 Dose- 
Limiting Toxicity 
Updated Table 11 footnote to state KVA scale to 
be used to capture corneal toxicity and changes in 
visual acuity 
For assessment of ocular events 
utilizing program KVA Scale based 
on feedback from regulatory 
agencies 
Section 6.5.1 
Permitted 
Concomitant 
Medications 
Added guidance to avoid administration of blood 
product transfusions on dosing days 
To avoid interference with 
belantamab mafodotin 
administration and 
assessment/determination of 
relatedness of reaction(s) due to 
blood product or study drug 
administration 
Section 6.6.3 
Belantamab Mafodotin 
dose reductions and 
delays 
Added Table 17 for the new ocular KVA scale for 
grading of treatment-related corneal events  
For assessment of ocular events 
utilizing program KVA Scale based 
on feedback from regulatory 
agencies 
Section 6.6.3 
Belantamab Mafodotin 
dose reductions and 
delays 
Added Table 18 dose modifications, in alignment 
with the guidelines of the new ocular KVA scale 
To provide guidance on dose 
modification for ocular events 
utilizing KVA scale per program  
Section 7.1.3 QTc 
interval stopping 
criteria 
Removed entire section 
Clarified Safety Assessments based 
on prior edits (Protocol Amendment 
03) 
Section 7.1.4 
Updated reference to the KVA Scale for corneal 
event assessments 
For assessment of ocular events 
utilizing program KVA Scale based 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
171 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
on feedback from regulatory 
agencies 
Section 8.2.5 
Electrocardiogram 
(ECG) 
Clarified language as a single ECG is only to be 
collected at Screening 
Clarified based on prior edits 
(Protocol Amendment 03) 
Section 8.2.7 
Ophthalmic 
assessments 
Added instruction to check glasses prescription 
To accommodate for fluctuations in 
prescriptions 
 
Clarified language on significant ophthalmic 
findings (Grade 2 or above) and definition of 
resolution (to baseline instead of Grade 1) 
To align with GSK belantamab 
mafodotin program language 
Changes in Assessments and Schedules of Activities (SoAs) 
Section 1.3 SoA tables 
 
Added language to contact the Medical Director 
prior to dosing in case C1D1 Hem/Chem results 
are outside the eligibility requirements at 
Screening 
To clarify medical review and 
approval requirement for C1D1 
dosing  
 
Clarified language on definition of resolution of 
ophthalmic findings (to baseline instead of 
Grade 1) 
To align with GSK belantamab 
mafodotin program language 
 
Added plasma-cfDNA assessment 
To update and clarify this 
assessment 
 
Clarified footnote on Single ECG at Screening 
(Table 3) 
Clarified based on prior edits 
(Protocol Amendment 03) 
 
Addition of Table 7 to summarize bone marrow 
sampling and assessments 
To summarize and provide detail on 
these procedures in 1 location 
Section 12.11 
Appendix 11 
Added Appendix for Home Health/Telemedicine 
approaches  
To provide alternative assessments 
in circumstances where patient 
visits may not be performed onsite 
(ie, due to local COVID-19 
restrictions) 
Protocol Clarification and Alignment 
Section 4.1.2 Cohort 
Expansion Phase 
Text Clarification for prior to be used (DREAMM-2 
data instead of FTIH data) 
Based on available data from the 
pivotal DREAMM-2 study 
Section 8.8 
Biomarkers 
Added clarifying language for analysis of 
biomarker samples if date and time have been 
recorded 
To clarify time/date requirements for 
sample analysis 
Administrative Changes 
Sub-study sections 
Transferred to separate modules 
Conversion to modular format 
Editorial/Document Formatting Changes 
Throughout document 
Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
Minor revisions without change to 
content, therefore have not been 
specifically delineated 
 
Amendment 3: 08 July 2020 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol has been amended to introduce a new sub-study into Section 14 of the 
protocol. In addition, changes were made in line with comments from regulators, 
program level changes and safety updates, which include the following: 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
172 
• Introduction of Sub-study 4- belantamab mafodotin and partner agent 
combination (Section 14) 
• 
Incorporation of updated human experience, safety information and PK/PD 
summary for belantamab mafodotin (Sections 2.2.4 and 2.2.4.1) 
• 
Incorporation of updated PK/PD and safety information for partner agents in sub-
studies 1 and 2 (Section 11 and Section 12). 
• Removal of post-baseline ECG assessments 
• Modifications to the Dose Escalation Plan (DEP) 
• Revised guidance added for belantamab mafodotin overdose 
• Revisions to statistical projections and analyses due to addition of sub-study 4 
• Replaced asset number or abbreviations with generic name belantamab 
mafodotin 
• Included reference for data from DREAMM-2 study [Lonial, 2020] to support 
2.5 mg/kg starting dose and removal of references to 3.4 mg/kg dose 
• Guidance on dose modifications modified to include/change management of 
IRRs, urine dipstick results, thrombocytopenia, neutropenia without fever, 
pneumonitis 
• Modified text on Risk Assessment for thrombocytopenia, potential 
cardiotoxicity, immunosuppression 
• Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
Changes listed in the table below are for the Master protocol only. Changes for 
Protocol Amendment 3 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the 
beginning of each relevant sub-study section (Section 11 through Section 15). 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Revised Study Design 
Section 1.1  
Modified language regarding belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy dose decision 
See reference for DREAMM-2 study 
data [Lonial, 2020] for belantamab 
mafodotin monotherapy 
recommended dose 
Section 1.1 
Removed references to 3.4 mg/kg dose 
See reference for DREAMM-2 study 
data [Lonial, 2020] as above 
Section 1.3  
Bone Marrow sample for BCMA expression- 
added biopsy in addition to aspirate collection for 
biomarker research. Replaced aspirate clot by 
aspirate. 
Change in sample type due to 
observed assay failure secondary to 
hemodilution in bone marrow 
aspirate clots. BCMA IHC is 
validated in bone marrow biopsy 
samples. 
Section 1.3 
Added additional timepoints for cytokines, whole 
blood RNA, PBMCs and CMMC 
To ensure consistency across sub-
studies and to provide a more 
comprehensive longitudinal analysis 
of these samples. 
Section 2.3.1 
Risk assessment language clarified for Impaired 
Female Fertility-ovarian findings in rat studies  
To ensure consistency in protocol 
language across belantamab 
mafodotin program 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
173 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 2.2.4 
Updated content for human experience with 
belantamab mafodotin, including current safety 
information and selection of 2.5 mg/kg 
belantamab mafodotin monotherapy 
recommended dose.  
References added for DREAMM-1 
Study data [Trudel, 2019] and 
DREAMM-2 Study data; Lonial, 
2020]; Current human experience 
and safety information as per 
belantamab mafodotin Investigator’s 
Brochure, v8, 2020. 
Section 2.2.4.1 
Updated PK/PD Summary  
Current PK/PD summary 
information for belantamab 
mafodotin. 
Section 3 
Clarification to description of Biomarkers- 
Exploratory Objectives  
Details added to align with content 
in Section 8.8; no changes to 
objectives, assays or schedule 
Section 4.1 
Modified text on the effect of new sub-studies on 
the randomization ratio 
Maintain statistical analyses 
Section 4.1.1 
Reference to Dose Escalation Plan added 
Revised description of CE dose escalation 
decisions 
Define membership, roles, and 
process for dose escalation 
decisions 
Section 5.1 
1) Revised Inclusion Criteria for IC#5 ECOG 
scores; 2) IC#7 Update Adequate Organ System 
parameters; 3) Clarification to IC#10- Informed 
consent signature by participant or legally 
authorized representative (LAR) 
1) Clarify Grade 2 ECOG not 
exclusionary if due to skeletal 
complications/pain due to MM; 2) 
Revised to match program criteria; 
3) To align with text outlined under 
Informed Consent Process, Section 
17.1.3. 
Section 5.2 
Removed QTcF 480 msec from exclusion 
criteria and move symptomatic pericarditis as 
evidence of cardiovascular risk to exclusion 
criteria for substudies 1 and 2 exclusion 
Refine study population criteria 
Section 5.3 
Clarification on timing and use of contact lenses 
post-treatment 
Per belantamab mafodotin program 
level ocular management guidance 
Section 6.2 
Text added to specify that belantamab mafodotin 
is administered first for combination sub-studies 
Clarify sequence of drug 
administrations 
Safety Changes 
Section 1.3, Section 
8.3.1 
AEs/SAEs will be collected until at least 70 days 
post EOT 
As per belantamab mafodotin 
program safety language 
Section 1.3, Section 
5.1, Section 8.3.7 
Revised instructions for EoT/post-treatment 
pregnancy testing 
As per belantamab mafodotin 
program safety language 
Section 2.3.1 
Modified text on Risk Assessment for 
thrombocytopenia, potential cardiotoxicity, 
immunosuppression 
As per belantamab mafodotin 
program safety language  
Section 6.6.3, Section 
8.3.9.1 
Dose modifications revised to include/change 
IRRs, urine dipstick results, thrombocytopenia, 
neutropenia without fever, pneumonitis 
Clarification of urine dipstick 
language and remainder per 
belantamab mafodotin program 
safety language  
Section 7.1.3 
Text on QTc stopping criteria modified 
As per belantamab mafodotin 
program safety language  
Section 7.1.5 
Revised text on stopping criteria for ocular 
examination findings 
As per belantamab mafodotin 
program safety language  
Section 8.2.5 
Revised text on ECG assessments to reflect ECG 
at screening only 
Consistency with change to ECG 
assessment at screening only 
Section 8.4 
Revised wording on treatment of belantamab 
mafodotin overdose 
To provide clarification of monitoring 
and actions to be taken 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
174 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 16.3 
Addition of dose modification and management 
table 
Update based on current safety 
assessment 
Section 17.9 
Update in follow-up assessments 
Revised to match current safety 
assessment 
Changes in Assessments and Schedules of Activities (SoAs) 
Section 1.3 
Revised assessments and descriptions, including: 
• Urinalysis assessment and description 
• Removal of post-baseline ECG assessments; 
screening and post-baseline thyroid function 
tests, NT-proBNP and troponin 
• Description of MRI, CT, PET/CT scans for 
disease assessment in Germany 
• Removal of Qualitative phone interview during 
treatment; optional after EoT 
• Serum Immunofixation and serum FLC assay 
• Removal of post EOT ADA sampling 
Provide clarifications and more 
specific guidance 
Section 8.8.7 
Added circulating cell free DNA analysis 
Specify sampling and assessment 
Section 8.9.3.2 
Revisions to QoL assessments to include IL52 
(symptom assessment) portion of EORTC QLQ-
My20 and revise timepoints 
Clarify assessments and timing 
Section 8.9.4 
Revisions to qualitative phone interviews 
Changes to timepoints and 
implementation 
Protocol Clarification and Alignment 
Section 1.3, Section 
8.2.7 
Replace ophthalmologist and optometrist with 
eye-care specialist term and define same 
Simplify and define provider 
terminology 
Section 4.1.2 
Add text for stratification based on prior lines of 
therapy (3-4 vs. >4) 
Consistency in document 
Section 6.6.3, Table 
15 
Clarified language to include Febrile Neutropenia 
and Neutropenia without Fever terms 
Clarification 
Section 8.2.7 
Revised wording on slit lamp examinations 
To align with belantamab mafodotin 
program guidance  
Section 1.3, 3, Section 
8.9.3 
Update of QoL assessment name EORTC IL52 
QLQ-My20 
 
Section 9.2.1 
Updated probability rates futility/success 
Revisions for consistency with 
protocol changes 
Section 9.3 
Modified definition for ITT population; update 
definition of DLT Evaluable population 
Include stratification factor and 
clarification 
Section 9.4.2 
Revised projections of responders 
Based on DREAMM2 study data 
[Lonial, 2020] 
Section 9.6 
Updated futility/success probabilities 
Revised for addition of new sub-
study and DREAMM2 study data 
[Lonial, 2020] 
Throughout 
Asset numbers/abbreviations replaced with 
generic names except for laboratory sampling 
Consistency throughout document 
Administrative Changes 
Throughout 
The term ‘Medical Monitor’ has been replaced 
with ‘Medical Director’ 
To better represent the medical 
oversight for the study 
Section 17.10 
Added appendix to define qualified eye-care 
specialist requirements 
Clarify needs for ophthalmic 
monitoring and assessment 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
175 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Editorial/Document Formatting Changes 
Throughout document 
Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
Minor revisions without change to 
content, therefore have not been 
specifically delineated 
 
Amendment 2: 16 December 2019 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol was amended to introduce a new sub-study into Section 13 of the protocol. 
In addition, changes were made in line with comments from regulators, program level 
changes and safety updates, which include the following: 
• Updated program level wording for belantamab mafodotin mode of action 
• Data updates in line with new publications 
• Restricted eligibility of participants treated with prior BCMA-targeted agents to 
the Dose Exploration (DE) phase only 
• Ophthalmology wording updated 
• Updated pregnancy and contraceptive wording 
• Updated timing of SAE assessments 
• Toxicity Management and Dose Modification Guidance for infusion-related 
reactions (IRRs) wording updated 
• Clarifications to the SoA. 
• Clarification of efficacy evaluations 
• Clarity of wording around when a sub-study can be closed, and end of study and 
study withdrawal defined 
• Wording clarified around the starting dose of belantamab mafodotin 
• New data regarding the role of B-Cell Maturation Antigen in Multiple Myeloma. 
• Interim analysis timing clarified 
• Live, live/attenuated vaccine timing clarified 
• Infusion timing added for belantamab mafodotin 
• Clarification of wording around belantamab mafodotin dose modification 
• Clarification around who the SRT comprises of and meeting timings 
• Definition of source data added 
• Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
176 
Changes listed in the table below are for the Master protocol only. Changes for 
Protocol Amendment 2 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the 
beginning of each relevant sub-study section (Section 11 to Section 15). 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Revised Study Design 
Section 1.1, 
Section 2.1, 
Section 2.2.4, 
Section 2.3.2 
PFS data updated, duration of response date 
added. Clinical experience with belantamab 
mafodotin data updated. 
Data updated in line with new 
publications. 
Section 4.1 Figure 3 
Removed ‘each at least 24 hours apart’ for 
participants 4 to 10 in Figure 3. 
In line with other protocols in the 
program. 
Section 5.2 Exclusion 
Criteria 
 Restricted eligibility of participants treated with 
prior BCMA-targeted agents to the DE phase 
only. 
Updated in line with protocol review 
board recommendations. 
Safety Changes 
Section 1.3, 
Section 7.1.5, 
Section 8.2.7 
Ophthalmology wording updated throughout the 
protocol. Changes in the frequency of 
assessments. The GSK scale removed, steroid 
eye drops not mandatory and corneal images no 
longer required. Updated stopping criteria based 
on ocular examination findings. 
Changes made based on results 
and experience from ongoing 
belantamab mafodotin clinical trials. 
Section 2.3.1 
Table 7 Risk 
Assessment for 
belantamab mafodotin  
Added Embryo-fetal toxicity section and updated 
Impaired Male Fertility wording. 
 
Changes on Ocular Examination, 
Thrombocytopenia, Neutropenia, Infusion-Related 
Reactions, Hepatotoxicity, Potential Cardiotoxicity 
Related to Inflammatory Response, 
Nephrotoxicity, Pulmonary toxicity (pneumonitis), 
Immunosuppression, Potential for Other 
Laboratory Abnormalities. 
 
Updated in accord with May 2019 
FDA Guidance, 
 
Changes made based on results 
and experience from ongoing 
belantamab mafodotin clinical trials. 
Section 8.3.7, SOAs 
Section 1.3, 
Section 17.2 
Updated pregnancy wording follow-up timing and 
management of pregnancy. 
Changes made based on results 
and experience from ongoing 
belantamab mafodotin clinical trials. 
Section 5.1 Inclusion 
Criteria 
Inclusion Criterion #9: updated contraceptive 
duration to 6 months for males and 9 months for 
females and requirement for men to use condoms 
even if they have undergone a successful 
vasectomy also added to inclusion criterion 9. 
Updated in accord with May 2019 
FDA Guidance and updated PK 
data 
Section 1.3 SoA 
tables, and 
Section 8.3.1. 
4. 
Updated timing of SAE assessments. 
Updated timing of SAE 
assessments in line with program. 
Section 16.1, Table 55 
Toxicity Management and Dose Modification 
Guidance for IRRs wording updated. 
Regulatory Agency request for 
updated data 
Section 16.1, Section 
16.1.2 
A section added regarding Cytokine release 
syndrome (CRS), 
Regulatory Agency request 
Changes in Assessments and Schedules of Activities (SoAs) 
Section 1.3 
SoA table for assessments done regardless of 
whether participant is dosed (SoA Table 4, Table 
22, Table 32 and Table 43): removed physical 
These evaluations are done with 
dosing  

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
177 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
exam and vital sign assessment and updated 
footnote numbering.  
SOAs Section 1.3 
Removed CRP assessment from SoA tables for 
Screening and SoA tables for assessments done 
regardless of whether a participant is dosed.  
Changes made based on results 
and experience from ongoing 
belantamab mafodotin clinical trials. 
Section 1.3 
Clarification around timings for questionnaires, 
PK, biomarkers and bone marrow samples. 
Clarifications  
Section 1.3 
Chemokines added where cytokines are collected 
as both cytokines and chemokines are being 
measured 
Clarifications 
Protocol Clarification and Alignment 
Section 1.1, Table 1 
Dose Exploration, 
Table 2 Cohort 
Expansion 
Section 3, Objectives 
and Endpoints Table 8 
Dose Exploration, 
Table 9 Cohort 
Expansion 
An endpoint added for clarification to further 
evaluate the clinical measures of efficacy of 
GSK’916 (belantamab mafodotin) and 
combination treatments in each sub-study in 
participants with RRMM. 
Clarification of efficacy evaluations. 
Section 1.1, Overall 
design 
Added wording around Sub-study closure. may be 
closed by Sponsor decision for reasons such as 
for lack of efficacy and/or undesirable toxicity  
Clarity of wording around when a 
sub-study can be closed. 
Section 1.1, Overall 
design, Section 4.1.2, 
Section 4.3 
Added wording around the starting dose and 
monotherapy dose of belantamab mafodotin. 
Clarification  
Section 1.1 GSK 
Safety Review Team 
(SRT) 
A study specific SRT will be implemented for this 
study comprised of the GSK study team. The SRT 
may also meet with investigators on a periodic 
basis. 
Clarification of wording around the 
study specific SRT, who it 
comprises of and when they will 
meet. 
 
Section 2.2.2 
Role of B-Cell Maturation Antigen in Multiple 
Myeloma wording updated with new data 
Regulatory Agency request for 
updated data 
Section 4.1.1 
Timing of interim analyses 
Clarification of wording 
Section 4.1.1, Section 
9.2 
New wording clarified as follows: However, the 
decision to move to the CE phase is based on the 
totality of the data 
Clarification of wording 
Section 4.4.2, 
Section 7.2 
Definition of end of study and study withdrawal 
clarified 
Regulatory Agency request for 
clarified wording 
Section 5.2 
Removal of exclusion criteria 22 as it was not 
deemed relevant for the study as anti PD1 
inhibitors are not being studied. 
Clarification 
Section 5.3. 
Section 6.5.2 
Live, live/attenuated vaccine wording 
Clarification of timing, Regulatory 
Agency request. 
Section 6.1, Table 14, 
Section 6.2 
Infusion timing of GSK’916 (belantamab 
mafodotin added 
Regulatory Agency request. 
Infusion timings added 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
178 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 6.6.3. Table 
15, Table 16, 
Section 7.1 
Clarification of wording around GSK’916 
(belantamab mafodotin) dose delays, dose 
modification guidelines for belantamab mafodotin-
related AEs, dose modification guidelines for 
belantamab mafodotin treatment-related eye 
disorders, discontinuation of study treatment 
Clarification of wording 
Section 8.8.2 
Chemokines added where cytokines are collected 
as both cytokines and chemokines are being 
measured. 
Clarification 
Section 16.3 
Section deleted and wording moved and 
amended with update information in Table 15 
Section 6.6. 
Clarification 
Administrative Changes 
Section 17.1.8 
Definition of source data added. 
Regulatory Agency request 
Section 17.1.9 
Clarification of wording around study and site 
closure. 
Regulatory Agency request 
Editorial/Document Formatting Changes 
Throughout document 
Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
Minor revisions therefore, have not 
been summarized 
 
Amendment 1: 24 June 2019 
Overall Rationale for the Amendment: 
The protocol has been amended in line with comments from the US FDA, which include 
the following: 
• 2 prior lines of therapy, including a proteasome inhibitor (PI) and an 
immunomodulatory drug amended to at least 3 prior lines of therapy, including a 
PI, an immunomodulatory drug, and an anti-CD38 monoclonal antibody. 
• More preclinical data included to provide the biological rationale for the use of 
GSK2857916 in combination with other anti-cancer treatments included in sub-
studies 1 and 2. 
• 
 A lower starting dose for GSK2857916 and justification for the dose included. 
• Lower starting doses for the combination partners in sub-studies 1 and 2 included. 
• Dose-limiting toxicity (DLT) criteria revised. 
• Modified toxicity probability interval (mTPI) design revised to include a targeted 
toxicity interval that is centered at 25%. 
•  Modified the hepatic function inclusion criteria to include participants with 
aspartate aminotransferase (AST) <2.5 × upper limit of normal (ULN). 
• Modification of wording for potent inhibitor/inducer of major cytochrome P450 
(CYP) enzymes 
• Study stopping rules included for the Cohort Expansion (CE) phase. 
 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
179 
Changes listed in the table below are for the Master protocol only. Changes for 
Protocol Amendment 1 that are related to specific sub-studies are tabulated at the 
beginning of each relevant sub-study section (Section 11 to Section 15). 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Revised Study Design 
Section 1.1 Synopsis 
Updates to Safety Review Team and Data Review 
Committee sections 
Additional details regarding safety 
monitoring and dose selection was 
added for clarity. A Data Review 
Committee (DRC) was added in 
addition to the GSK safety review 
team (SRT). The remit of the DRC is 
to support the SRT if requested 
during the conduct of DE and CE 
phases of the study, and to conduct 
a comprehensive risk:benefit 
analysis of all data at the conclusion 
of dose exploration and provide 
input into the selection of the RP2D. 
 
Section 1.1 Overall 
Design and Number of 
participants 
 
Section 1.2 Schema 
 
Section 2.2.5.2.2 
Clinical Activity 
 
Section 2.3.2 Benefit 
Assessment 
 
Section 4.1 Overall 
Design 
 
Section 4.1.3 Number 
of Participants 
 
Section 5 Study 
Population 
 
Section 5.1 Inclusion 
Criteria 3 
 
Section 6.4 Measures 
to Minimize Bias: 
Randomization and 
Blinding- 
 
Section 9.2 Sample 
Size Determination 
Participants to be enrolled changed from those 
who have been previously treated with at least 2 
to those previously treated with at least 3 “prior 
lines that include the following: an 
immunomodulatory drug, proteasome inhibitor 
(PI) and anti-CD38 treatment (eg, daratumumab)”. 
 
Added response data for participants receiving 
belantamab mafodotin who were refractory to 
both immunomodulators and proteasome 
inhibitors with prior daratumumab treatment. 
 
The number of participants per sub-study 
combination treatment to be enrolled in the DE 
and CE phases was changed from “approximately 
55” to “approximately 85”. 
 
Removal of prior anti-CD38 
 
The number of prior lines of therapy 
was changed from 2 to 3 per FDA 
request to revise to a later line of 
therapy and supporting data added. 
Response data changed due to a 
hypothesis change from a 3rd line 
population where we target 60% 
response rate to a 4th line population 
where we target 40% response rate 
in monotherapy. 
 
Change in the number of 
participants per sub-study from 55 
to 85 as requested by the FDA. 
Section 1.1 Synopsis- 
The DE Phase 
 
Number of responders needed at the end of the 
DE Phase to move forward into the CE Phase of 
each sub-study was changed from 4 to 2. 
 Changed due to a hypothesis 
change from moving from 3rrd line 
to 4th line. 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
180 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Section 4.1.1 Dose 
Exploration Phase 
 
Section 9.2 Sample 
Size Determination 
 
Section 9.5.1 Dose 
Exploration Phase 
 
Section 9.6.1 Impact 
of the timing when 
new sub-study starts-
Table 17 
Section 1.1 Overall 
Design 
 
Section 4.1.1 Dose 
Exploration Phase 
 
Section 4.3 
Justification for 
Maximum Starting 
Dose of belantamab 
mafodotin 
Changes regarding the starting dose of 
belantamab mafodotin 
The starting dose of belantamab mafodotin in the 
DE phase was changed to 1.9 mg/kg from a 
maximum of 2.5 mg/kg. 
 
Added: “The justification for selecting the 
1.9 mg/kg Q3W is as follow: 
1) The 1.9 mg/kg Q3W dose is one dose level 
lower than the current lower dose of 2.5 mg/kg 
being evaluated, along with the 3.4 mg/kg dose, 
as monotherapy in the on-going pivotal phase 2 
trial (Study 205678) in participants with RRMM. 
2) Following administration of 1.9 mg/kg Q3W in 
the FTIH monotherapy study (BMA117159), target 
engagement was greater than 90% at the end of 
the first infusion based on decrease in plasma 
free sBCMA from baseline. 
3) Based on the Bayesian logistic regression 
modelling of efficacy data in the FTIH 
monotherapy study (BMA117159 – 26 July 2017 
cut-off), the 1.9 mg/kg Q3W dose has a response 
that is lower than at 2.5 mg/kg (predicted 
response rate 25.3% with a 95% credible interval 
of 9.4% and 42.2%); therefore, a dose lower than 
1.9 mg/kg Q3W is considered not suitable as a 
starting dose.” 
As requested by the FDA to include 
a lower starting dose 
Section 4.1 Overall 
Design 
 
Section 9.5.1 Dose 
Exploration Phase  
Change from “three post-baseline assessments” 
to “3 efficacy assessments (1 baseline and 2 post-
baseline assessments)” 
Clarification of wording 
Section 5.2 Exclusion 
Criteria 13 
Additional Exclusion Criteria added: 
13. Participants who have received prior therapy 
with belantamab mafodotin. 
Clarification of wording 
Section 6.5.2 
Prohibited 
Concomitant 
Medications and Non-
Drug Therapies 
Clarification of wording regarding the use of 
belantamab mafodotin combined with strong 
inhibitors of Pgp and strong inhibitors of OATP. 
As requested by the FDA 
Section 6.6.2 
belantamab mafodotin 
Deleted text: “Intra-participant dose adjustment to 
the RP2D after DE” 
Clarification of wording 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
181 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Dose Modification in 
DE 
Section 8.7.4 
New Section 8.7 
Immunogenicity 
Assessments 
Original Section 8.7.4 deleted. New Section 8.7 
created with updated text on immunogenicity 
assessments. 
Description of immunogenicity 
assessments moved from 
Section 8.7.4 to Section 8.7 and 
updated 
Safety Changes 
Section 2.3.1 
Table 7 Risk 
Assessment for 
belantamab mafodotin 
Changes were made to the following Potential 
Risk sections of Table 7: 
Corneal Events: Text describing data on corneal 
events from BMA117159 and the mitigation 
strategy was updated. 
Thrombocytopenia / Neutropenia: Separate 
“Thrombocytopenia” and “Neutropenia” sections 
were combined and text describing previous 
clinical data and the mitigation strategy was 
updated. 
Infusion Related Reactions (IRRs): Text 
describing the rationale for risk, data on IRRs 
from BMA117159, and the mitigation strategy was 
updated. 
Hepatotoxicity: Text describing previous non-
clinical and clinical hepatotoxicity safety data was 
updated. 
Potential Cardiotoxicity Related to 
Inflammatory Response: 
Text describing previous non-clinical and clinical 
safety data was updated. 
Nephrotoxicity: Text describing previous 
nonclinical and clinical nephrotoxicity safety data 
was updated. 
Pulmonary toxicity (pneumonitis): Text 
describing previous nonclinical and clinical 
pulmonary toxicity data was updated. 
Immunosuppression: Text describing previous 
nonclinical data and the mitigation strategy was 
updated. 
Potential for Other Laboratory Abnormalities: 
Text describing other nonclinical and clinical 
laboratory abnormality data and the mitigation 
strategy was updated. 
Updated to align with program level 
safety updates 
Section 4.1.1.1 Dose-
Limiting-Toxicity 
DLT criteria for dose escalation revised to the 
following: 
Hematologic: 
Grade 3, 4 and 5 febrile neutropenia of any 
duration (ANC <1000/mm3 with a single 
temperature of >38.3C [101F], or a sustained 
temperature of 38C [100.4F] for more than one 
hour as per NCI-CTCAE V5.0) 
Grade 3, 4 and 5 thrombocytopenia accompanied 
by clinically significant bleeding. 
Non-hematologic except corneal toxicity: 
Grade 3, 4 and 5 toxicity 
Exceptions: 
As requested by the FDA 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
182 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
Grade 3 or 4 nausea, vomiting, or diarrhea that 
can be controlled using symptomatic treatment 
Grade 3 hypertension (controlled following 
addition of up to 2 antihypertensive medications) 
Events and abnormalities which are unequivocally 
related to progression of underlying disease or 
comorbidities. 
Grade 3 or 4 tumor lysis syndrome (TLS), 
successfully managed clinically and resolves 
within 7 days without end-organ damage. 
Corneal toxicity (using the GSK corneal 
grading scale): 
Grade 4 per the GSK corneal grading scale 
(Section 16) 
Other organ specific toxicities: 
Liver toxicity, or other organ toxicity meeting 
prespecified GSK stopping criteria. 
Section 5.1 Inclusion 
Criteria 
Inclusion Criteria #7, Table 13: Adequate organ 
Function 
AST <2.5xULN was added to the table. 
As requested by the FDA 
Section 7.1.3 QTc 
Interval Stopping 
Criteria 
QTc wording modified to specify triplicate ECGs 
Clarification of wording 
8.2.7 Ophthalmic 
Examinations and 
Procedures 
Information regarding follow-up ophthalmic exams 
was added. 
Program level safety update 
Section 8.3.1 Time 
Period and Frequency 
for Collecting AE and 
SAE Information 
Text added to clarify AE and SAE timings: 
“SAEs will be assessed up to 90 days post last 
dose, or 45 days post last dose if the participant 
initiates a new anticancer therapy (whichever is 
shorter)” 
Clarification of timings to agree with 
protocol text. 
Section 16.3 Other 
Guidance for Toxicity 
Management and 
Dose Modification 
Table 42 Other Guidance for Toxicity 
Management and Dose Modification 
Definition of febrile neutropenia was updated and 
guidance text for dose modification was updated. 
Guidance text for afebrile neutropenia was added. 
Program level wording for febrile 
neutropenia, and afebrile 
neutropenia was revised. 
Statistical Changes 
Section 4.1.1.2 mTPI 
in Dose Exploration 
Table 11 
Design assumptions (target true underlying 
toxicity rate) and associated table were updated. 
As requested by the FDA 
Section 9.2.1 
Statistical Operating 
Characteristics 
The statistical operating characteristics and 
associated table were updated. 
As requested by the FDA 
Changes in Assessments and Schedules of Assessments (SoAs) 
Section 1.3 
Table 3 
• 
Clarified timings 
• 
Added Screening thyroid function tests 
Clarification of wording and timings, 
and addition of missing tests 
Section 1.3 
Table 4 
• 
Clarified timings/wording 
• 
Clarified AE/SAE timings to agree with 
text in the protocol: 
“AEs will be assessed up to 45 days post the last 
dose. SAEs will be assessed up to 90 days post 
last dose, or 45 days post last dose if the 
participant initiates a new anticancer therapy 
Clarification of wording and timings, 
and removal of tests 

TMF-15016807 
CONFIDENTIAL 
208887 (Master Protocol) 
Protocol Amendment 06 
183 
Section # and 
Name 
Description of Change 
Brief Rationale 
(whichever is shorter). All related SAEs are to be 
collected from first dose through OS follow-up” 
• 
Spot urine (albumin/creatinine ratio) 
removed 
Section 1.3 
Table 5 
• 
Clarified timings/wording of PK, ADA, 
sBCMA samples 
• 
Day 4 Cycle 1 column added for clarity 
• 
“Ocular Examination” removed (to avoid 
confusion, this is carried out every 3 
weeks regardless of dosing). 
• 
Clinical Chemistry: “with corrected 
calcium, corrected for albumin” removed 
• 
 Added Thyroid Function Tests 
• 
ECOG performance status added 
• 
 Deleted reference to EDTA tube & 
PAXgene tube 
Clarification of wording and timings, 
removal/addition of tests and other 
edits for consistency between the 
SoA tables 
Protocol Clarification and Alignment 
Appendix 2: Clinical 
Laboratory Tests 
Table 43: Protocol-Required Safety Laboratory 
Assessments 
Modified list of tests and clarified the timing of lab 
tests to agree with the SoAs. 
Modifications made for consistency 
with SoA tables. 
Section 8.2.7.2 Ocular 
Examinations and 
Procedures 
 
Modified wording. 
Modifications in line with updated 
program level wording 
Administrative Changes 
Appendix 11 
Response Criteria 
(iMWG)  
Removed Appendix 11 and deleted Table 50 
Response Criteria (iMWG) and replaced cross 
reference with “Kumar, 2016”. 
The latest reference has been 
added to replace Table 50 to avoid 
outdated information in the protocol 
when changes are made to the 
response criteria.  
Whole document 
Changed the name of GS2857916 and GSK’916 
(aBCMA) to belantamab mafodotin or GSK’916 
for laboratory samples. 
GS2857916 has a generic name. 
Whole document 
Minor editorial and document formatting revisions 
Minor, therefore have not been 
summarized  
 

Signature Page for  208887 TMF-15016807 v3.0
Signature Page for TMF-15016807 v3.0
Reason for signing: Approved
Name:
Role: Approver
Date of signature: 12-Feb-2024 12:35:11 GMT+0000
PPD